Owner's Manual

Home , Aquaplaning, Beadlock, Snow chains, Tire load sensitivity

OWNER’S MANUAL Mii 1SL012720BF

1SL012720BF (08.16) SEAT recommends SEAT recommends Inglés (08.16)

Inglés SEAT GENUINE OIL Castrol EDGE Professional Mii About this manual The equipment marked with an aster- For the sake of the environment isk* is fitted as standard only in certain versions, and is only supplied as op- Texts preceded by this symbol contain rele- This manual contains a description of the vant information concerning environmental tional extras for some versions, or are equipment supplied with the vehicle at the protection. time this manual was published. Some of the only offered in certain countries. units described herein will not be available ® All registered marks are indicated with Note until a later date or are only available in cer- ®. Although the copyright symbol does tain markets. not appear, it is a copyrighted mark. Texts preceded by this symbol contain additional information. Because this is a general manual for the Mii, >> The section is continued on the follow- some of the equipment and functions that are ing page. described in this manual are not included in This manual is divided into six large parts, Important warnings on a given page which are: all types or variants of the model; they may vary or be modified depending on the techni- Detailed contents on a given page 1. The essentials cal requirements and on the market; this is in 2. Safety no way deceptive advertising. General information on a given page 3. Emergencies The illustrations are intended as a general Emergency information on a given page 4. Operation guide and may vary from the equipment fitted in your vehicle in some details. 5. Tips WARNING The steering indications (left, right, forward, 6. Technical data Texts preceded by this symbol contain infor- reverse) appearing in this manual refer to the mation on safety. They warn you about possi- At the end of this manual, there is a detailed SEAT S.A. is permanently concerned about continuous development of its types and models. For this reason we ask you to under- normal driving movements of the vehicle ex- ble dangers of accident or injury. alphabetical index that will help you quickly stand, that at any given time, changes regarding shape, equipment and technique may take place on the car delivered. For this reason cept when otherwise indicated. find the information you require. no right at all may derive based on the data, drawings and descriptions in this current handbook. All texts, illustrations and standards in this handbook are based on the status of information at the time of printing. Except for error CAUTION or omission, the information included in the current handbook is valid as of the date of closing print. Texts with this symbol draw your attention to potential sources of damage to your vehicle. Re-printing, copying or translating, whether total or partial is not allowed unless SEAT allows it in written form. SEAT reserves all rights in accordance with the “Copyright” Act. All rights on changes are reserved. ❀ This paper has been manufactured using bleached non-chlorine cellulose. © SEAT S.A. - Reprint: 15.08.16 If selling the vehicle, give all of the on-board information, which is detailed in the corre- Foreword documentation to the new owner, as it sponding chapters. should be kept with the vehicle. This Instruction Manual and its correspond- ● Alphabetical index with many terms and ing supplements should be read carefully to You can access the information in this man- synonyms to help you find information. familiarise yourself with your vehicle. ual using: WARNING Besides the regular care and maintenance of ● Thematic table of contents that follows the Read and always observe safety informa- the vehicle, its correct handling will help pre- manual’s general chapter structure. serve its value. tion concerning the passenger's front air- ● Visual table of contents that uses graphics bag ››› page 65, Important information For safety reasons, always note the informa- to indicate the pages containing “essential” regarding the front passenger's airbag. tion concerning accessories, modifications and part replacements.

Table of Contents

Seat belts ...... 52 Lights and visibility ...... 103 Table of Contents Why wear a seat belt? ...... 52 Lights ...... 103 How to properly adjust your seatbelt ...... 56 Visibility ...... 108 The essentials ...... 5 Seat belt tensioners ...... 58 Windscreen wiper and window wiper sys- Exterior view ...... 5 Airbag system ...... 59 tems ...... 108 Exterior view ...... 6 Brief introduction ...... 59 Mirror ...... 111 Interior view (left guide) ...... 7 Airbag safety instructions ...... 62 Seats and head restraints ...... 112 How it works ...... 8 Deactivating airbags ...... 63 Adjusting the seat and head restraints ...... 112 Unlocking and locking ...... 8 Transporting children safely ...... 64 Seat functions ...... 113 Before driving ...... 12 Safety for children ...... 64 Transport and practical equipment ...... 114 Airbags ...... 14 Child seats ...... 66 Transporting objects ...... 114 Child seats ...... 16 Practical equipment ...... 116 Starting the vehicle ...... 20 Emergencies ...... 70 Luggage compartment ...... 123 Lights and visibility ...... 21 Self-help ...... 70 Roof carrier ...... 127 SEAT information system ...... 22 In case of emergency ...... 70 Air conditioning ...... 130 Cruise control ...... 24 Vehicle tool kit* ...... 70 Heating, ventilation and cooling ...... 130 Warning lamps ...... 24 Changing a wheel ...... 72 Driving ...... 133 Gearbox lever ...... 26 Tyre repair ...... 72 Steering ...... 133 Air conditioning ...... 27 Changing the windscreen wiper blades ...... 75 Stopping and starting the engine ...... 135 Fluid Level control ...... 31 Tow-starting and towing ...... 75 Braking and parking ...... 137 Emergencies ...... 34 Emergency locking and unlocking ...... 77 Changing gear ...... 143 Fuses ...... 34 Fuses and bulbs ...... 78 Run-in and economical driving ...... 148 Bulbs ...... 35 Fuses ...... 78 Engine management and exhaust gas purifica- Action in the event of a puncture ...... 35 Changing bulbs ...... 79 tion system ...... 151 Changing a wheel ...... 36 Driving tips ...... 152 Snow chains ...... 41 Operation ...... 87 General instrument panel ...... 87 Driver assistance systems ...... 153 Emergency towing of the vehicle ...... 42 Parking distance warning system* ...... 153 How to jump start ...... 43 Instrument panel ...... 86 Instruments ...... 88 Cruise control* (Cruise control system - Changing the wiper blades ...... 45 CCS) ...... 155 Opening and closing ...... 92 Safety Assist* (City Safety Assist function) . . . . 156 Safety ...... 47 Vehicle key set ...... 92 Hill driving assistant* ...... 160 Safe driving ...... 47 Central locking* and locking system ...... 94 Start-Stop System ...... 161 Safety first! ...... 47 Doors ...... 98 Towing bracket device ...... 163 Driving advice ...... 47 Rear lid ...... 99 Driving with a trailer ...... 163 Correct position of the vehicle occupants . . . . 48 Electric windows ...... 101 Pedal area ...... 52 Sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof . . . . 102

3 Table of Contents

Advice ...... 164 Care and maintenance ...... 164 Accessories, replacement of parts and modifications ...... 164 Caring for and cleaning the vehicle exterior . . . 170 Caring for and cleaning the vehicle interior . . . 176 Notes for the user ...... 179 Checking and refilling levels ...... 181 Fuel ...... 181 Filling the tank ...... 182 Bonnet ...... 186 Engine oil ...... 188 Engine coolant ...... 191 Brake fluid ...... 194 Windscreen washer reservoir ...... 195 Vehicle battery ...... 196 Wheels and tyres ...... 199 Tyres ...... 199 Technical data ...... 210 Technical features ...... 210 Important information ...... 210 Wheels ...... 211 Engine data ...... 213 Dimensions ...... 216 Index ...... 217

4 The essentials Exterior view

1 ››› page 31 4 ››› page 10 7 ››› page 11 2 ››› page 8 5 ››› page 9 8 ››› page 35 3 ››› page 42 6 ››› page 31

5 The essentials Exterior view

1 ››› page 31 4 ››› page 34 7 ››› page 33 2 ››› page 33 5 ››› page 31 8 ››› page 36 3 ››› page 33 6 ››› page 32 9 ››› page 35

6 The essentials Interior view (left guide)

1 ››› page 13 5 ››› page 24 9 ››› page 8 13 ››› page 26 17 ››› page 14 2 ››› page 21 6 ››› page 22 10 ››› page 15 14 ››› page 11 18 ››› page 12 3 ››› page 21 7 ››› page 22 11 ››› page 20 15 ››› page 34 4 ››› page 24 8 ››› page 21 12 ››› page 27 16 ››› page 10

7 The essentials How it works Locking and unlocking the vehicle using the Locking and unlocking the driver door key manually Unlocking and locking ● Locking: press the  ››› Fig. 1 button. ● Unlocking: press the  ››› Fig. 1 button. Doors ● Unlocking the rear lid: hold down the  ››› Fig. 1 button for at least 1 second.

Locking and unlocking with the central locking switch ● Locking: press the  ››› Fig. 2 button. None of the doors can be opened from the outside. The doors can be opened from the inside by pulling the inside door handle. Fig. 3 Driver door release lever with lock cyl- ● Unlocking: press the  ››› Fig. 2 button. inder. As a general rule, when the driver door is Fig. 1 Remote control key: buttons.  ››› in Introduction on page 94 locked all other doors are locked. Unlocking manually only opens the driver door. ››› page 94  ● Unfold the key shaft if necessary ›››  page 92.  ››› page 9 ● Insert the key shaft into the lock cylinder to unlock or lock the vehicle ››› Fig. 3.

Fig. 2 In the driver door: central locking button

8 The essentials

Locking the passenger door manually ● Unfold the key shaft if necessary Opening ›››  page 92. ● Press the button  on the vehicle key ● Insert the key shaft horizontally into the ››› Fig. 1 for about one second to unlock the opening and moved the coloured lever for- boot hatch. ward ››› Fig. 5. ● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder ● Replace the rubber cap and close the door. of the driver door and turn the key in an anti- ● Check if the door is locked. clockwise direction ›››  page 94. ● Have the vehicle checked by a specialised Closing workshop. ● Grab the handgrip inside the rear lid Note ››› Fig. 6 (arrow). Fig. 4 To the front of the passenger side door: The doors can be opened and unlocked indi- ● Push the rear lid downwards until it locks Emergency lock, hidden by a rubber cap. vidually from the inside by pulling the inside into place in the lock. door handle. If necessary, pull the inner door ● Ensure that it is correctly closed by pulling release lever twice ›››  page 94. on it firmly.

››› in Introduction on page 99 Rear lid   ››› page 99  ››› page 10

Fig. 5 Emergency locking of the vehicle using the vehicle key

The passenger door can be manually locked.

● Open the door. Fig. 6 Rear lid open: hand grip ● Remove the rubber cap to the front of the door. The rubber cap is marked with a lock symbol  ››› Fig. 4. 9 The essentials

Emergency unlocking the boot hatch Bonnet

Fig. 7 From the luggage compartment: Emer- gency unlocking of the booth hatch.

● If necessary, fold the rear seat bench backrest forward ››› page 12. ● Remove equipment to access the inside of the rear lid. ● Unfold the key shaft ›››  page 92. ● Insert the key shaft into the rear lid opening ››› Fig. 7 and press the release lever in the direction of the arrow to unlock the rear lid. Fig. 9 C: Bonnet securing rod in the bonnet. D: Bonnet supported by the bonnet securing Fig. 8 A: Release lever in the footwell on the rod driver side B: Release lever on the bonnet Opening the bonnet ● Before opening the bonnet, make sure that the windscreen wiper arms are in place against the windscreen ››› in Working in the engine compartment on page 188.

10 The essentials

● Pull the release lever 1 in the direction of Electric windows* Panoramic sunroof* the arrow ››› Fig. 8 A. The bonnet is released from the lock carrier by a spring mechanism ››› in Working in the engine compartment on page 188. ● Lift the bonnet up slightly while pressing the release lever 2 B in the direction of the arrow to completely open the bonnet. ● Take out the bonnet support rod from its clip in the direction of the arrow 3 C and place it in the corresponding open position 4 D (arrow). Fig. 10 In the driver door: buttons for the Fig. 11 In the interior roof: turn the knob to Closing the bonnet front electric windows open and close ● Slightly lift the bonnet ››› in Working in ● Opening the window: Press the  button. the engine compartment on page 188. ● Closing the window: Pull the  button. ● Take out the bonnet support rod from the opening catch 4 D and insert it into its clip 1 Window on the front left door 3 C in the opening catch. 2 Window on the front right door ● Let the bonnet fall from a height of 30 cm into its clip; Do not apply pressure! ››› in Opening and closing the electric  windows on page 101 If the bonnet is not correctly closed, open it once again and close it correctly. The bonnet is correctly closed when it is flush Fig. 12 In the interior roof: press or pull the with the corresponding parts on the body- knob to raise the sunroof and close it. work. To raise the sliding/tilting sunroof, the knob must be in the basic position 1 . ››› in Working in the engine compart-  ment on page 186 ● Opening: Turn the switch to position ››› Fig. 11 3 . »  ››› page 186 11 The essentials

● Convenience position: Turn the switch to Before driving To raise it, move the seat back until the position ››› Fig. 11 2 . catch engages. Pull the lever and tilt ● Closing: Turn the switch to position Manually adjusting the seats open the backrest. The backrest must en- ››› Fig. 11 1 . gage in the upright position. ● To tilt open: Push the switch to position ››› in Manual front seat adjustment on 4 . For an intermediate position, ››› Fig. 12  page 112 hold down the switch until you reach the desired position. ● Lowering: Pull the switch to position ››› Fig. 12 5 . For an intermediate position, hold down the switch until you reach the desired position.

››› in Opening and closing the panor-  amic sunroof on page 102 Fig. 13 Front left seat controls

››› page 102 The front seat head restraints are integrated  in the backrests and adjusting them is not possible.

1 Forward/back: pull the lever and move the seat forwards. The front seat must be engaged when the lever is released! 2 Raising/lowering: pull the lever up or push down (several times if necessary) from its home position. 3 Tilting the backrest: pull the lever and adjust the backrest seat angle until you reach the desired position. The seat backrest must be engaged. 3 Folding/Raising (Easy Entry only in 3- door vehicles): to fold, pull the lever and at the same time move the seat forward. 12 The essentials

Adjust the seat belt Seat belt tensioners

During a frontal collision, the seat belts on the front seats retract automatically. The tensioner can be triggered only once.

››› in Service and disposal of belt ten-  sion devices on page 58  ››› page 58 Fig. 15 Correct seat belt and head restraint positions, viewed from front and the side.

To adjust the seat belt around your should- Adjusting the exterior mirrors ers, adjust the height of the seats. The shoulder part of the seat belt should be well centred over it, never over the neck. The seat belt lies flat and fits comfortably on the upper part of the body. The lap part of the seat belt lies across the pelvis, never across the stomach. The seat Fig. 14 Positioning and removing the seat belt lies flat and fits comfortably on the pel- belt buckle. vis.

››› in Introduction on page 52 Fig. 16 In the driver door: rotary control for  the exterior electric mirrors

 ››› page 56 Adjusting the exterior mirrors: Turn the knob to the corresponding position:

L/R Turning the knob to the desired position, adjust the mirrors on the driver »

13 The essentials

side (L, left) and the passenger side (R, 3 o'clock positions and your arms slightly Airbags right) to the direction desired. bent.  Depending on the equipment fitted on ● Push the lever firmly upwards until it is Front airbags the vehicle, the mirrors may be heated flush to the steering column ››› in Adjust- according to the outside temperature. ing the steering wheel position on page 49.

››› in Exterior mirrors on page 111  ››› in Adjusting the steering wheel po-  sition on page 49  ››› page 111  ››› page 49

Adjusting the steering wheel

Fig. 17 Mechanical steering wheel adjustment Fig. 18 Location and deployment area of the ● 1 Push the lever ››› Fig. 17 downwards. front airbag for the driver. ● Adjust the steering wheel so that you can hold onto the steering wheel with both hands on the outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and 14 The essentials

bags can deploy fully when triggered, provid- Disabling the front passenger front ing maximum protection. airbag The front airbag for the driver is located in the steering wheel ››› Fig. 18 and the airbag for the front passenger is located in the dash panel ››› Fig. 19. Airbags are identified by the word “AIRBAG”. When the front airbags are triggered they fill the zones marked in red ››› Fig. 18 and ››› Fig. 19 (radius of action). Therefore, objects should never be placed or mounted in these areas ››› in Front airbags on page 62, Factory-fitted accessories are out- Fig. 20 On front passenger side: Key switch side the range of the front airbag for the driv- for enabling and disabling the front passen- er and the front passenger, e.g. the base- ger front airbag. plate for the mobile phone support. The airbag covers fold out of the steering The front passenger front airbag must be dis- wheel ››› Fig. 18 and the dash panel abled when a rear-facing child seat is moun- ››› Fig. 19 when the driver and front passen- ted. ger airbags, respectively, are triggered. Disabling the front passenger front airbag  ››› in Front airbags on page 62 ● Switch the ignition off. Fig. 19 Location and deployment area of the ● Open the door on the front passenger side. front airbag for the passenger. ● Unfold the vehicle key blade ›››  page 92. In conjunction with the seat belts, the front airbag system gives the driver and the front ● Using the vehicle key, turn the key switch to passenger additional protection for the head OFF ››› Fig. 20. and chest in the event of a severe frontal col- ● Close the door on the front passenger side. lision. Always remain as far away as possible ● The      control lamp on from the front airbag ›››  page 48. This the dash panel will remain lit while the igni- way, in the event of an accident, the front air- tion is switched on ›››  page 63. » 15 The essentials

››› in Manual disabling and enabling of Child seats  the front passenger front airbag with the key switch on page 64 Important information regarding the front passenger's airbag  ››› page 63

Side airbags

Fig. 22 On the left side of the vehicle: deployment area of side airbag

The side airbags are located in the outer cushion of the driver and front passenger seat backrests ››› Fig. 21. Their position is in- Fig. 23 Passenger's side sun visor: airbag dicated by the word “AIRBAG”. The area sticker. marked in red ››› Fig. 22 indicates the side airbag deployment zone. In the event of a side-on collision, the side Fig. 21 On the side of the front seat: location of the side airbag airbag will deploy in the side of the vehicle affected ››› Fig. 22, thus reducing the risk of injuries to passengers on the side of the body and the head facing the accident side.

 ››› in Side airbags* on page 62

Fig. 24 On the rear frame of the passenger side door: airbag sticker.

16 The essentials

A sticker with important information about senger's sun visor and/or on the passenger the passenger airbag is located on the pas- side door frame.

››› in Important information regarding  the front passenger's airbag on page 65  ››› page 64

Mounting systems

Fig. 25 On the rear seats: Possible installations for the child seat.

Always secure child seats properly and safely taining strap in the vehicle ››› page 19. At- Specific mounting systems for each country in the vehicle according to the child seat tach the retaining strap to the corresponding Attachment variants ››› Fig. 25: manufacturer's installation instructions. retaining rings only. Not all rings can be used with the Top Tether system. Always tighten A Europe: ISOFIX retaining rings and upper Mounted child seats must rest correctly on the Top Tether retaining strap so that the retaining strap ››› page 18 and the vehicle's seat and must not move or rock child seat fits snugly against the correspond- ››› page 19. more than 2.5 cm. ing seat in the vehicle. B Three-point seat belt and upper retaining Child seats equipped for a Top Tether strap strap ››› page 18. » must also be secured using the Top Tether re- 17 The essentials

The systems include the child restraint sys- Securing the child seat using the seat belt ››› in Safety instructions on page 66 tem mounting with an upper retaining strap ● Please read and observe the child seat  (Top Tether) and lower anchoring points on manufacturer's handling instructions. the seat. ● Move the front passenger seat, or the rear seat bench back as far as possible and, in Setting up a child seat with the ISO- the case of an adjustable backrest, set it in FIX system Securing child seats with the seat belt the upright position ›››  page 48. The seat belt may be used to secure child ● Positioning the child seat on the seat ac- seats with the universal marking (on the or- cording to the manufacturer's instructions. ange label) to the vehicle seats marked with ● Fasten the seat belt or pass it around the a u in the table below. child seat structure in the manner described in the manufacturer's instructions. Front passen- Category Rear seats ● Make sure the seat belt is not twisted. gera) ● Insert the latch plate into the buckle for the Group 0 u u appropriate seat and push it down until it is Up to 10 kg securely locked with an audible click. Category 0+ ● Ensure that the upper belt web lies tightly Fig. 26 On the vehicle seat: identification var- u u Up to 13 kg on the child seat. iants of the anchor points for the child seats Group 1 ● Pull the belt (it must be no longer possible u u Each seat of the rear seat bench has two re- 9 to 18 kg to pull the lower belt webbing out). tainers named lower anchor points. Group 2 u u Removing the child seat 15 to 25 kg Synoptic display for the ISOFIX system in- The seat belt must not be unfastened until Group 3 stallation u u the vehicle has come to a standstill. 22 to 36 kg Installation options of the ISOFIX or i-Size child seats on the ISOFIX anchor points of the a) Compliance with current national legislation and the manu- ● Press the red button on the buckle. The facturer's instructions is required when using or installing child latch plate is released from the buckle. various vehicle seats. seats. ● Guide the belt back by hand so that it rolls up easily and the trim will not be damaged. ● Remove the child seat from the vehicle.

18 The essentials

Class Front pas- on the ECE certification label. Indication of Child seat with adjustable retaining straps Places for Age group based on senger the class based on size appears on the corre- ● Observe the manufacturer's instructions rear seat size seat sponding child seat. when installing and removing the child seat ● X: seat not suitable for installation of an ››› in Safety instructions on page 66. Group 0: up E X IL-SU ISOFIX or i-Size child seat from this group. to 10 kg ● Place the child seat on the seat cushion ● IL-SU: suitable seat for installation of an and attach the retaining strap hooks to the E X ISOFIX child seat with a semi-universal certifi- retaining rings ››› Fig. 26. Group 0+: D X IL-SU cate. Please note the list of vehicles from the ● up to 13 kg Tighten the straps evenly using the corre- child seat manufacturer. sponding adjustment device. The child seat C X ● IUF: suitable seat for installation of an ISO- must sit flush against the vehicle seat. D X FIX child seat with a universal certificate. ● Pull on both sides of the child seat to en- C X sure that it is secure. Group 1: Child seats with rigid mounting IL-SU from 9 to B X IUF For the installation of a child seat with rigid 18 kg ››› in Safety instructions on page 66 B1 X mounting auxiliary introduction elements can  be used. These elements facilitate fitting and A X protect the upholstery. They form part of the supply volume of the child seat or can be ac- Group 2: Securing a child seat with the Top quired at a SEAT dealership. If necessary, from 15 to – X IL-SU Tether retaining strap 25 kg these elements are inserted in both anchor points of the vehicle ››› in Safety instruc- Group 3: tions on page 66. from 22 to – X IL-SU 36 kg ● Observe the manufacturer's instructions i-Size child when installing and removing the child seat restraint – X X ››› in Safety instructions on page 66. system ● Press the child seat onto the retaining rings ››› Fig. 26 in the direction of the arrow. The ● Class based on size: indication of the class child seat must be safely engaged and click based on the size corresponds to the author- audibly into place. ized body weight for child seats. The class ● Pull on both sides of the child seat to en- based on the size is indicated on child seats Fig. 27 Example of an upper retaining strap sure that it is secure. with universal or semi-universal certification connected. » 19 The essentials

● Observe the manufacturer's instructions Starting the vehicle Turning on/switching off the ignition, glow when installing and removing the child seat plugs reheating ››› in Safety instructions on page 66. Ignition lock ● Switch ignition on: Turn the key to the 2 ● Unlock the seat backrest and fold it gently position. forward ››› page 12. ● Switch ignition off. Turn the key to the 1 ● Remove the head restraints situated be- position. hind the child seat and store them safely in ● Diesel vehicles : The glow plugs reheat the vehicle ›››  page 48. when the ignition is switched on ● Guide the upper retaining strap from of the child seat back to the luggage compartment, Starting the engine feeding it through the seat backrest and the ● Manual gearbox: press the clutch pedal all rear shelf. the way down and move the gearbox lever in- ● Fold back the seat backrest and push it to neutral. firmly into the lock. Fig. 28 Ignition key positions. ● Automatic gearbox: step on the brake ped- ● Secure the child seat to the lower anchor al and put the selector lever in N. points ››› page 18 Switch ignition on: Place the key in the igni- ● Turn the key to the 3 position. The key au- ● Hook the upper retaining strap in the lug- tion and start the engine. tomatically returns to the 2 position. Do not gage compartment, to the corresponding re- press the accelerator. taining ring ››› Fig. 27. Locking and unlocking the steering wheel ● Tighten the strap so that the top of the ● Engaging the steering wheel lock: Remove Start-Stop System* child seat rests on the seat backrest. the key from the ignition and turn the wheel When you stop and release the clutch pedal, until it locks. In vehicles with an automatic the Start-Stop system* turns off the engine. gearbox, the gear lever must be in N position ››› in Safety instructions on page 66 The ignition remains switched on.  in order to remove the key. If necessary, press the locking key on the selector lever ››› in Switching on the ignition and and release it again.  starting the engine on page 135 ● Unlocking the steering wheel: Put the key into the ignition and turn it at the same time  ››› page 135 as the steering wheel in the direction indicated by the arrow. If it is not possible to turn the steering wheel, it may be because it is locked. 20 The essentials

Lights and visibility  Front fog lights: move the switch to the 2 Left turn signal: Left-hand parking light first position, from positions ,  or . (ignition switched off). Light switch  Rear fog light: move the switch completely 3 Main beam switched on: Control lamp  from positions ,  or . lit up on the instrument panel. Switching off fog lights: Push the switch or 4 Headlight flasher: lit up when the lever is  turn it to the  position. pushed. Control lamp lit up. Lever all the way down to switch it off. ››› in Switching lights on and off on  page 104 ››› in Turn signal and main beam lever  on page 105  ››› page 103  ››› page 105

Fig. 29 Dash panel: light control. Turn signal and main beam lever Hazard warning lights Turn the switch to the required position ››› Fig. 29.

Sym- Ignition switched Ignition is bol off switched on

Fog lights, dipped Light off or daytime beam and side lights  driving light on. off.

The “Coming Home” Automatic control of and “Leaving Home” dipped beam and  guide lights may be daytime running Fig. 30 Turn signal and main beam lever in their initial position switched on. light. Fig. 31 Dash panel: switch for hazard warning lights.  Side light on. More the lever to the required position: Switched on, for example: Dipped beam head- Dipped beam 1 Right turn signal: Right-hand parking  light off switched on. light (ignition switched off). ● When approaching a traffic jam » 21 The essentials

● In an emergency Windscreen wipers and window wiper More the lever to the required position: ● The vehicle has broken down blade Automatic wipe for cleaning rear win- 7 ● When towing or being towed  dows with the lever pressed.

››› in Hazard warning lights on  page 106  ››› page 108

››› page 106   ››› page 45

Interior lights SEAT information system Side lights: Function Fig. 32 Operating the windscreen wiper and rear wiper Introduction  Switching off the reading light. More the lever to the required position: With the ignition switched on it is possible to  Switching on the reading light. access different messages via the display on Switches door contact control on (central po- 0  Windscreen wiper off. the instrument panel display. sition). The number of messages displayed on the in- The reading light comes on automatically 1  Windscreen interval wipe. when the vehicle is unlocked, a door is strument panel display will vary according to 2 Slow wipe.  opened or the key is removed from the igni-  the vehicle electronics and equipment. tion. 3 Continuous wipe. A specialised workshop will be able to pro- The light goes off a few seconds after all the  gramme or modify additional functions, ac- doors are closed, the vehicle is locked or the Brief wipe - short wipe. Hold the lever ignition is switched on. cording to the vehicle equipment. SEAT rec- 4  down for more time to increase the wipe frequency. ommends taking your car in for technical Note service. Automatic wipe for cleaning wind- 5  The reading lights go out when the vehicle is screens with the lever up. WARNING locked, or a few minutes after the key is removed from the ignition. This prevents the Interval wipe for rear window. The wiper Any distraction may lead to an accident, with vehicle's battery from discharging. 6  will wipe the window approximately ev- the risk of injury. ery six seconds.

22 The essentials

● Do not consult the messages on the instru- Multifunction display (MFI) Possible displays ment panel screen when driving. The multifunction display (MFD) has two au- Menu Function tomatic memories: 1 - Partial memory and 2 - Time Current time in hours (h) and minutes Total memory. The selected memory will be (min). Management of indications on the shown in the lower right-hand corner of the display display. Travelling This indicates the hours (h) and mi- time nutes (min) since the ignition was switched on. With the ignition switched on, and memory 1 or 2 displayed, briefly press OK to change from Current The current fuel consumption display one memory to another. fuel con- operates throughout the journey, in sumption l/100 km; with the engine running The memory stores the values for the and the vehicle stopped, in l/hour. journey and the consumption from the moment the ignition is switched Average After turning on the ignition, average on until it is switched off again. fuel con- fuel consumption in litres/100 km will Trip memo- If the journey is broken for more than sumption be displayed after travelling about ry (for a 1 2 hours, the memory is automatically 100 metres. Otherwise horizontal single jour- erased. If the journey is continued in lines are displayed. The value shown ney). less than 2 hours after the ignition is is updated approximately every 5 sec- Fig. 33 Windscreen wiper lever: control but- switched off, the new data is added to onds. tons. the data already stored in the memo- Operating Approximate distance in km that can ry. Calling up options range still be travelled with the fuel remain- The memory stores the values of any ing in the tank, assuming the same ● Switch the ignition on. number of journeys, until it counts a style of driving is maintained. This is ● If a message or vehicle symbol is dis- total of 19 hours and 59 minutes of calculated using the current fuel consumption. played, press OK/RESET (››› Fig. 33 A ). Total mem- driving, or 1999.9 km or miles of driv- 2 ory (for all ing, depending on the type of instru- Distance Distance travelled, after ignition is ● Press the top or bottom part of the rocker journeys). ment panel fitted. On reaching either covered switched on, in km. switch ››› Fig. 33 B until the desired option of these limits, the memory is auto- appears. matically erased and starts to count Average The average speed will be shown after from 0 again. speed a distance of about 100 metres has been travelled. Otherwise horizontal lines are displayed. The value shown is updated approximately every 5 seconds. »

23 The essentials

Menu Function Manually erasing memory 1 or 2 ● Temporarily switching off the CCS: Move  ● Select the memory to be erased. switch ››› Fig. 34 1 to or push the Digital Current speed displayed digitally. brake. The cruise control system is switched display of ● Press and hold the eject button OK for ap- off temporarily. speed proximately 2 seconds. ● Reactivating the CCS: Press button Liquid Digital display of the current tempera- ››› Fig. 34 2 in . The memorised speed coolant ture of the engine liquid coolant. is saved and controlled again. temperature digital Cruise control ● Increasing stored speed during CCS regula- display tion: press button 2 in . The vehicle ac- Operating the cruise control system celerates until the new stored speed. Warning at If the stored speed is exceeded (be- --- km/h tween 30 - 250 km/h, or 18 - (CCS)* ● Reducing stored speed during CCS regula- 155 mph), an audible warning is giv- tion: press button 2 in  to lower the en together with a visual warning. speed by 1 km/h (1 mph). Speed is reduced until reaching the new stored speed. Changing between display modes ● Switching off the CCS: Move switch ● Press the rocker switch in the windscreen ››› Fig. 34 1 to . The system is disconnec- wiper lever. ted and the memorised speed is deleted.

Storing a speed for the speed warning ››› in Cruise control operation on  page 156 ● Select the display Speed warning at --- km/h.  ››› page 155 ● Press OK on the windscreen wiper lever to Fig. 34 Switches and controls for operating store the current speed and switch off the the CCS warning. ● Switching on the CCS: Move switch ● In addition, set the required speed by ››› Fig. 34 1 to . The system is on. If no Warning lamps pressing the rocker switch on the windscreen speed has been programmed, the system will wiper lever or  or  buttons on the multi- not control it. On the instrument panel function steering wheel for 5 seconds. Next, ● Activating the CCS: Press button Fig. 34 press OK again or wait a few seconds. The ››› The control and warning lamps are indicators 2 in the  area. The current speed is speed is stored and the warning activated. of warnings, ››› , faults ››› or certain func- memorised and controlled. ● To switch off, press OK . The stored speed is tions. Some control and warning lamps come deleted. on when the ignition is switched on, and 24 The essentials switch off when the engine starts running, or it lights up: ESC* faulty or switched ››› page  Cruise control operating. while driving.  off by the system. ALTERNATIVELY: 155 flashes: ESC* or ASR regulating. When certain control and warning lamps are ››› page Main beam on or flasher on. lit, an audible warning is also heard. it lights up: Traction Control* faulty  103 ››› page or switched off by the system. AL- 137 The natural gas engine coolant ››› page  Handbrake applied.  TERNATIVELY:  flashes: Traction Control* regulator temperature is too low. 192 ››› page  Do not continue driving! operating. 137  The brake fluid level is too low or Lamps on the instrument panel display there is a fault in the brake system.  ABS faulty or does not work. A passenger in the rear seats ››› page ››› page  has fastened their seatbelt. 52 it lights up:  Do not continue  Rear fog light switched on. driving! 103 A passenger in the rear seats The liquid coolant level is too low, ››› page ››› page lights up or flashes: fault in the has not fastened their seat the engine liquid coolant tempera-  52 191  emission control system. ››› page belt.  ture is too high or there is a fault in the liquid coolant 151 Fault in engine management. flashes quickly: the City Safety system.  Assist system function* brakes lights up or flashes: fault in the ››› page automatically or has braked au- flashes: engine coolant system ››› page  ››› page steering system. 133 tomatically. Or: faulty. 191  156 flashes slowly: City Safety As- ››› page  Do not continue driving! ››› page Fuel tank almost empty. sist function is not currently  182  Engine oil pressure too low. 188 available. The natural gas tank is almost page lights up or flashes:  Do not con- ››› The City Safety Assist* function ››› page  empty. 182 ››› page  tinue driving!   has been connected manually. 133 156 Fault in the steering. It switches off after 5 seconds.  Fault in airbag system and seat ››› page belt tensioners. 59 flashes: The City Safety Assist* On the instrument panel: driver or ››› page ››› page   function has been manually  passenger has not fastened seat ››› page 156 52 Tyre pressure* too low disconnected. belt.  205 after the ignition is switched ››› page ››› page Faulty generator. Left or right turn signal. on: indication that the end of ››› page 196 103  the period for an inspection to 88 »  Vehicles with the Start-Stop sys-  be performed is approaching. ››› page ››› page tem: it is necessary to start the en- Hazard warning lights on. 161 70 gine manually.

25 The essentials

it lights up: the Start-Stop sys- CAUTION Selecting reverse gear tem is enabled. ALTERNATIVE- Failure to heed the warning lamps when they ● Engage reverse gear only when the vehicle  LY: is stopped. flashes: the Start-Stop system appear may result in faults in the vehicle. ››› page is not available. ● 161 Keep the clutch pedal pushed all the way down ››› in Manual gear change on The Start-Stop system is ena- page 145. . bled but the engine cannot be Gearbox lever automatically stopped. ● Place the gearbox lever into neutral and push the lever downwards. flashes in addition to the rest ››› page Manual gearbox of the segments of the fuel ● Slide the gearbox lever to the right, and  182 gauge: Fuel tank almost empty. then backward as shown on the lever. ● Release the clutch pedal to engage clutch. WARNING

If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle ››› in Manual gear change on page 145 may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents  and severe injuries. ››› page 145 ● Never ignore the warning lamps.  ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. ● Park the vehicle away from traffic and ensure that there are no highly flammable ma- Automatic gearbox terials under the vehicle that could come into Fig. 35 Gear shift pattern of a 5-speed man- contact with the exhaust system (e.g. dry ual gearbox grass, fuel). The position of each of the gears is shown on ● A faulty vehicle represents a risk of acci- the gear stick ››› Fig. 35. dent for the driver and for other road users. If necessary, switch on the hazard warning ● Keep the clutch pedal pushed all the way lamps and put out the warning triangle to ad- down. vise other drivers. ● Move the gearbox lever to the required po- ● Before opening the bonnet, switch off the engine and allow it to cool. sition ››› in Manual gear change on page 145. ● In any vehicle, the engine compartment is a hazardous area and could cause severe inju- ● Release the clutch pedal to engage clutch. Fig. 36 Automatic gearbox diagram of gears ries ›››  page 186. 26 The essentials

R Reverse gear M Tiptronic mode: pull the lever forwards ››› in Automatic gear change on N Neutral (idling) (+) to go up a gear or backwards (–) to  page 146 go down a gear. D Drive (forward)  ››› page 145

Air conditioning

How does Climatronic work*?

Fig. 37 At the top of the centre console: Clima- tronic controls

Switching off The system disconnects by pushing the lower button several times  ››› Fig. 37

Cooling mode  The cooling mode is connected and disconnected with the  button.

Automatic mode The automatic mode is connected and disconnected with the  button. The automatic mode is initiated by maintaining a constant temperature in  the passenger compartment. Air temperature, amount and distribution is automatically regulated. The automatic mode is disconnected, if the ventilation is manually changed.

Temperature Buttons 1 and 2 ››› Fig. 37 regulate the temperature. The set temperature is shown on the screen. » 27 The essentials

Blower  The speed of the blower is set with the button  ››› Fig. 37.

Air distribution The air distribution ,  or  ››› Fig. 37 is set with the buttons

 Air distribution towards the upper part of the body through the air vents on the dash panels  Air distribution to footwells  Air distribution towards the windscreen and the footwell  Air distribution towards the windscreen

Removing ice from the windscreen  The ice is removed from the windscreen  ››› Fig. 37 the fastest possible way and it is also cleaned with the button (defrosting/demisting function). When the temperature is above +3 °C (+38 °F), the air is dehumidified and increases the blower speed.

Air recirculation  The air recirculation  ››› Fig. 37 is connected and disconnected with the button ››› page 130.

Rear window defroster  The rear  window defroster located on the top of the centre console, is connected and disconnected while the engine is in gear. The rear window defroster is automatically disconnected after a maximum of 10 minutes have lapsed.

 ››› in Introduction on page 130  ››› page 130

28 The essentials

How does the manual air conditioning and heating and fresh air system work?

Fig. 38 At the top of the centre console: manual air conditioning and heating and fresh air system controls.

Switching off it is disconnected by turning the main control 2 to position  ››› Fig. 38.  Cooling modea) The cooling mode is connected and disconnected with the  button.

Temperature The temperature is set with left rotary control 1 ››› Fig. 38.  Blower The speed of the blower is set with main rotary control 2 ››› Fig. 38.

Air distribution With right rotary control 3 ››› Fig. 38 the air distribution is set

29 The essentials

Removing the ice from the windscreen  The ice is removed  ››› Fig. 38 from the windscreen and cleans the windscreen the quickest possible way with the right rotary control (defrosting/demisting function).  Air recirculation With scrollable control 4 ››› Fig. 38 the air distribution is connected and disconnected ››› page 130.

a) Valid for vehicles with manual air conditioning.

 ››› in Introduction on page 130  ››› page 130

30 The essentials

Fluid Level control Opening the fuel tank cap Oil The tank flap is at the rear of the vehicle on Filling the fuel tank the right. ● Pull the rear zone of the fuel tank flap to Fuel tank capacity open. Around 35.0 l, ● Unfold the key shaft if necessary Petrol engines of which approximately 4.0 are the ›››  page 92. reserve. ● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder Natural gas: approx. 11 kg; of which of the fuel tank plug and turn the key in an Natural gas en- max. 1.5 kg reserve anticlockwise direction. gine Petrol: approx. 10 l; of which approx. ● Take out the fuel tank plug by turning it in 5 l reserve Fig. 40 Engine oil dipstick. an anticlockwise direction and rest it on the Windscreen washer tank capacity upper part of the fuel tank flap ››› Fig. 39.

The washer bottle capacity is approximately 3 litres. Closing the fuel tank cap ● Screw on the fuel tank filler plug in a clockwise direction until it is fully inserted with a Fuel click. ● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the fuel tank plug, turn the key in a clockwise direction and remove the key. ● Press the tank flap until you hear it click in- to place. The tank flap must be flush with the Fig. 41 In the engine compartment: Engine body contour. oil filler cap. The level is measured using the dipstick loca-  ››› in Introduction on page 183 ted in the engine compartment. The oil should leave a mark between zones ››› page 185 A and C . It should never exceed zone A . Fig. 39 Open fuel tank flap with tank cap in  the holder ● Zone A : Do not add oil. »

31 The essentials

● Zone B : You can add oil but keep the level Coolant even in warm climates where anti-freeze pro- in that zone. tection is not required. ● Zone C : Add oil up to zone B . If for weather reasons further protection is necessary, the proportion of additive may be Topping up engine oil increased, but only up to 60 %; otherwise an- ● Unscrew cap from oil filler opening. tifreeze protection will diminish and this will worsen cooling. ● Add oil slowly. ● At the same time, check the level to ensure When the coolant is topped up, use a mixture you do not add too much. of distilled water and at least 40 % of the G13 or G12 plus-plus (TL-VW 774 G) additive ● When the oil level reaches at least zone B , (both are purple) to obtain an optimum anti- unscrew the engine oil filler cap carefully. corrosion protection in Checking the Fig. 42 Engine compartment: coolant expan- ››› sion tank cap. coolant level and topping up on page 194. Specifications of engine oil with a service de- The mixture of G13 with G12 plus (TL-VW 774 pendent on time/distance travelled The coolant tank is located in the engine F), G12 (red) or G11 (green-blue) engine cool- 44 kW - 55 kW Petrol en- compartment. ants will significantly reduce anti-corrosion VW 504 00, VW 502 00 gines protection and should therefore be avoided When the engine is cold, replace the coolant ››› in Checking the coolant level and top- Natural gas engine VW 502 00 when the level is below . ping up on page 194.

››› in Topping up engine oil on Coolant specifications ››› in Checking the coolant level and  page 191 The engine cooling system is supplied from  topping up on page 193 the factory with a specially treated mixture of  ››› page 188 water and at least 40 % of the additive G13  ››› page 191 (TL-VW 774 J), purple. This mixture gives the necessary frost protection down to -25 °C (-13 °F) and protects the light alloy parts of the engine cooling system against corrosion. It also prevents scaling and considerably rai- ses the boiling point of the coolant. To protect the cooling system, the percentage of additive must always be at least 40 %,

32 The essentials

Brake fluid Windscreen washer Battery

The battery is located in the engine compartment. It does not require maintenance. It is checked as part of the Inspection Service.

 ››› in Introduction on page 196  ››› page 196

Fig. 43 Engine compartment: brake fluid res- Fig. 44 In the engine compartment: wind- ervoir cap screen washer reservoir top.

The brake fluid reservoir is located in the en- The windscreen washer reservoir is located in gine compartment. the engine compartment. The level should be between the  and  To top up, mix water with a product recom- marks. If it is below , please visit a Techni- mended by SEAT. cal Service. In cold temperatures, add anti-freeze for the windshield cleaner. ››› in Checking the brake fluid level on  page 194 ››› in Checking and topping up the  windscreen washer reservoir with water  ››› page 194 on page 195  ››› page 195

33 The essentials Emergencies Underneath the instrument panel Replacing a blown fuse The fuse box is located underneath the dash Fuses panel on the driver side ››› Fig. 45. In the engine compartment Fuse location Press the locking tabs to release the fuse box cover ››› Fig. 46.

Identifying fuses situated below the dash panel by colours

Colour Amp rating Fig. 47 Image of a blown fuse Purple 3 Preparation Light brown 5 ● Switch off the ignition, lights and all elec- Brown 7.5 trical equipment. Fig. 45 On the driver-side dash panel: fuse box cover Red 10 ● Open the corresponding fuse box  page 79. Blue 15 ›››

Yellow 20 Identifying a blown fuse White or transparent 25 A fuse is blown if its metal strip is ruptured ››› Fig. 47. Green 30 Point a lamp at the fuse to see if the fuse has Orange 40 blown.

To replace a fuse  ››› in Introduction on page 78 ● Remove the fuse. Fig. 46 In the engine compartment: fuse box ››› page 78 ● Replace the blown fuse by one with an cover  identical amperage rating (same colour and markings) and identical size.

34 The essentials

● Replace the cover again or close the fuse Action in the event of a punc- a stone or similar to prevent the vehicle from box lid. ture moving.

What to do first Bulbs Repairing a tyre with the anti-punc- ● Park the vehicle on a horizontal surface ture kit Bulbs (12 V) and in a safe place as far away from traffic as possible. ● Light source used for each function Apply the handbrake. ● Halogen headlights Type Switch on the hazard warning lights. ● Manual gearbox: select the 1st gear. Daytime running light/side W21/5W light ● Automatic gearbox: position the selector lever to D or R. Dipped beam headlights H4 LL ● If you are towing a trailer, unhitch it from Main beam headlights H4 LL your vehicle. ● Turn signal PY21W NA Have the vehicle tool kit ›››  page 71 and the spare wheel* ready ›››  page 206. Front fog light Type Fig. 48 Standard representation: contents of ● Observe the applicable legislation for each the anti-puncture kit. Fog/cornering lights* HB4 country (reflective vest, warning triangles, etc.). The anti-puncture kit is located under the Rear bulb light Type ● All occupants should leave the vehicle and floor panel in the luggage compartment. wait in a safe place (for instance behind the Brake/side lights P21/5W LL roadside crash barrier). Sealing the tyre Side lights P21/5W LL ● Unscrew the tyre valve cap and insert. Use WARNING Turn signal PY21W NA LL the ››› Fig. 48 1 tool to remove the insert. ● Always observe the above steps and pro- Place it on a clean surface. Retro fog light P21W tect yourself and other road users. ● Shake the tyre sealant bottle vigorously ● Reverse lights R10W If you change the wheel on a slope, block ››› Fig. 48 10 . » the wheel on the opposite side of the car with

35 The essentials

● Screw the inflator tube ››› Fig. 48 3 into ● Move the vehicle 10m so that the sealant is Changing a wheel the sealant bottle. The bottle's seal will break distributed throughout the tyre. automatically. ● Screw the compressor tyre inflator into the Vehicle tool kit ● Remove the lid from the filling tube valve. ››› Fig. 48 3 and screw the open end of the ● Repeat the inflation process. tube into the tyre valve. ● If the indicated pressure still cannot be ● With the tyre sealant bottle upside down, reached, the tyre is too badly damaged. Stop fill the tyre with the contents of the sealant and request assistance from an authorised bottle. technician. ● Remove the bottle from the valve. ● Disconnect the air compressor. Unscrew ● Place the insert back into the tyre valve us- the tyre inflator tube from the tyre valve. ing the tool ››› Fig. 48 1 . ● When the tyre pressure is between 2.5 and 2.0 bars, continue driving without exceeding Inflating the tyre 80 km/h (50 mph). ● Screw the compressor tyre inflator tube ● Check the pressure again after 10 minutes Fig. 49 Components of the vehicle tool kit ››› Fig. 48 5 into the tyre valve. ›››  page 74. ● Check that the air bleed screw is closed 1 Screwdriver with hexagon socket in the ››› Fig. 48 7 . ››› in TMS (Tyre Mobility System)* on handle page 73 ● Start the engine and leave it running.  2 Adapter for anti-theft bolt. 3 Towline anchorage, removable. ● Insert the connector ››› Fig. 48 9 into the  ››› page 72 vehicle's 12-volt socket ›››  page 121. 4 Wire hook for removing the hub caps. ● Turn the air compressor on with the ON/OFF 5 Jack. switch 8 . ››› Fig. 48 6 Wheel spanner. ● Keep the air compressor running until it 7 Wheel bolt cap clips. reaches 2.0 to 2.5 bar (29-36 psi/200-250 kPa). A maximum of 8 minutes.  ››› in What to do first on page 35 ● Disconnect the air compressor. ● If it does not reach the pressure indicated,  ››› page 70 unscrew the tyre inflator tube from the valve.

36 The essentials

Hubcaps Full hubcaps Wheel bolt caps

Fig. 50 Remove the hubcap of the steel wheel Fig. 51 Removing the full hubcap Fig. 52 Removing the wheel bolt caps trim Removing the full hubcap Removal In order to access the wheel bolts, first re- ● Take the wheel brace and the wire hook ● Fit the plastic clip (vehicle tools move the hubcap. from the vehicle tool kit ›››  page 70. ›››  page 70) over the cap until it clicks into place ››› Fig. 52. Removing and fitting the hubcap ● Hook the wire through one of the grooves on the hubcap. ● Remove the cap with the plastic clip. ● To remove, take the vehicle tool kit wire ● hook and attach it to the edge of the wheel Insert the wheel brace onto the wire hook The caps protect the wheel bolts and should trim ››› Fig. 50. ››› Fig. 51 and pull the hub cap in the direc- be remounted after changing the tyre. tion shown by the arrow. ● Remove the trim by pulling it in the direc- The anti-theft wheel bolt has a special cap tion of the arrow. Fitting hubcaps which is only compatible with anti-theft bolts ● To replace the hubcap, press the hubcap and cannot be used for conventional bolts. ● It is necessary to press the hubcap against against the trim until it clicks into place. the wheel so that the space for the valve fits The caps protect the wheel bolts and should over the tyre valve. be remounted after changing the tyre. ● Make sure that the hubcap is correctly fitted all the way around the wheel. If you are using an anti-theft wheel lock, screw it in the opposite position to the valve.

37 The essentials

Loosening the wheel bolts ● If the wheel bolt is very tight, you may be Important information about wheel bolts able to loosen it by pushing down on the end The wheel rims and bolts have been de- of the wheel brace carefully with your foot. signed to be fitted to factory options. If differ- Hold on to the vehicle for support and take ent rims are fitted, the correct wheel bolts care not to slip. with the right length and correctly shaped bolt heads must be used. This ensures that Loosening wheel bolts wheels are fitted securely and that the brake ● Fit the wheel brace as far as it will go over system functions correctly. the wheel bolt ››› Fig. 53. In some circumstances, wheel bolts from the ● Hold the wheel brace at the end and rotate same model vehicle should not be used. the bolt approximately one turn anticlockwise ››› . Wheel bolt tightening torque Fig. 53 Changing a wheel: Slacken the wheel bolts. The prescribed tightening torque for wheel Loosening anti-theft wheel bolts bolts for steel and alloy wheels is 110 Nm. For wheels with full hubcap, the anti-theft Have the tightening torque of the wheel bolts wheel lock must be threaded into position checked as soon as possible with a reliable ››› Fig. 54 2 before mounting the hubcap. torque wrench. Otherwise it will not be possible to mount the If wheel bolts are rusty and it is difficult to entire hubcap. tighten them, the threads should be replaced ● Take the adapter for anti-theft wheel bolts and cleaned before checking the tightening out of the vehicle tool kit. torque. ● Insert the adapter onto the wheel bolt Never grease or lubricate wheel bolts or the ››› Fig. 54. Push it on as far as it will go. wheel hub threads. Although they have been tightened to the prescribed torque, they Fig. 54 Changing a wheel: Tyre valve 1 and ● Fit the wheel brace onto the adapter as far position of anti-theft wheel locking bolt 2 . as possible. could come loose while driving. ● Hold the wheel brace at the end and rotate WARNING ● Only use the tool supplied with the vehicle the bolt approximately one turn anticlockwise to loosen the wheel bolts. ››› . If the wheel bolts are not fitted correctly they ● Loosen the wheel bolts only about one turn could be released while driving leading to before raising the vehicle with the jack. loss of vehicle control and serious damage.

38 The essentials

● Only use wheel bolts which correspond to Raising the vehicle with the jack the wheel rims in question. ● Never use different wheel bolts. ● The bolts and threads should be clean, free of oil and grease and easy to thread. ● To loosen and tighten the wheel bolts, always use the wheel brace supplied with the vehicle. ● Loosen the wheel bolts only about one turn before raising the vehicle with the jack. ● Never grease or lubricate wheel bolts or the wheel hub threads. Although they have been Fig. 55 Jack position points tightened to the prescribed torque, they could come loose while driving. ● Never loosen the bolted joints of wheel rims with bolted ring trims. ● If the wheel bolts are not tightened to the correct torque, they may come loose while driving, and the bolts and rims may come out. If the tightening torque is too high, the wheel bolts and threads can be damaged.

Fig. 56 Jack mounted on the left rear part of the vehicle

The jack may be applied only at the jacking points shown (marks on chassis) ››› Fig. 55. Always the relevant jacking point for the wheel to be changed ››› . Raise the vehicle using only the designated jacking points. »

39 The essentials

WARNING Removing and fitting a wheel ● Place the spare wheel or temporary spare wheel into position. If the vehicle is not correctly raised, it could fall off the jack causing serious injury. Please ● Replace the wheel bolts and tighten slight- observe the following rules to minimise the ly using the hexagonal socket on the end of risk of injury: the wheel brace. ● You should only use a jack approved by ● To tighten the anti-theft locking wheel bolts SEAT for your vehicle. Other jacks, even those use the corresponding adaptor. approved for other SEAT models, might slip ● Lower the car with the jack. out of place. ● Tighten all of the wheel bolts clockwise ● The ground should be firm and flat. If the . Tighten the bolts in diagonal pairs (not ground is sloped or soft then the vehicle ››› could slip and fall off the jack. If necessary, in a circle). support the jack on a wide solid base. Fig. 57 Changing a wheel: loosen wheel bolts ● Put the caps, trim or full hubcap back on ● If the ground is slippery, such as tiles, with the socket at the end of the wheel brace ››› page 37. place a non-slip surface (a floor mat, for instance) beneath the jack to avoid slipping. Change the wheel after loosening the wheel WARNING bolts and raising the vehicle with the jack. ● Only fit the jack at the prescribed jacking If the wheel bolts are not treated suitably or points. The claw of the jack should grip the not tightened to the correct torque then this Removing the wheel reinforcement nerve on the underbody could lead to loss of vehicle control and to a ››› Fig. 56. ● Slacken the wheel bolts ››› page 38. serious accident. ● You should never place a body limb such as ● Raise the vehicle ››› page 39. ● All the wheel bolts and hub threads should an arm or leg under a raised vehicle that is be clean and free of oil and grease. The wheel ● Using the hexagonal socket in the wheel solely supported by the jack. bolts should be easily tightened to the cor- brace ››› Fig. 57, unscrew the slackened ● rect torque. If you have to work underneath the vehicle, wheel bolts and place them on a clean sur- you must use suitable stands additionally to ● face. The hexagonal socket in the wheel brace support the vehicle, there is a risk of acci- should be used for turning wheel bolts only. dent!. ● Take off the wheel. Do not use it to loosen or tighten the wheel ● Never raise the vehicle if it is tilting to one bolts. side or the engine is running. How to use the spare wheel or temporary spare wheel ● Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised. The vehicle may come loose from the Check the direction of rotation of the tyre jack due to the engine vibrations. ›››  page 207, Tyre code.

40 The essentials

Tyres with compulsory direction of ro- ● Have the tightening torque of the wheel Remove wheel hub covers and trim rings be- tation bolts checked as soon as possible with a tor- fore fitting snow chains ››› . The wheel bolts que wrench ››› page 38. should be covered with caps for safety rea- A directional tread pattern can be identified ● Have the flat tyre replaced as quickly as sons. These are available from technical serv- by the arrows on the sidewall that point in possible. ices. the direction of rotation. Always observe the direction of rotation indicated when fitting Temporary spare wheel the wheel to guarantee optimum properties For technical reasons, snow chains must not of this type of tyres with regard to grip, Snow chains be used on the compact temporary spare noises, wear and aquaplaning. wheel ›››  page 206. Use If it is absolutely necessary to fit the spare If it is necessary to fit chains with the tempo- tyre* against the direction of rotation, drive When using snow chains, applicable local rary spare wheel in use, install the wheel on with care as this means the tyre does not of- legislation and maximum permitted speed the rear axle in the event of a fault in a front fer optimum driving properties. This is of par- limits must be observed. wheel. Then, fit the rear wheel that is free, in- ticular importance when the road surface is stead of the damaged front wheel. In this sit- wet. In winter weather, snow chains not only help uation, observe the rotating direction of the to improve grip but also improve the braking To return to directional tread tires, replace wheels. SEAT recommends attaching the capacity. the punctured tyre as soon as possible and snow chains before fitting the wheel. restore the obligatory direction of rotation of The fitting of chains is permitted only on all tyres. front wheels and with the following combi- WARNING nations of wheel trims and tyres: The use of unsuitable or incorrectly fitted chains could lead to serious accidents and After the wheel change Tyre size Wheel rim damage. ● 165/70 R14 Always the appropriate snow chains. ● Clean the vehicle tools, if necessary and 5 J x 14 offset of 35 ● Observe the fitting instructions provided by put them away in the luggage compartment 175/65 R14 the snow chain manufacturer. foam holder ›››  page 70. SEAT recommends you ask a technical serv- ● Never exceed the maximum permitted ● Store the spare wheel, the temporary spare speeds when driving with snow chains. » wheel or the changed wheel securely in the ice for further information on wheel, tyre and luggage compartment. chain sizes. Wherever possible use fine-link chains meas- uring less than 15 mm including the lock.

41 The essentials

CAUTION Emergency towing of the vehi- A tow rope should be slightly elastic to avoid damage to both vehicles. It is advisable to ● Remove the snow chains to drive on roads cle use a tow rope made of synthetic fibre or sim- without snow. Otherwise they will impair ilarly elastic material. vehicle handling, damage the tyres and wear Towing out very quickly. ● Only secure the tow rope or tow bar to the ● Wheel rims may be damaged or scratched if towline anchorage or specially designed fit- the chains come into direct contact with ting. them. SEAT recommends the use of covered snow chains. Notes for the driver of the towed vehicle ● Keep the ignition running to prevent the Note steering wheel from locking and also to allow Snow chains are available in different sizes the use of the turn signals, horn, windscreen according to the vehicle type. wipers and washers. ● As the power assisted steering does not work if the engine is not running, you will Fig. 58 Right side of the front bumper: tow- need more strength to steer than normally. line anchorage screwed in. ● The brake must be depressed much harder Towline anchorages as the brake servo does not operate. Avoid hitting the towing vehicle. Attach the bar or rope to the towline anchorages. ● Note the instructions and information contained in the Instruction Manual for the vehi- It is located with the vehicle's tools cle to be towed. ›››  page 70. Screw the front towline anchorage into the Notes for the driver of the towing vehicle screw connection ››› Fig. 58 and tighten it ● Accelerate gently and carefully. Avoid sud- with the wheel brace. den manoeuvres. ● Brake well in advance than usual and brake Tow rope or tow bar gently. When towing, the tow bar is the safest and ● Note the instructions and information con- vehicle friendly way. You should only use a tained in the Instruction Manual for the vehi- tow rope if you do not have a tow bar. cle to be towed. 42 The essentials

Driving style ››› in Instructions for tow-starting on How to jump start Towing requires some experience, especially  page 76 when using a tow rope. Both drivers should Jump leads realise how difficult it is to tow a vehicle. In-  ››› page 75 experienced drivers should not attempt to If the engine fails to start because of a dis- tow. charged battery, the battery of another vehicle can be used to start the engine. Before Do not pull too hard with the towing vehicle Tow-starting starting, check the magic eye on the battery and take care to avoid jerking the tow rope. ›››  page 196. When towing on an unpaved road, there is al- In general, the vehicle should not be started ways a risk of overloading and damaging the by towing. Jump-starting is much more pref- For starting assistance, jump lead cables con- anchorage points. erable ››› page 43. forming to the standard DIN 72553 are required (see the cable manufacturer instruc- Switch on the ignition so that the turn sig- For technical reasons, the following vehicles tions). The cable section in vehicles with pet- nals, windscreen wipers and windscreen can not be tow started: rol engine must be at least 25 mm2. washer can work. Ensure that the steering wheel is unlocked and moves freely. ● Vehicles with an automatic gearbox. WARNING Place the gear lever in neutral on vehicles ● If the vehicle battery is flat, it is possible Incorrect use of jump leads and incorrectly with a manual gearbox. With an automatic that the engine control unit does not operate correctly. jump starting could cause the battery to ex- gearbox, place the lever in N. plode resulting in serious injury. Please ob- To brake, press the brake pedal firmly. The serve the following rules to minimise the risk However, if your vehicle must absolutely be of a battery explosion: brake servo does not work when the engine tow-started (manual gearbox): is switched off. ● The battery providing current must have ● Put it into second or third gear. the same voltage (12V) and approximately The power steering only works when the igni- ● Keep the clutch pressed down. the same capacity (see markings on battery) tion is switched on and the vehicle is moving, as the flat battery. ● Switch on the ignition and the hazard warn- provided that the battery is sufficiently charg- ● ing lights. Never charge a frozen or recently thawed ed. Otherwise, it will need more force. battery. A flat battery can also freeze at tem- Ensure that the tow rope remains taut at all ● Release the clutch when both vehicles are peratures close to 0 °C (+32 °F). times. moving. ● If a battery is frozen and/or has been frozen ● As soon as the engine starts, press the then it must be replaced. clutch and move the gear lever into neutral. ● A highly explosive mixture of gases is re- This helps to prevent a collision with the tow- leased when the battery is being charged. Al- ing vehicle. ways keep lit cigarettes, flames, sparks and » 43 The essentials

fire far from the battery. Never use a mobile How to jump start: description 2. Connect one end of the red jump lead to telephone when connecting and removing the the positive + terminal of the vehicle jump leads. with the flat battery A ››› Fig. 59. ● Charge the battery only in well ventilated 3. Connect the other end of the red jump areas given that when the battery is charged lead to the positive terminal + in the ve- by outside assistance, it creates a mix of hicle providing assistance B . highly explosive gases. 4. For vehicles without Start-Stop system: ● Jump leads should never enter into contact with moving parts in the engine compart- connect one end of the black jump lead to ment. the negative terminal – of the vehicle providing the current B ››› Fig. 59. ● Never switch the positive and negative poles or connect the jump leads incorrectly. – For vehicles with Start-Stop system: con- ● Note the instruction manual provided by Fig. 59 Diagram of connections for vehicles nect one end of the black jump lead X to a the manufacturer of the jump leads. without Start Stop system suitable ground terminal, to a solid piece of metal in the engine block, or to the engine block itself ››› Fig. 60. CAUTION To avoid considerable damage to the vehicle 5. Connect the other end of the black jump electrical system, note the following careful- lead X to a solid metal component bolted ly: to the engine block or to the engine block itself of the vehicle with the flat battery. ● If the jump leads are incorrectly connected, this could result in a short circuit. Do not connect it to a point near the battery A . ● The vehicles must not touch each other, otherwise electricity could flow as soon as 6. Position the leads in such a way that they the positive terminals are connected. cannot come into contact with any moving Fig. 60 Diagram of connections for vehicles parts in the engine compartment. with Start Stop system Starting Jump lead terminal connections 7. Start the engine of the vehicle with the 1. Switch off the ignition of both vehicles boosting battery and let it run at idling ››› . speed.

44 The essentials

8. Start the engine of the vehicle with the flat on battery). Failure to comply could result in Note battery and wait for 2 or 3 minutes until an explosion. the engine is running. The vehicles must not touch each other, oth- ● Never use jump leads when one of the bat- erwise electricity could flow as soon as the teries is frozen. Danger of explosion! Even af- positive terminals are connected. Removing the jump leads ter the battery has thawed, battery acid could 9. Before you remove the jump leads, switch leak and cause chemical burns. If a battery off the dipped beam headlights (if they freezes, it should be replaced. are switched on). ● Keep sparks, flames and lighted cigarettes Changing the wiper blades away from batteries, danger of explosion. 10.Turn on the heater blower and heated rear Failure to comply could result in an explo- Windscreen wipers service position window in the vehicle with the flat battery. sion. This helps minimise voltage peaks which ● Observe the instructions provided by the are generated when the leads are discon- manufacturer of the jump leads. nected. ● Do not connect the negative cable from the 11.When the engine is running, disconnect other vehicle directly to the negative terminal the leads in reverse order to the details of the flat battery. The gas emitted from the given above. battery could be ignited by sparks. Danger of explosion. Make sure the battery clamps have sufficient ● Do not attach the negative cable from the metal-to-metal contact with the battery termi- other vehicle to parts of the fuel system or to nals. the brake line.

If the engine fails to start, switch off the start- ● The non-insulated parts of the battery Fig. 61 Wipers in service position er after about 10 seconds and try again after clamps must not be allowed to touch. The about 1 minute. jump lead attached to the positive battery The wiper arms can be raised when the wip- terminal must not touch metal parts of the ve- ers are in service position ››› Fig. 61. WARNING hicle, this can cause a short circuit. ● Position the leads in such a way that they ● Close the bonnet ›››  page 186. ● Please note the safety warnings referring to cannot come into contact with any moving working in the engine compartment ● Switch the ignition on and off. parts in the engine compartment. ›››  page 186. ● Press the windscreen wiper lever down- ● Do not lean on the batteries. This could re- ● The battery providing assistance must have wards briefly ››› Fig. 32 4 . » sult in chemical burns. the same voltage as the flat battery (12V) and approximately the same capacity (see imprint

45 The essentials

Before driving, always lower the wiper arms. ● Hold down the release button ››› Fig. 62 1 When the ignition is switched on, the wind- while gently pulling the blade in the direction screen wiper arms return to their initial posi- of the arrow. tion upon activating the windscreen wiper ● Fit a new wiper blade of the same length lever. and design on to the wiper arm and hook it into place.  ››› page 75 ● Rest the wiper arms back onto the windscreen.

Changing the rear wiper blade Changing the front wiper blades Fig. 63 Changing the rear wiper blade ● Lift the windscreen wiper arm and fold it at Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms an angle of approximately 60° ››› Fig. 63. The wiper arm may only be lifted at the point ● Press and hold the release button 1 . where it is fastened to the blade. ● Fold the wiper blade towards the windscreen wiper arm ››› Fig. 63 (arrow A ) while The wiper should be in service position be- pulling in the direction of arrow B . This may fore unfolding it ›››  page 108. require some strength. Cleaning windscreen wiper blades ● Insert a new blade of the same length and type in the windscreen wiper arm in the op- ● Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms. posite direction to the arrow B and hook in- ● Use a soft cloth to remove dust and dirt to place. This feature is operational when the Fig. 62 Changing the front wiper blades from the windscreen wiper blades. knob is in position (arrow A ). ● If the blades are very dirty, a sponge or ● Return the windscreen wiper arm to the damp cloth may be used ››› in Changing windscreen. Do not let it simply drop down! the windscreen and rear window wiper blades on page 75. ››› in Changing the windscreen and  rear window wiper blades on page 75 Changing the windscreen wiper blades ››› page 75 ● Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms. 

46 Safe driving

Driving advice – Fasten your seat belt securely. Instruct your Safety passengers also to fasten their seat belts properly. ››› page 52. Safe driving Before driving For your own safety and the safety of your Safety first! passengers, always note the following points What affects driving safety? data Technical before every trip: As a driver, you are responsible for yourself WARNING – Make sure that the vehicle's lights and turn and your passengers. When your concentra- ● This manual contains important informa- signals are working properly. tion or driving safety is affected by any cir-

tion about the operation of the vehicle, both Advice – Check tyre pressure. cumstance, you endanger yourself as well as for the driver and the passengers. The other others on the road ››› , for this reason: sections of the on-board documentation also – Ensure that all windows provide a clear and contain further information that you should good view of the surroundings. – Always pay attention to traffic and do not be aware of for your own safety and for the get distracted by passengers or telephone safety of your passengers. – Make sure all luggage is secured calls. . ● ››› page 114 Ensure that the on-board documentation is – Never drive when your driving ability is im- kept in the vehicle at all times. This is espe- – Make sure that no objects can interfere

paired (e.g. by medication, alcohol, drugs). Operation cially important when lending or selling the with the pedals. vehicle to another person. – Observe traffic laws and speed limits. – Adjust front seat, head restraint and mirrors properly according to your size. – Always reduce your speed as appropriate WARNING for road, traffic and weather conditions. – Ensure that the passengers in the rear Driving under the influence of alcohol, drugs, seats always have the head restraints in – When travelling long distances, take medication or narcotics may result in severe the in-use position ››› page 51. breaks regularly - at least every two hours. accidents and even loss of life. Emergencies ● Alcohol, drugs, medication and narcotics – Instruct passengers to adjust the head re- – If possible, avoid driving when you are tired may significantly alter perception, affect restraints according to their height. or stressed. action times and safety while driving, which – Protect children with appropriate child could result in the loss of control of the vehi- WARNING seats and properly applied seat belts cle. ››› page 64. When driving safety is impaired during a trip, Safety the risk of injury and accidents increases. – Assume the correct sitting position. Instruct your passengers also to assume a proper sitting position. ››› page 48. 47 Safety

Safety equipment and your passengers are sitting in a correct position and use this equipment properly. Never put your safety or the safety of your Safety is everyone's business! passengers in danger. In the event of an accident, the safety equipment may reduce the risk of injury. The following list includes most of the safety equipment in your SEAT: Correct position of the vehicle ● Three-point seat belts occupants ● belt tension limiters for the front and rear side seats, Correct sitting position Fig. 65 Correct belt web and head restraint ● Belt tensioners for the front seats positions ● Belt height adjustment for the front seats The correct sitting positions for the driver and ● Front airbags passengers are shown below. ● Side airbags in the front seat backrests If your physical constitution prevents you ● Side airbags in the rear seat backrests* from maintaining the correct sitting position, ● Head-protection airbags contact a specialised workshop for help with ● Active front head restraints* any special devices. The seat belt and airbag can only provide optimum protection if a cor- ● “ISOFIX” anchor points for child seats in rect sitting position is adopted. SEAT recom- the rear side seats with the “ISOFIX” system, Fig. 64 The proper distance between driver mends taking your car in for technical serv- ● Height-adjustable front head restraints and steering wheel ice. ● Rear head restraints with in-use position For your own safety and to reduce the risk of and non-use position injury in the event of an accident or sudden ● adjustable steering column braking or manoeuvre, SEAT recommend the following positions: The safety equipment mentioned above works together to provide you and your pas- Valid for the driver: sengers with the best possible protection in the event of an accident. However, these ● Adjust the seat backrest to an upright posi- safety systems can only be effective if you tion so that your back rests completely against it.

48 Safe driving

● Adjust the seat so that there is a distance ● Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly WARNING of at least 25 cm between the steering wheel ››› page 52. and your chest ››› Fig. 64 and so that you can Incorrect use of the steering wheel adjustment function and an incorrect adjustment of hold the steering wheel with both hands on Valid for the passengers in the rear section: the steering wheel can result in severe or fa- the outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and 3 ● Adjust the head restraint so that its upper tal injury. o'clock positions with your arms slightly data Technical edge is at the same level as the top of your bent. ● After adjusting the steering column, push head, or as close as possible to the same lev- the lever firmly upwards to ensure the steer- ● The adjusted steering wheel must face your el as the top of your head and under no cir- ing wheel does not accidentally change posi- chest and not your face. cumstances below eye level. Keep the back tion while driving. ● Adjust the driver seat forwards or back- of your neck as close as possible to the head ● Never adjust the steering wheel while the wards so that you are able to press the accel- restraint ››› Fig. 64 and ››› Fig. 65. vehicle is in motion. If you need to adjust the Advice erator, brake and clutch pedals to the floor ● Short people must lower the head restraint steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion, with your knees slightly angled and the dis- to the first anchorage position, even if your stop safely and make the proper adjustment. tance between your knees and the dash pan- head is below its upper edge. ● The adjusted steering wheel should be fac- el is at least 10 cm . ››› Fig. 64 ● Tall people must raise the head restraint ing your chest and not your face so as not to hinder the driver's front airbag protection in ● Adjust the height of the driver seat so that completely. you can easily reach the top of the steering the event of an accident. ● Always keep your feet in the footwell while Operation wheel. ● When driving, always hold the steering the vehicle is in motion. wheel with both hands on the outside of the ● Keep both feet in the footwell so that you ● Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly ring at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions have the vehicle under control at all times. ››› page 52. to reduce injuries when the driver's front air- ● Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly bag deploys. ››› page 52. ● Never hold the steering wheel at the 12 Adjusting the steering wheel position o'clock position or in any other manner (e.g. Valid for the passenger: in the centre of the steering wheel). In such Emergencies cases, if the driver's airbag deploys, you may ● Adjust the seat backrest to an upright posi- Read the additional information carefully ›››  page 14. sustain injuries to your arms, hands and tion so that your back rests completely head. against it. Adjust the steering wheel before your trip ● Move the front passenger seat back as far and only when the vehicle is stationary. Safety as possible for optimum protection should Adjust the correct distance between the driv- the airbag deploy. er and the steering wheel ››› Fig. 64 using the ● Always keep your feet in the footwell while controls on the driver seat ›››  page 12. the vehicle is in motion. 49 Safety

Danger of injuries due to an incorrect ● Never lie on the rear seats. put your feet on the surface of a seat or on sitting position ● Never sit on the front edge of a seat. the dash panel and never put them out of a window. Otherwise the airbag and seat belt ● Never sit sideways. Number of seats offer insufficient protection and the risk of in- ● Never lean out of a window. jury in the event of an accident is increased. The vehicle has a total of 4 seats: 2 front seats and 2 rear seats. Each seat is equipped ● Never put your feet out of a window. with a seat belt. ● Never put your feet on the dash panel. WARNING If the seat belts are worn incorrectly or not at ● Never put your feet on the surface of a seat Before every trip, adjust the seat, the seat all, the risk of severe injuries increases. Seat or seat backrest. belt and the head restraints and instruct your passengers to fasten their seat belts proper- belts can provide optimal protection only if ● Never travel in a footwell. ly. the belt web is properly worn. Being seated ● Never travel on a seat without wearing the in an incorrect position means the seat belt ● Move the front passenger seat back as far seat belt. cannot offer its full protection. This could re- as possible. sult in severe and even fatal injuries. The risk ● Never carry any person in the luggage com- ● Adjust the driver seat so that there is at of severe or fatal injuries is especially height- partment. least 25 cm distance between your chest and ened when a deploying airbag strikes a vehi- the hub of the steering wheel. Adjust the cle occupant who has assumed an incorrect WARNING driver seat so that you are able to press the accelerator, brake and clutch pedals to the sitting position. The driver is responsible for An incorrect sitting position in the vehicle floor with your knees slightly angled and that all passengers in the vehicle, particularly can lead to severe injuries or death in the the distance between your knees and the children. event of sudden braking or manoeuvres, colli- dash panel is at least 10 cm. If your physical sion or accidents or if the airbag deploys. The following list shows just some examples constitution prevents you from meeting these ● of incorrect sitting positions which can be Before the vehicle moves, assume the prop- requirements, contact a specialised work- er sitting position and maintain it throughout dangerous to all vehicle occupants. shop to make any modifications required. the trip. This also includes fastening the seat ● Never drive with the seat backrest tilted far belt. When the vehicle is in motion: back. The further the seat backrests are tilted ● Never transport more people than there are to the rear, the greater the risk of injury due ● Never stand in the vehicle. seats with a seat belt available in the vehicle. to incorrect positioning of the belt web or to ● Never stand on the seats. ● Children must always be protected with an the incorrect sitting position! ● Never kneel on the seats. approved child restraint system suited to ● Never drive with the seat backrest tilted their height and weight ››› page 64, forwards. Should a front airbag deploy, it ● Never tilt your seat backrest too far to the ››› page 59. could throw the seat backrest backwards and rear. ● Always keep your feet in the footwell while injure the passengers of the rear seats. ● Never lean against the dash panel. the vehicle is in motion. Never, for example, 50 Safe driving

● Sit as far away as possible from the steer- Adjusting the rear head restraints of your neck as close as possible to the head ing wheel and the dash panel. restraint. ● Keep your back straight and resting completely against the seat backrest and the Adjusting the head restraint for short people front seats correctly adjusted. Never place Set the head restraint in the first anchorage any part of your body in the area of the airbag position, even if your head is below its upper data Technical or very close to it. edge. When the head restraint is at its low- ● If passengers on the rear seats are not sit- est, it is possible that a small gap remains ting in an upright position, the risk of severe between it and the seat backrest. injury due to incorrect positioning of the belt web increases. Adjusting the head restraint for tall people Advice Raise the head restraint completely. WARNING Fig. 66 Adjusting the rear head restraints

Incorrect seat adjustment may lead to acci- All seats are equipped with a head restraint. WARNING dents and severe injuries. Travelling with the head restraints removed The front seat head restraints are integrated ● Only adjust the seats when the vehicle is or improperly adjusted increases the risk of in the backrests and adjusting them is not stationary, as the seats could move unex- severe or fatal injuries in the event of acci- Operation pectedly while the vehicle is in motion and possible. dents and sudden braking or manoeuvres. you could lose control of the vehicle. Further- ● Always fit and adjust the head restraint more, an incorrect position is adopted when Adjusting height properly whenever a person is occupying a adjusting the seat. ● Push the head restraint up or down in the seat. ● Only adjust the height, seat backrest and direction of the arrow with the button press- ● All vehicle occupants must correctly adjust forwards or backwards position of the seat ed ››› Fig. 66 1 ››› . the head restraint according to their height to when there is nobody in the seat adjustment reduce the risk of back injuries in the event of Emergencies area. ● The head restraint must engage securely in position. an accident. The upper edge of the head re- ● There must be no objects blocking the front straint must be as close as possible to the seat adjustment area. same level as the top of your head and under Correct adjustment of head restraints no circumstances below eye level. Keep the Adjust the head restraint so that its upper back of your neck as close as possible to the edge is at the same level as the top of your head restraint. Safety head, or as close as possible to the same lev- ● Never adjust the head restraint while the el as the top of your head and under no cir- vehicle is in motion. cumstances below eye level. Keep the back

51 Safety

Pedal area pedal will need to be pressed further to stop Seat belts the vehicle. To press the brake pedal down Pedals further will require more force than usual. Why wear a seat belt? Do not allow floor mats or other objects to obstruct the free passage of the pedals. Introduction Floor mats should leave the pedal area free Check the condition of all the seat belts at and unobstructed and be correctly secured in regular intervals. If you notice that the belt the footwell zone. webbing, fittings, retractor mechanism or buckle of any of the belts is damaged, the In the event of failure of a brake circuit, the belt must be replaced immediately by a spe- brake pedal must be pressed harder than cialised workshop . The specialised normal to brake the vehicle. ››› workshop must use the appropriate spare parts corresponding to the vehicle, the WARNING equipment and the model year. SEAT recom- Objects falling into the driver's footwell could mends taking your car in for technical serv- prevent use of the pedals. This could lead the ice. driver to lose control of the vehicle, increasing the risk of a serious accident. WARNING ● Make sure the pedals can be used at all times, with no objects rolling underneath Unbuckled or badly buckled seat belts in- them. crease the risk of severe or even fatal injuries. The seat belt cannot offer its full protec- ● Always secure the mat in the footwell. tion if it is not fastened and used correctly. ● Never place other mats or rugs on top of ● Seat belts are the most effective way of re- the original mat supplied by the factory. ducing the risk of sustaining severe or fatal ● Ensure that no objects can fall into the driv- injuries in the event of an accident. Seat belts er's footwell while the vehicle is in motion. must be correctly fastened when the vehicle is in motion to protect the driver and all vehicle occupants. CAUTION ● Before each trip, every occupant in the ve- The pedals must always have free and unob- hicle occupants must sit properly, correctly structed passage to the floor. For example, in fasten the seat belt belonging to his or her case of a fault in the brake circuit, the brake seat and keep it fastened throughout the trip.

52 Seat belts

This also applies to other vehicle occupants ● Avoid damaging the seat belt by jamming it when driving in town. in the door or the seat mechanism. ● When travelling, children must be secured ● If the fabric or other parts of the seat belt in the vehicle with a child restraint system are damaged, the seat belts could break in suitable for their weight and height and with the event of an accident or sudden braking. Technical data Technical the seat belts correctly fastened ● Always have damaged seatbelts replaced ››› page 64. immediately by seat belts approved for the ● Instruct your passengers to fasten their vehicle in question by SEAT. Seat belts which seat belts properly before driving off. have been worn in an accident and stretched ● Insert the latch plate into the buckle for the must be replaced by a specialised workshop. appropriate seat and ensure it is engaged. Renewal may be necessary even if there is no Fig. 68 Indication of seat belt status in the Advice Using the latch plate in the buckle of another apparent damage. The belt anchorage should rear seats on the instrument panel display seat will not protect you properly and may also be checked. cause severe injuries. ● Never attempt to repair, modify or remove a  It lights up or flashes on ● Do not allow liquids or foreign bodies to en- seat belt yourself. All repairs to seat belts, re- the instrument panel ter the buckle fastenings. This could damage tractors and buckles must be carried out by a the buckles and seat belts. specialised workshop. Driver's seat belt not

fastened or front Operation ● Never unbuckle your seat belt when the ve- passenger seat belt Fasten seat belts! hicle is moving. not fastened if the ● Never allow more than one passenger to Warning lamp front passenger seat share the same seat belt. is occupied. ● Never hold children or babies on your lap Remove any objects from the Objects on the front sharing the same seat belt. front passenger seat and store passenger seat. them safely.

● Loose, bulky clothing (such as a jacket) im- Emergencies pairs the proper fit and function of the seat belt.  On the instrument panel display

WARNING A passenger in the

It is extremely dangerous to drive using dam- rear seats has not Safety aged seat belts and could result in serious in- fastened their seat Fasten seat belts! » jury or loss of life. belt, if the seat is oc- Fig. 67 Warning lamp on the instrument pan- cupied.* el

53 Safety

The seat belt status flashes for a maximum of the front part of your vehicle and other pas-  On the instrument panel display 30 seconds when a seat belt in the rear seats sive safety features (such as the airbag sys- is unfastened while the vehicle is in motion. tem) are designed to absorb the kinetic ener- A passenger in the rear seats has fastened their seat An audible warning will also be heard if the gy released in a collision. Taken together, all belt, if the seat is occupied.* vehicle is travelling at over 25 km/h these features reduce the releasing kinetic (15 mph). energy and consequently, the risk of injury. Several warning and control lamps light up This is why it is so important to fasten seat for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- belts before every trip, even when "just driv- ed on, signalling that the function is being The protective function of seat belts ing around the corner". verified. They will switch off after a few seconds. Ensure that your passengers wear their seat belts as well. Accident statistics have shown An audible warning will be heard if the seat that wearing seat belts is an effective means belts are not fastened as the vehicle drives of substantially reducing the risk of injury off and reaches a speed of more than and improving the chances of survival when 25 km/h (15 mph) or if the seat belts are un- involved in a serious accident. Furthermore, fastened while the vehicle is in motion. The properly worn seat belts improve the protec- seat belt warning lamp  will also flash. tion provided by airbags in the event of an The warning lamp  does not switch off until accident. For this reason, wearing a seat belt the driver and front passenger fasten their is required by law in most countries. seat belts while the ignition is switched on. Although your vehicle is equipped with air- Fig. 69 Drivers with properly worn seat belts bags, the seat belts must be fastened and will not be thrown forward in the event of sud- Seat belt status display for rear seats worn. The front airbags, for example, are only den braking The seat belt status display on the instru- triggered in some cases of head-on collision. ment panel informs the driver, when the igni- Properly worn seat belts hold the occupants The front airbags will not be triggered during tion is switched on, whether any passengers in the proper position. They also help prevent minor frontal or side collisions, rear-end colli- in the rear seats have fastened their seat uncontrolled movements that may result in sions, rollovers or accidents in which the air- belts. The symbol  indicates that the pas- serious injury and reduce the risk of being bag trigger threshold value in the control unit senger in this seat has fastened “his or her” thrown out of the vehicle in case of an acci- is not exceeded. seat belt ››› Fig. 68. dent. Therefore, you should always wear your seat The seat belt status is displayed for around Vehicle occupants wearing their seat belts belt and ensure that all vehicle occupants 30 seconds when a seat belt in the rear seats correctly benefit greatly from the ability of the have fastened their seat belts properly before is fastened or unfastened. You can switch off belts to absorb kinetic energy. In addition, you drive off! this display by pressing the 0.0 / SET button. 54 Seat belts

Using seat belts Head-on collisions and the laws of called “kinetic energy” is created both in the physics passengers and inside the vehicle. Twisted seat belt The amount of “kinetic energy” depends on If it is difficult removing the seat belt from the speed of the vehicle and the weight of the guide, the seat belt may have become the vehicle and its passengers. The higher twisted inside the side trim after being the speed and the greater the weight, the data Technical wound too quickly on unfastening: more energy there is to be “absorbed” in an accident. ● Pull out the seat belt completely, carefully pulling on the latch plate. The most significant factor, however, is the

● Untwist the belt and guide it back, assist- speed of the vehicle. If the speed doubles Advice ing it by hand. from 25 km/h (15 mph) to 50 km/h (30 mph), for example, the corresponding ki- The seat belt must be fastened even if it is netic energy is multiplied by four. Fig. 70 A driver not wearing a seat belt is impossible to untwist it. In this case, the thrown forward violently Because the vehicle occupants in our exam- twisted area must not be in an area in direct ple are not restrained by seat belts, in the contact with your body. Have the seat belt event of crashing against a wall, all of the oc- untwisted urgently by a specialised work- cupants' kinetic energy will be absorbed Operation shop. solely by said impact.

WARNING Even at speeds of 30 km/h (19 mph) to 50 km/h (30 mph), the forces acting on bod- An improperly handled seat belt increases ies in a collision can easily exceed one tonne the risk of sustaining severe or fatal injuries. (1000 kg). At greater speed these forces are ● Regularly check that the seat belts and

even higher. Emergencies their components are in perfect condition. ● Always keep your seat belt clean. Vehicle occupants not wearing seat belts are not “attached” to the vehicle. In a head-on ● Fig. 71 The unbelted passenger in the rear Do not jam or damage the seat belt or rub it collision, they will move forward at the same with sharp edges. seat is thrown forward violently, hitting the driver who is wearing a seat belt. speed their vehicle was travelling just before ● Make sure there are no liquids or foreign the impact. This example applies not only to Safety bodies on the latch plate and in the buckle. It is easy to explain how the laws of physics head-on collisions, but to all accidents and work in the case of a head-on collision: when collisions. » a vehicle starts moving, a type of energy

55 Safety

Even at low speeds the forces acting on the How to properly adjust your body in a collision are so great that it is not possible to brace oneself with one's hands. seatbelt In a frontal collision, unbelted passengers are thrown forward and will make violent con- Fastening and unfastening seat belt tact with the steering wheel, dash panel, windscreen or whatever else is in the way ››› Fig. 70. It is also important for rear passengers to wear seat belts properly, as they could otherwise be thrown forward violently through the vehicle interior in an accident. Passengers in Fig. 73 Position of seat belt during pregnan- the rear seats who do not use seat belts en- cy. danger not only themselves but also the front occupants ››› Fig. 71. Properly worn seat belts hold the vehicle occupants in the position that most protects them in the event of an accident or sudden braking ››› .

Fastening the seat belt Fasten your seat belt before each trip.

● Correctly adjust the front seat ››› page 48. ● Engage the seat backrest in the upright po- Fig. 72 Positioning and removing the seat sition and correctly adjust the hear restraint belt buckle. ››› . ● Pull the latch plate and place the belt webbing evenly across your chest and lap. Do not twist the seat belt when doing so ››› . ● Engage the latch plate in the buckle of the corresponding seat ››› Fig. 72 A.

56 Seat belts

● Pull the belt to ensure that the latch plate is ● The lap part of the seat belt must lie across hard areas of the body to soft areas (e.g. the securely engaged in the buckle. the pelvis, never across the stomach. stomach). ● The seat belt must lie flat and fit comforta- ● The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie Unfastening the seat belt bly. Pull the belt tight if necessary to take up on the centre of the shoulder, never across The seat belt must not be unfastened until any slack. the neck or the arm. Technical data Technical the vehicle has come to a standstill ››› . ● The seat belt must lie flat and fit comforta- In the case of pregnant women, the seat belt bly on the torso ● Press the red button on the buckle must lie evenly across the chest and as low ● The lap part of the seat belt must lie across ››› Fig. 72 B. The latch plate is released from as possible over the pelvis, never across the stomach and must be worn properly at all the pelvis, never across the stomach. The the buckle. seat belt must lie flat and fit comfortably on

times during the pregnancy Fig. 73. Advice ● Guide the belt back by hand so that it rolls ››› the pelvis Pull the belt tight if necessary to up easily and the trim will not be damaged. take up any slack. Adapting the position of the belt webbing to ● For pregnant women, the lap part of the your size Correct seat belt position seat belt must lie as low as possible over the The seat belt can be adapted using the fol- Seat belts offer their maximum protection in pelvis and always lie flat, “surrounding” the lowing equipment: stomach. the event of an accident and reduce the risk of sustaining severe or fatal injuries only ● Do not twist the seat belt while it is fas- ● Front seat height adjustment. Operation when they are properly positioned. Further- tened. ● more, if the webbing is correctly positioned, WARNING Never pull the seat belt away from your the seat belt will hold the vehicle occupants body using your hand. An incorrectly worn seat belt web can cause in the optimum position to ensure the airbag ● Do not lie the seat belt across rigid or frag- severe or fatal injuries in the event of an acci- provides the maximum protection. The seat ile objects, e.g. glasses, pens or keys. dent. belt must therefore always be worn and the ● Never use seat belt clips, retaining rings or webbing correctly positioned. ● The seat belt cannot offer its full protection similar instruments to alter the position of Emergencies unless the seat backrest is in an upright posi- the belt webbing. Incorrectly worn seat belts can cause severe tion and the seat belt is worn correctly, ac- or even fatal injuries ››› page 48, Correct po- cording to your size. sition of the vehicle occupants. ● Unbuckling your seat belt while the vehicle Note is in motion can cause severe or fatal injuries ● The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie If your physical constitution prevents you in the event of an accident or sudden braking. from maintaining the correct position of the Safety on the centre of the shoulder, never across belt webbing, contact a specialised workshop the neck or the arm, under the arm or behind ● The seat belt itself or a loose seat belt can cause severe injuries if the belt moves from for help with any special devices to ensure the shoulder. the optimum protection of the seat belt and »

57 Safety

airbag. SEAT recommends taking your car in in the direction of the collision. The belt ten- So that the effectiveness of the belt tensioner for technical service. sioner works in combination with the airbag is not reduced and that removed parts do not system. The belt tensioner will not be trig- cause any injuries or environmental pollu- gered in the event of the vehicle overturning tion, regulations must be observed. These re- if the side airbags are not deployed. quirements are known to specialised workshops. Seat belt tensioners If the belt tensioner is triggered, a fine dust is produced. This is normal and it is not an indi- WARNING Automatic belt retractor, belt tension- cation of fire in the vehicle. er, belt tension limiter ● Improper use or repairs not carried out by Belt tension limiter qualified mechanics increase the risk of se- Seat belts are part of the vehicle safety con- vere or fatal injuries. The belt tensioners may cept ››› page 59 and consist of the follow- The belt tension limiter reduces the force of fail to trigger or may trigger in the wrong cir- ing important functions: the seat belt on the body in the event of an cumstances. accident. ● Never attempt to repair, adjust, remove or Automatic belt retainer install parts of the belt tensioners or seat Note belts. Every seat belt is equipped with an automatic belt retainer on the shoulder belt. If the belt The relevant safety requirements must be ob- ● The seat belt tensioner, seat belt and auto- served when the vehicle is dismantled or sys- is pulled slowly or during normal driving, the matic retractor cannot be repaired. tem components are removed. These require- ● Any work on the belt tensioners and seat system allows for total freedom of movement ments are known to specialised workshops belts, including the removal and refitting of on the shoulder belt. However, during sud- ››› page 58. den braking, during travel in mountains or system parts in conjunction with other repair bends and during acceleration, the automat- work, must be performed by a specialised ic belt retainer on the seat belt is locked is workshop only. pulled quickly. Service and disposal of belt tension ● The belt tensioners will only provide pro- devices tection for one accident and must be changed Belt tensioners if they have been activated. If you work on the belt tensioners or remove The seat belts for the occupants in the front and install other parts of the vehicle when For the sake of the environment seats are equipped with belt tensioners. performing other repair work, the seat belt Airbag modules and belt tensioners may con- Sensors trigger the belt tensioners during se- may be damaged. The consequence may be that, in the event of an accident, the belt ten- tain perchlorate. Observe the legal require- vere head-on, lateral and rear collisions and ments for their disposal. retract and tighten the seat belts. If the seat sioners function incorrectly or not at all. belt is loose, it is retracted to reduce the forwards movement of occupants or movement 58 Airbag system Airbag system as swelling, bruising and skin injuries can be cle collides, the collision angle and the vehi- ruled out. Upon deployment of the airbag, cle speed. friction can cause the generation of heat. Brief introduction Airbags act in conjunction with the three- Airbags do not protect the arms or the lower point seat belts in certain accident situa- part of the body. tions, when the vehicle deceleration rate is Introduction data Technical severe enough to trigger the airbags. Airbags The most important factors for triggering the only deploy once and only under certain cir- Front airbags have been installed for both airbag are the type of accident, the angle of cumstances. Seat belts remain present to of- driver and passenger. The front airbags can impact, the vehicle speed and the character- fer protection in situations where airbags are also protect the chest and head of driver and istics of the object the vehicle hits. Therefore, not triggered or where they have already de-

passenger if the seats, seat belts head re- airbags are not triggered every time the vehi- Advice ployed. For example, when a vehicle hits an- straints and, for the driver, the steering cle is visibly damaged. wheel are correctly adjusted and used. Air- other after an initial collision or is hit by an- The activation of the airbag system depends bags are considered as additional safety other vehicle. on the magnitude of the deceleration of the equipment. An airbag cannot replace the The airbag system is an integral part of the vehicle caused by a collision, which registers seat belt, which must be worn at all times, car's passive safety system. The airbag sys- through an electronic control unit. If the de- even in front seats where front airbags have tem can only work effectively when the vehi- celeration magnitude value is below the ref- been installed. cle occupants are wearing their seat belts Operation erence value programmed in the control unit, correctly and have adjusted the head re- The airbag can protect vehicle occupants in the airbags will not deploy even though seri- straints properly  ››› page 48. the event of an accidents, cushioning the ous damage might be caused to the vehicle movement of the occupants in the direction as the result of an accident. Damage suffered WARNING of the collision in frontal and side accidents. by the vehicle, reparation costs or absence of Never exclusively trust the airbag system as a Deployed airbags fill with a propellant gas. damage suffered from the accident are not means of protection. This causes the airbag covers to break and indications of whether an airbag should have Emergencies the airbags to deploy extremely quickly in been deployed. Due to the varying nature of ● Even when triggered, airbag protection is only auxiliary. their entire deployment space within frac- collision situations, it is impossible to define tions of a second. When an occupant with the a speed range of the vehicle and reference ● The airbags provide the best protection seat belt properly fastened puts pressure on values. For this reason, it is not possible to when the seat belts are properly fastened, the inflated airbag, the propellant gas es- cover all types of collisions and collision an- thus reducing the risk of sustaining injuries capes to absorb the force of the impact and gles resulting in the deployment of the air- ››› page 52, Why wear a seat belt?. » Safety slow the movement. This reduces the risk of bag. Factors necessary for the airbag to be severe or fatal injuries. Airbag deployment deployed can be, the characteristics of the does not mean that other types of injury such object (hard or soft) against which the vehi-

59 Safety

● Before each trip, every occupant must sit ● Ensure deployed airbags and the system WARNING properly, correctly fasten the seat belt be- components involved are immediately re- Solvents cause the surfaces of the airbag longing to his or her seat and keeping it fas- placed with new, SEAT-approved components modules to become porous. If an airbag is ac- tened throughout the trip. This rule is valid for the vehicle. cidentally triggered, the detachment of plas- for all vehicle occupants. ● Have any repairs or modifications carried tic parts could cause serious injury. out at a specialised workshop. Specialised ● Never clean the dash panel and the surfa- workshops have the necessary tools, diag- WARNING ces of the airbag modules with cleaners con- nostics equipment, repair information and taining solvents. Occupants sitting in the front of the vehicle qualified personnel. must never carry any objects in the deploy- ● ment space between them and the airbags, Never fit recycled or reused airbag components in your vehicle. as this increases the risk of sustaining inju- Description of airbag system ries if the airbag is triggered. This modifies ● Never modify the airbag system components. the airbag deployment space or the objects Vehicle safety components may fly uncontrollably and hit your body. The following safety equipment makes up the ● Never carry objects in your hand or on your WARNING lap while the vehicle is in motion. vehicle safety design to reduce the risk of se- If the airbags are triggered, a fine dust is pro- vere and fatal injuries. Depending on the ve- ● Never transport objects on the front pas- duced. This is normal and it is not an indica- hicle equipment, some equipment may not senger seat. In the event of sudden braking tion of fire in the vehicle. be fitted in the vehicle or may not be availa- and manoeuvres, the objects may end up in ● the airbag deployment space and fly uncon- This fine dust may irritate the skin and eyes ble in some markets. trollably around the interior if the airbag is and cause breathing difficulties, particularly ● Optimised seat belts for all seats. activated. in people suffering from or who have suffered from asthma or other illnesses of the respira- ● Seat belt tension devices for driver and ● Occupants of the front and rear seats must tory tract. To reduce breathing difficulties, passenger. never carry any other people, pets or objects get out of the vehicle and open and doors and in the deployment space between them and windows to breath in fresh air. ● Seat belt force limiters for driver and pas- the airbags. Make sure children and other senger. ● passengers also respect this recommenda- Should you touch the dust, wash your ● Seat belt warning lamp tion. hands and face using a mild soap and water before you eat. ● Front airbags for driver and passenger. ● Prevent the dust from affecting the eyes or WARNING ● Side airbags for driver and passenger. open wounds. ● Airbag control lamp . The airbag system provides protection for ● Rinse your eyes with water if you have dust one accident only. If they have been de- in them. ● Control units and sensors. ployed, they must be replaced.

60 Airbag system

● Head restraints optimised for rear-end colli- WARNING cle hits (hard/soft), angle of impact, vehicle sion. speed, etc. ● The seat belts and airbags can only provide ● Adjustable steering column. maximum protection if the occupants are Deceleration trajectory is key for airbag acti- ● If necessary, anchor points for child seats seated correctly ››› page 48. vation. for the rear seats. ● If a fault has occurred in the airbag system, The control unit analyses the collision trajec- data Technical ● Where applicable, mountings for the child have the system checked immediately by a tory and activates the respective restraint seat upper retaining strap. specialised workshop. Otherwise, during a system. frontal collision the system might not trigger correctly or may fail to trigger at all. If the deceleration rate is below the prede- Situations in which the front and side air- fined reference value in the control unit the

bags do not deploy: Advice airbags will not be triggered, even though ● If the ignition is switched off during the col- Airbag activation the accident may cause extensive damage to lision. the car. ● In frontal collisions, when the deceleration The airbags deploy extremely rapidly, within measured by the control unit is too low. thousandths of a second, to provide addi- The following airbags are triggered in serious head-on collisions ● In minor side collisions. tional protection in the event of an accident. A fine dust may develop when the airbag de- ● Driver airbag. ● In rear collisions. Operation ploys. This is normal and it is not an indica- ● Front passenger front airbag ● In the event of the vehicle overturning. tion of fire in the vehicle. ● When the impact speed is lower than the The airbag system is only ready to function The following airbags are triggered in seri- ence value set in the control unit. refer when the ignition is on. ous side-on collisions There is a fault in the system if the control In special accidents instances, several air- ● Front side airbag on the side of the acci- lamp : bags may activate at the same time. dent. Emergencies ● does not light up when the ignition is In the event of minor head-on and side colli- ● Rear side airbag on the side of the acci- switched on, sions, rear-end collisions, overturning or roll- dent. ● turns off after 4 seconds after the ignition over of the vehicle, airbags do not activate. In an accident with airbag activation: is switched on Activation factors ● the interior lights switch on (if the interior Safety ● turns off and then lights up again after the light switch is in the courtesy light position); ignition is switched on The conditions that lead to the airbag system activating in each situation cannot be gener- ● the hazard warning lights switch on; ● illuminates or flashes while the vehicle is alised. Some factors play an important role, moving. ● all doors are unlocked; » such as the properties of the object the vehi- 61 Safety

● the fuel supply to the engine is cut. WARNING ● Do not mount accessories on the doors. Front airbags are deployed in front of the ● Only used protective covers for the seats steering wheel and the instrument panel. that are approved for the vehicle. Otherwise, the side airbag would be obstructed when de- Airbag safety instructions ● When driving, always hold the steering ployed. wheel on the outer edge of the ring with both Front airbags hands: 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock position. ● Adjust the driver seat so that there is a dis- WARNING Read the additional information carefully tance of at least 25 cm (10 inches) between Incorrect handling of the driver's and front ›››  page 14. the centre of your chest and the hub of the passenger seat could prevent the side airbag steering wheel. If your physical constitution from deploying properly and cause severe in- WARNING prevents you from meeting these require- juries. ments, make sure you contact a specialised ● Never remove the front seats of the vehicle The airbag is deployed at high speed in frac- workshop. tions of a second. or modify any of their components. ● Adjust the front passenger seat so there is ● ● Great forces must not be exerted on the Always keep the deployment areas of the as much distance as possible between the seat backrest bolsters because the side air- front airbags vacant. front passenger and the dash panel. ● Never secure objects to the covers or in the bags might not deploy correctly, might not deployment area of the airbag modules, e.g. deploy at all or might deploy unexpectedly. drink holders or phone supports. ● Any damage to the original seat upholstery Side airbags* ● The deployment space between the front or around the seams of the side airbag units must be repaired immediately by a special- passengers and the airbags must not in any Read the additional information carefully case be occupied by other passenger, pets ised workshop. ›››  page 16. and objects. ● Never fix any object to the windscreen WARNING above the front airbag on the front passenger side. The airbag is deployed at high speed in frac- tions of a second. ● Do not alter, cover or stick anything to the steering wheel hub or the surface of the air- ● Always keep the deployment areas of the bag module on the passenger side of the side airbags vacant. dash panel. ● The deployment space between the front passengers and the airbags must not in any case be occupied by other passenger, pets and objects.

62 Airbag system

Deactivating airbags ed on, signalling that the function is being Manual disabling and enabling of the verified. They will switch off after a few sec- front passenger front airbag with the Control lamps onds. key switch If the front passenger airbag is deactivated, the lamp      does not remain lit, or if it is lit together with the control data Technical lamp  on the dash panel, there may be a fault in the airbag system ››› .

WARNING Advice In the event of a fault in the airbag system, the airbag may not trigger correctly, may fail to trigger or may even trigger unexpectedly, leading to severe or fatal injuries. Fig. 74 Control lamp for disabling the front ● Have the airbag system checked immedi- Fig. 75 On front passenger side: Key switch passenger front airbag on the dash panel ately by a specialised workshop. for enabling and disabling the front passenger front airbag. ● Never mount a child seat in the front pas- Operation It lights up on the combi-in- senger seat or remove the mounted child  Read the additional information carefully strument seat! The front passenger front airbag may deploy during an accident in spite of the ›››  page 15 Fault in airbag sys- Have the system checked immedi- fault. tem and seat belt ately by a specialised workshop. Activating the front passenger front airbag tensioners. CAUTION ● Switch the ignition off.

  It lights up on the dash panel Always pay attention to any lit control lamps ● Open the door on the front passenger side. Emergencies and to the corresponding descriptions and in- ● Unfold the vehicle key blade ››› page 92. Fault in the airbag Have the system checked immedi- structions to avoid damage to the vehicle. system. ately by a specialised workshop. ● Using the vehicle key, turn the key switch to ON ››› Fig. 75. Front passenger Check whether the airbag should ● Close the door on the front passenger side. front airbag disa- remain disabled. Safety bled. ● Check that, with the ignition switched on, the control lamp      on the Several warning and control lamps light up dash panel is not lit ››› page 63. » for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- 63 Safety

How to know whether the front passenger Transporting children safely ● Children must always be protected with an front airbag is disabled approved child restraint system suited to The only indication of the front passenger air- Safety for children their height and weight. bag being disabled is that the    ● Children must assume the proper sitting   control lamp on the dash panel re- position and be properly belted in while trav- mains lit (  stays yellow) ››› page 63. Introduction elling. ● Ensure the seat backrest is upright when a If the control lamp   on the dash panel Before transporting babies and children in a child seat is being used on it. does not remain lit or is lit in combination child seat placed in the front passenger seat, with the control lamp  on the instrument first completely read the information regard- ● Do not allow the child's head or other part panel, a child restraint system cannot be ing the airbag system. of his or her body to enter the deployment mounted on the front passenger seat for area of the side airbags. This information is extremely important for safety reasons. The front passenger front air- ● Make sure the belt webbing is correctly driver and passenger safety, particularly that bag may deploy during an accident. positioned. of babies and children. ● Never hold children or babies on your lap or WARNING SEAT recommends the use of child seats from in your arms. The front passenger front airbag must only be the SEAT accessory programme. These child ● Only one child may occupy a child seat. disabled in special cases. seats have been designed and tested for use ● Please read and observe the child seat in SEAT vehicles. You can purchase child ● Disable and activate the front passenger manufacturer's handling instructions. seats with different mountings from a SEAT front airbag when the ignition is switched off dealership. to avoid damage to the airbag system. WARNING ● It is the driver's responsibility to ensure WARNING An empty or loose child seat could fly uncon- that the key operated switch is set to the cor- trollably around the vehicle interior and rect position. Make sure children are properly belted in and cause injuries in the event of an accident or correctly secured to avoid severe or fatal inju- ● Only disable the front passenger front air- sudden braking. bag when a child seat is to be mounted under ries while the vehicle is in motion. ● When not in use while the vehicle is in mo- exceptional circumstances. ● Never use a rear-facing child seat in the tion, always safely secure the child seat or front passenger seat if the front passenger ● As soon as the child seat is no longer nee- store it in the luggage compartment. ded on the front passenger seat, reconnect front airbag is enabled. the front passenger front airbag. ● Children up to 12 years old should always travel on the rear seat. Note Replace the child seat after an accident, as it may have invisible damage.

64 Transporting children safely

Important information regarding the ing critical or fatal injuries in the event of an ● If children assume an improper sitting posi- front passenger's airbag accident increases. tion when the vehicle is moving, they expose ● An inflating front passenger airbag can themselves to greater risk of injury in the Read the additional information carefully strike the rear-facing child seat and project it event of a sudden braking manoeuvre or in an ›››  page 16. with great force against the door, the roof or accident. This is particularly important if the the backrest. child is travelling on the front passenger seat data Technical Read and always observe the safety informa- and the airbag system is triggered in an acci- ● tion included in the following chapters: Never install a child seat facing backwards dent; as this could cause serious injury or on the front passenger seat unless the front even death. ● passenger front airbag has been disabled. Safety distance with respect to the passen- ● A suitable child seat can protect your child! ger airbag ››› in Introduction on page 59. Risk of potentially fatal injuries to the child! However, if it is necessary, in exceptional ca- ● Never leave a child alone in the child seat Advice ● Objects between the passenger and the ses, to transport a child in the front passen- or inside the vehicle because depending on passenger side airbag ››› in Front airbags ger seat, the front passenger front airbag the season, very high temperatures may be on page 62. must always be disabled ››› page 63. If the reached inside a parked vehicle, which could passenger seat has a height adjustment op- be fatal. The passenger side front airbag, when ena- tion, move it to the highest, most upright po- ● Children who are less than 1.5 metres tall bled, is a serious risk for a child that is facing sition. If you have a fixed seat, do not install must not wear a normal seat belt without a backward since the airbag can strike the seat any child restraint system in this location.

child seat, as this could cause injuries to the Operation with such force that it can cause serious or ● For those vehicles that do not include a key abdominal and neck areas during a sudden fatal injuries. Children up to 12 years old lock switch to deactivate the airbag, the vehi- braking manoeuvre or in an accident. should always travel on the rear seat. cle must be taken to a technical service. ● Do not allow the seat belt to become twis- Therefore we strongly recommend you to ● All vehicle occupants, especially children, ted and the seat belt should be properly in transport children on the rear seats. This is must assume the proper sitting position and place ››› page 52. the safest location in the vehicle. Alternative- be properly belted in while travelling. ● Only one child may occupy a child seat

ly, the front passenger airbag can be disa- ● Never hold children or babies on your lap, ››› page 67. Emergencies bled with a key-operated switch ››› page 63. this can result in potentially fatal injuries to ● When a child seat is mounted in the rear When transporting children, use a child seat the child! seats, the door child-proof lock should be ac- suitable for the age and size of each child ● Never allow a child to be transported in a tivated ››› page 98. ››› page 67. vehicle without being properly secured, or to stand up or kneel on a seat while travelling. Safety WARNING In an accident, the child could be flung through the vehicle, causing possibly fatal in- ● If a child seat is secured to the front pas- juries to themselves and to the other vehicle senger seat, the risk to the child of sustain- occupants.

65 Safety

Child seats the most protection possible for babies and children up to 12 years in most accidents. Safety instructions WARNING Read the additional information carefully Unbuckling the seat belt while the vehicle is ›››  page 16. in motion can cause severe or fatal injuries in the event of an accident or sudden braking. WARNING ● The seat belt must not be unfastened until The lower anchor points for child seats do not the vehicle has come to a standstill. include rings. Only secure booster seats to lower anchor points. CAUTION

WARNING ● To avoid making permanent marks in the padding, remove the auxiliary introduction Child seats with lower anchor points and with elements from the anchor points when the an upper retaining strap must be installed in child seat is not installed in the vehicle an- line with the manufacturer's instructions. chor points. Failure to comply could result in severe inju- ● To prevent damage being done to the up- ries. holstery, the padding or the auxiliary intro- ● Always secure just one retaining strap to a duction elements, always remove the auxili- child seat with the luggage compartment re- ary introduction elements from the anchor taining ring. points before folding the rear seat bench. ● Always use the correct retaining rings for the retaining strap. ● Never secure the retaining strap to a retainer.

WARNING In general, the rear seat is always the safest place for children, who are belted correctly, in the event of an accident. ● A suitable child seat that is correctly installed and used on one of the rear seats offer 66 Transporting children safely

General information on transporting the use of approved seat systems for trans- Categorisation of child seats according to children in the vehicle porting babies and children. ECE-R 44 Only used authorised, approved child seats Weight cat- Weight of Read the additional information carefully Age that are suitable for the vehicle. Always con- egory the child ›››  page 17. sult with a SEAT dealership or a Specialised up to approximately. data Technical Legal regulations and provisions will always workshop should you have any doubts. Group 0 up to 10 kg 9 months take priority over the descriptions of this instruction manual. There are different regula- Specific child seat regulations for each coun- up to approximately. Group 0+ up to 13 kg tions and provisions for the use of child seats try (selection) 18 months and their mountings (››› table on page 67). 1) Child seats must comply with the ECE-R 44 approx. 8 months to 3 Advice In some countries, for example, the use of Group 1 9 to 18 kg 1 regulation. You can get additional informa- /2 years child seats on certain seats in the vehicle tion by consulting your SEAT dealership or at may be forbidden. the internet address www.seat.es. Group 2 15 to 25 kg approx. 3 to 7 years The physical principles and the forces acting Group 3 22 to 36 kg approx. 6 to 12 years on the vehicle in the event of a collision or other type of accidents also apply to children Not all children fit in the seat of their weight

››› page 52. However, unlike adults and group. Nor do all seats adapt to the vehicle. Operation youngsters, children do not have fully devel- Therefore, always check whether the child fits oped muscle and bone structures. In the properly in the child seat and whether the event of an accident, children are subject to a seat can be installed safely in the vehicle. greater risk than adults of sustaining severe Child seats approved under the ECE-R 44 reg- injuries. ulation are fitted with the corresponding ap- Given that children's bodies are not yet fully proval symbol. The sign is an upper-case E in developed, child restraint systems must be a circle with the identification number below Emergencies used that are especially adapted to their it. height, weight and constitution. There are laws in force in many countries that indicate Safety

1) ECE-R: Economic Comission for Europe Regulation. 67 Safety

Use of the child seat on the front pas- bag and it remains activated, it is forbidden vere or fatal injuries in the event of an acci- senger seat1) to transport children on the front passenger dent increases. Rear-facing child seats must seat ››› . never be mounted on the front passenger Transporting children on the front passenger seat when the front passenger front airbag is seat is not permitted in all countries. Further- Things to note if using a child seat on the enabled. This is life-threatening to the child more, not all child seats are approved for use front passenger seat: should the front airbag deploy, as the child seat would be struck by the inflated airbag on the front passenger seat. Your SEAT deal- ● The front passenger front airbag must be and thrown against the seat backrest. ership has an updated list of all approved disabled  when using a rear-facing child child seats. Only used child seats that are ap- seat ››› page 59. proved for each vehicle. WARNING ● The seat backrest of the front passenger The front airbag on the front passenger side seat must be upright. If, in exceptional circumstances, a child must is highly dangerous for a child. The front pas- be transported in a rear-facing child seat on ● The front passenger seat must be moved as senger seat is life-threatening to a child if he the front passenger seat, strictly observe the far back as possible. or she is transported in a rear-facing child following: seat. ● The seat backrest of the front passenger ● Always disable the front passenger front seat must be upright. airbag and leave it disabled. If a rear-facing child seat is secured to the ● front passenger seat, an inflating front airbag The child seat must be approved by the Suitable child seats manufacturer for use on a front passenger can strike it with such great force that severe seat with front and side airbag. or fatal injuries may result ››› . Therefore, The child seat must be authorised by the rear-facing child seats must never be placed manufacturer especially for use on a front ● Follow the installation instructions of the on the front passenger seat when the front passenger seat with a front or side airbag. child seat manufacturer and observe the warnings. passenger front airbag is enabled. Universal seats for children can be fitted in ● the front passenger seat, in groups 0, 0+, 1, Move the front passenger seat as far back Only use a rear-facing child seat on the front as possible and adjust it to its highest posi- 2 or 3 according to the ECE-R 44 regulation. passenger seat if the front passenger front tion to keep as far away as possible from the airbag is disabled. When it is disabled, the front airbag. WARNING yellow      ››› page 59 con- ● Move the seat backrest to the upright posi- trol lamp on the dash panel will be lit. If you If a child seat is mounted on the front passen- tion. cannot disable the front passenger front air- ger seat, the risk of the child sustaining se-

1) Compliance with current national legislation and the manufacturer's instructions is required when using or installing child seats. 68 Transporting children safely

● Children must always be protected with an ● If the ISOFIX child seat is certified “univer- approved child restraint system suited to sal”, it must be supported by the lower an- their height and weight. chor points and the Top Tether retaining strap. ● If the ISOFIX child seat is certified “semi- Use of the child seat on the rear seat universal” or “specific categories for the ve- data Technical hicle”, check that the child seat is certified If a child seat is mounted on the rear seat, for the vehicle before employing it. The child adapt the position of the front passenger seat manufacturer supplies, in addition to seat so that the child has enough space. the ISOFIX child seat, a list of vehicles for Therefore, adapt the front passenger seat to which the corresponding ISOFIX child seat Advice the size of the child seat and the height of has been certified. If necessary, contact the the child. Ensure the passenger is in the cor- child seat manufacturer for an updated list of rect position  ››› page 48. vehicles.

Suitable child seats The manufacturer must authorise the child Operation seat for use in the rear seats with side airbags. Universal seats for children can be fitted in the passenger seat, in groups 0, 0+, 1, 2 or 3 according to the ECE-R 44 regulation. The rear seats are suitable for child seats Emergencies with the ISOFIX system specially designed for this type of vehicle in accordance with regulation ECE-R 44.

ISOFIX child seats approved for rear seats Safety ISOFIX child seats are divided into the following certified categories: “universal”, “semi- universal” or “specific categories for the vehicle”. 69 Emergencies Emergencies First-aid kit Vehicle tool kit The first aid kit must comply with legal re- For vehicles with a factory-fitted spare wheel quirements. Check the expiry date of the con- or temporary spare wheel, in addition to win- Self-help tents of the first aid kit. ter wheels, the luggage compartment may contain additional vehicle tools ››› page 71. In case of emergency Fire extinguisher WARNING A fire extinguisher can be stored in a holder First aid kit, warning triangle and fire in the passenger seat footwell. When the vehicle tool kit, tyre mobility set extinguishers* and spare wheel are loose in the interior they The fire extinguisher must conform to legal can be violently thrown in case of a sudden requirements, be ready for use and be manoeuvre or braking and especially in acci- checked regularly. Check the certification dents, causing serious injury. seal on the extinguisher. ● Ensure that the vehicle tool kit, the tyre mobility set and the spare wheel or tempora- WARNING ry spare wheel are safely secured in the lug- Loose objects in the vehicle interior can be vi- gage compartment. olently thrown in case of a sudden manoeuvre or braking and especially in accidents WARNING causing serious injury. Unsuitable or damaged vehicle tools can ● Secure or store fire extinguishers, first aid cause injury or accidents. kit, reflective vests and warning triangle se- Fig. 76 In the luggage compartment: storage curely in the vehicle. ● Never work with inappropriate or damaged compartment for the warning triangle tools.

Warning triangle In some vehicle equipment it is possible to Vehicle tool kit* store the warning triangle model shown in a storage compartment of the luggage com- Introduction partment ››› Fig. 76. When securing the vehicle in case of a breakdown, please note the legal requirements for each country.

70 Self-help

Location Accessing the vehicle tool kit and tyre Components mobility system in vehicles fitted with the SEAT SOUND 7 speaker system (with subwoofer)*

● Open the boot hatch and lift the shelf. data Technical ● If necessary, remove the boot variable floor ››› page 126. ● Lift up the carpet from the recess and re-

move it from the luggage compartment. Advice ● Disconnect the subwoofer’s speaker cable. Fig. 77 In the luggage compartment: Raised ● Completely remove the hand-controlled carpet. wheel from the centre of the subwoofer Fig. 78 Components of the vehicle tool kit speaker by turning it anti-clockwise. The vehicle tool kit, spare wheel, temporary The vehicle tool kit depends on the vehicle ● Take out the subwoofer, which is on top of spare wheel and the tyre mobility set are equipment. The following is a description for the tools and tyre mobility system. stored in the luggage compartment under the a vehicle with all options. Operation carpeted floor panel ››› Fig. 77. ● When finished, place the tools and system back in the same way and place as before to The individual elements of the vehicle tool ● If necessary, remove the boot variable floor ensure the speaker sits properly in its hous- kit ››› Fig. 78 ››› page 123. ing. 1 Screwdriver with hexagon socket in the ● Raise the carpet at the recess (arrow) ● Place the subwoofer in the direction of the handle for screwing and unscrewing the ››› Fig. 77. arrow and with the word “FRONT” facing for- wheel bolts. The screwdriver bit is inter- ward. changeable. The screwdriver may be Emergencies Note found underneath the wheel spanner. ● Reconnect the speaker cable and firmly ro- After use, return the jack to its initial position tate the securing wheel clockwise so that the 2 Adapter for anti-theft bolt. SEAT recom- using the handle in order to securely store it subwoofer is firmly in place. mend you carry the wheel bolt adapter in in the vehicle. the vehicle tool kit at all times. The code

number of the anti-theft wheel bolt is Safety stamped on the front of the adapter. In »

71 Emergencies

case it is lost, another adapter can be or- You should only change the wheels yourself if to reduce the risk of the vehicle accidentally dered using this number. Note the anti- the vehicle is parked in a safe place, you are moving. theft bolt code for the wheels and keep it familiar with the procedure and safety stand- ● Have the tightening torque of the wheel in a place other than the vehicle. ards and you have all the necessary tools! bolts checked as soon as possible with a reli- 3 Towline anchorage, removable. Otherwise, you should seek professional as- able torque wrench. sistance. 4 Wire hook for pulling off the wheel cover, integral hubcaps and the wheel bolt WARNING WARNING caps. Changing a wheel can be dangerous, espe- If the wheel trims are not appropriate or not 5 Jack. Before storing the jack in the tool cially on the hard shoulder. Please observe fitted correctly, they could cause major acci- kit, fold its hook. The crank must then be the following rules to minimise the risk of in- dents or damage. folded tight against the side of the jack in jury: ● Incorrectly mounted wheel trims may come order for it to be safely stored. ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. off while driving and endanger other road 6 Wheel spanner. Park at a safe distance from surrounding traf- users. ● 7 Wheel bolt cap clips. fic to change a wheel. Damaged trims must never be mounted on ● When changing a wheel, keep all passen- the wheels. Note gers, and particularly children, a safe dis- ● Always ensure that the brake ventilation tance away from the work area. and cooling is not cut off or blocked. This is The jack does not generally require any main- also valid if hubcaps are fitted later. If there tenance. If required, it should be greased us- ● Turn on the hazard warning lights to warn other road users. is not enough air, you may require signifi- ing universal type grease. cantly longer braking distances. ● Ensure the ground on which you park is flat and solid. If necessary, support the jack on a wide solid base. CAUTION Changing a wheel ● If you are changing a wheel yourself, you Remove and remount wheel trims taking care should be familiar with the required proce- to avoid damage to the vehicle. Introduction dure. Otherwise, you should seek professional assistance. Read the additional information carefully ● Only use suitable tools that are not dam- ›››  page 36 aged when changing a wheel. Tyre repair Some vehicle versions and models do not ● Always stop the engine, apply the hand- have a factory-fitted jack or box spanner. In brake lever firmly and place the selector lever TMS (Tyre Mobility System)* this case, we recommend consulting a Speci- in position N or the manual gearbox in gear- Read the additional information carefully alised workshop to change the wheel. ›››  page 35 72 Self-help

The Anti-puncture kit* (Tyre Mobility System) ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. WARNING will reliably seal punctures caused by the Park it at a safe distance from surrounding A tyre filled with sealant does not have the penetration of a foreign body of up to about traffic to fill the tyre. same performance properties as a conven- 4 mm in diameter. Do not remove foreign ob- ● Ensure the ground on which you park is flat tional tyre. jects, e.g. screws or nails, from the tyre. and solid. ● Never drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph). Technical data Technical After inserting the sealant residue in the tyre, ● All passengers and particularly children ● Avoid heavy acceleration, hard braking and you must again check the tyre pressure about must keep a safe distance from the work area. fast cornering. 10 minutes after starting the engine. ● Turn on the hazard warning lights to warn ● Drive for only 10 minutes at a maximum other road users. You should only use the tyre mobility set if speed of 80 km/h (50 mph) and then check ● Use the tyre mobility system only if you are the vehicle is parked in a safe place, you are the tyre. Advice familiar with the procedure and you have the familiar with the necessary procedures. Oth- erwise, you should seek professional assis- necessary tyre mobility set! Otherwise, you For the sake of the environment should seek professional assistance. tance. ● The tyre mobility set is intended for tempo- Dispose of used or expired sealant observing The tyre sealant must not be used in the fol- rary emergency use only until you can reach any legal requirements. lowing cases: the nearest specialised workshop. ● Replace the repaired tyre with the tyre mo- ● If the wheel rim has been damaged. Note Operation bility set as soon as possible. ● In outside temperatures below -20 °C ● A new bottle of sealant can be purchased at ● The sealant is a health hazard and must be SEAT dealerships. (-4 °F). cleaned immediately if it comes into contact ● Take into account the separate instruction ● In the event of cuts or perforations in the with the skin. manual of the tyre mobility set* manufactur- tyre greater than 4 mm. ● Always keep the tyre mobility set out of the er. ● If you have been driving with very low pres- reach of small children. sure or a completely flat tyre. ● Never use an equivalent jack, even if it has Emergencies ● If the sealant bottle has passed its use by been approved for your vehicle. date. ● Always stop the engine, apply the handbrake lever firmly and engage gear if using a WARNING manual gearbox, in order to reduce the risk of

vehicle involuntary movement. Safety Using the tyre mobility system can be dangerous, especially when filling the tyre at the roadside. Please observe the following rules to minimise the risk of injury:

73 Emergencies

Contents of the tyre mobility system* 6 Warning provided by tyre pressure moni- CAUTION toring system1) Switch off the air compressor after a maxi- 2) 7 Air bleed screw mum of 8 operational minutes to avoid over- 8 ON/OFF switch heating! Before switching on the air compressor again, let it cool for several minutes. 9 12 volt connector 10 Bottle of sealant 11 Spare tyre valve Check after 10 minutes of driving The valve insert remover 1 has a gap at the lower end for a valve insert. The valve insert Screw in the inflator tube ››› Fig. 79 5 again can only be screwed or unscrewed in this and check the pressure on the gauge 6 . way. This also applies to its replacement part 11 . 1.3 bar (19 psi / 130 kPa) and lower: ● Stop the vehicle! The tyre cannot be sealed Fig. 79 Standard representation: contents of WARNING sufficiently with the tyre mobility set. the anti-puncture kit. When inflating the wheel, the air compressor ● You should obtain professional assistance The anti-puncture kit is located underneath and the inflator tube may become hot. ››› . the floor covering in the luggage compart- ● Protect hands and skin from hot parts. ment. It includes the following components ● Do not place the hot flexible inflator tube or 1.4 bar (20 psi / 140 kPa) and higher: ››› Fig. 79: hot air compressor on flammable material. ● Set the tyre pressure to the correct value ● Allow them to cool before storing the de- again ››› page 199. 1 Tyre valve remover vice. ● Carefully resume your journey until you 2 Sticker indicating maximum speed “max. ● If it is not possible to inflate the tyre to at reach the nearest specialised workshop with- 80 km/h” or “max. 50 mph” least 2.0 bars (29 psi / 200 kPa), the tyre is out exceeding 80 km/h (50 mph). 3 Filler tube with cap too badly damaged. The sealant is not in a ● good condition to seal the tyre. Do not con- Have the damaged tyre replaced. 4 Air compressor tinue driving. Seek specialist assistance. 5 Tube for inflating tyres

1) It can also be integrated in the compressor. 2) In its place, the compressor may have a button. 74 Self-help

WARNING WARNING move wax deposits with a special product or cleaning cloths. Driving with an unsealed tyre is dangerous Worn or dirty wiper blades reduce visibility and can cause accidents and serious injury. and increase the risk of accident and serious ● Do not continue driving if the tyre pressure injury. is 1.3 bar (19 psi / 130 kPa) and lower. ● Always replace damaged or worn blades or Tow-starting and towing data Technical ● Seek specialist assistance. blades which do not clean the windscreen correctly. Instructions for tow-starting

CAUTION Read the additional information carefully

Changing the windscreen wiper Advice ● Damaged or dirty windscreen wipers could ›››  page 42. blades scratch the glass. When towing or tow starting, respect the le- ● If products containing solvents, rough gal requirements. Changing the windscreen and rear sponges or sharp objects are used to clean window wiper blades the blades, the graphite layer will be dam- For technical reasons, it is not possible to aged. tow a vehicle if the battery is flat. Read the additional information carefully ● Never use fuel, nail varnish remover, paint In general, the vehicle should not be started ›››  page 46. thinner or similar products to clean the win- by towing. Jump-starting is much more pref- Operation dows. erable ›››  page 43. The windscreen wiper blades are supplied as standard with a layer of graphite. This layer is For technical reasons, the following vehicles responsible for ensuring that the wipe is si- CAUTION can not be tow started: lent. If the graphite layer is damaged, the ● To prevent damage to the bonnet and the ● noise of the water as it is wiped across the wiper arms, only leave them in the service Vehicles with an automatic gearbox.

windscreen will be louder. position. ● If the vehicle battery is flat, it is possible Emergencies ● Before driving, always lower the wiper that the engine control unit does not operate Check the condition of the wiper blades regu- arms. correctly. larly. If the wipers scrape across the glass they should be changed if they are damaged, However, if your vehicle must absolutely be or cleaned if they are dirty ››› . Note tow-started (manual gearbox): If wax deposits, other cleaning products from Safety Damaged wiper blades should be replaced ● Put it into second or third gear. immediately. These are available from quali- the automatic car wash, or other care prod- fied workshops. ucts, are left on the windscreen and the rear ● Keep the clutch pressed down. » window, the blades can scratch the glass. Re-

75 Emergencies

● Switch on the ignition and the hazard warn- ● As the driver of the towing vehicle: ● If a breakdown truck is used, the vehicle ing lights. must be towed with the front wheels raised. – Accelerate gently and carefully. ● Release the clutch when both vehicles are – Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres. moving. Situations in which the vehicle should not be – Brake well in advance than usual and towed ● As soon as the engine starts, press the brake gently. clutch and move the gear lever into neutral. In the following cases, the vehicle should not This helps to prevent a collision with the tow- be towed but transported on a trailer or spe- ing vehicle. CAUTION cial vehicle: ● When tow-starting, fuel could enter the cat- ● If the vehicle gearbox does not contain lu- WARNING alytic converter and damage it. bricant due to a fault. A vehicle with a flat battery should never be ● Carefully fit and remove the towline anchor- ● If the battery is flat and the steering cannot towed. age and its cover to avoid damage to the vehicle (e.g. paintwork). be unlocked as a result, the electronic steer- ● Never remove the key from the ignition ing lock and electronic parking brake cannot ● When towing, fuel could enter the catalytic lock. Otherwise, the steering wheel lock be disengaged. could suddenly lock. The vehicle would not converter and cause damage! be controlled and a serious accident could ● If the vehicle to be towed has an automatic gearbox and the distance to be covered is ensue. Note greater than 50 km (30 miles). Fitting a towline anchorage to the rear bump- WARNING er is not possible. The vehicle is not suitable Note When towing the vehicle, the handling and for towing other vehicles. braking efficiency change considerably. The vehicle can only be towed if the steering Please observe the following instructions to lock electronic gearbox lock is deactivated. If the vehicle has no power supply or there is minimise the risk of serious accidents and in- Advice for towing the vehicle jury: an electric system fault, the engine must be started using jump leads to deactivate the ● As the driver of the vehicle being towed: Towing vehicles with an automatic gearbox steering column electronic gearbox lock. – The brake must be depressed must hard- Note the following for a towed vehicle: er as the brake servo does not operate. Always remain aware to avoid collision ● Make sure the gear selector lever is in the N with the towing vehicle. position. – More strength is required at the steering ● Do not drive faster than 50 km/h (30 mph) wheel as the power steering does not op- when towing a vehicle. erate when the engine is switched off. ● Do not tow further than 50 km (30 miles). 76 Self-help

Fitting the front towline anchorage Note the instructions for towing ››› page 76. Emergency locking and unlock-

Fitting the towline anchorage ing ● Take the towline anchorage from the vehi- Introduction cle tool kit in the luggage compartment Technical data Technical ››› page 70. The doors and rear lid can be locked manual- ● Press the upper part of the cover ››› Fig. 80 ly and partially opened, for example if the key (arrow) to disengage and release the cover. or the central locking is damaged. ● Remove the cover and leave it hanging WARNING from the vehicle. Advice ● Screw in the tow ring into its housing anti- Opening and closing doors carelessly can Fig. 80 On the right-hand side of the front clockwise as far as it will go ››› Fig. 81 ››› . cause serious injury. bumper: Remove the cover. Use a suitable tool to firmly tighten the tow- ● If the vehicle is locked from outside, the line anchorage in its location. doors and windows cannot be opened from the inside. ● After towing, remove the tow ring by turning it clockwise. ● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the car. They could be trapped in the Operation ● Place the cover's upper tab on the opening car in an emergency and will not be able to of the bumper and carefully guide the lower get themselves to safety. tab on the edge of the opening. If necessary, ● Depending on the time of the year, temper- press the lower tab from below. atures inside a locked and closed vehicle can ● Press the lower area of the cover until the be extremely high or extremely low resulting lower tab engages in the bumper. in serious injuries and illness or even death,

particularly for young children. Emergencies CAUTION Fig. 81 On the right-hand side of the front bumper: Screw in the towline anchorage. The towline anchorage must always be com- WARNING pletely and firmly tightened. Otherwise, it Getting in the way of the doors and the rear The location for the removable tow ring is on could be released while towing and tow-start- lid is dangerous and can lead to serious in- the right-hand side of the front bumper being. jury. Safety hind a cover ››› Fig. 80. ● Open and close the doors and the rear lid The towline anchorage should always be kept only when there is nobody in the way. » in the vehicle.

77 Emergencies

CAUTION Fuses and bulbs ● Take care not to cause short circuits in the electrical system. When opening and closing in an emergency, carefully disassemble components and then Fuses reassemble them carefully to avoid damage WARNING to the vehicle. Introduction Using unsuitable fuses, repairing fuses or bridging a current circuit without fuses can Due to the constant updating of vehicles, cause a fire and serious injury. fuse assignments based on equipment and ● Never use a fuse with a higher value. Only the use of the same fuse for various electrical replace fuses with a fuse of the same amper- components, it is not possible to provide an age (same colour and markings) and size. up-to-date summary of the fuse positions for ● Never repair a fuse. the electrical components at the time of ● Never replace a fuse by a metal strip, staple printing this manual. For detailed information or similar. about the fuse positions, please consult a technical service. CAUTION In general, a fuse can be assigned to various electrical components. Likewise, an electrical ● To prevent damage to the vehicle's electric system, before replacing a fuse always turn component can be protected by several off the ignition, the lights and all electrical fuses. elements and remove the key from the igni- Only replace fuses when the cause of the tion. problem has been solved. If a newly inserted ● If you replace a fuse with higher-rating fuse blows after a short time, you must have fuse, you could cause damage to another part the electrical system checked by a special- of the electrical system. ised workshop as soon as possible. ● Protect the fuse boxes when open to prevent the entry of dust or humidity as they can WARNING damage the electrical system. The high voltages in the electrical system can give serious electrical shocks, causing burns Note and even death! ● One component may have more than one ● Never touch the electrical wiring of the igni- fuse. tion system.

78 Fuses and bulbs

● Several components may run on a single Read the additional information carefully ● Protect the fuse boxes when open to avoid fuse. ›››  page 34 the entry of dust or humidity. Dirt and humid- Only replace fuses with a fuse of the same ity inside fuse boxes can cause damage to amperage (same colour and markings) and the electrical system. Vehicle fuses size. Note data Technical Opening and closing the fuse box situated In the vehicle, there are more fuses than below the dash panel those indicated in this chapter. These should ● Opening: Press the unlock button only be changed by a specialised workshop. 1 ››› Fig. 82 until it is possible to open the Advice cover. Fold the cover down. ● Closing: Fold the cover up in the opposite Changing bulbs direction to the arrow until it clicks into the locking lever 1 . Introduction To open the engine compartment fuse box Fig. 82 Below the driver side dash panel: Changing bulbs requires a certain amount of Operation fuse box cover ● Open the bonnet  ››› page 186. manual skill. If you are unsure, SEAT recom- ● Press the attachment tabs in the direction mends that you consult a technical service or indicated by the arrow (thin arrows) to re- request assistance from a specialist. In gen- lease the fuse box cover ››› Fig. 83. eral a specialist is needed if, in addition to the bulbs, other vehicle components require ● Then lift the cover out. removal. ● To fit the cover, place it on the fuse box.

You should store spare light bulbs in the ve- Emergencies Push the attachment tabs down, in the oppo- hicle for safety-relevant lights. Spare bulbs site direction indicated by the arrow until may be obtained from the technical services. they click audibly into place. In some countries, it is a legal requirement to carry spare bulbs in the vehicle. CAUTION

Driving with faults and blown bulbs on the Safety ● Always carefully remove the fuse box cov- Fig. 83 In the engine compartment: fuse box vehicle exterior lighting is against the law. » cover ers and refit them correctly to avoid problems with your vehicle.

79 Emergencies

Additional bulb specifications operating bulb thus “fogging” up the reflec- Replacing the bulbs in the headlights The specifications of some headlamp bulbs tor. and bulbs for the rear lamps fitted at the fac- ● The headlamp frameworks in the engine tory may be different to those of conventional compartment and the rear lamps contain bulbs. Bulb information is displayed on the sharp elements. Always protect your hands bulb socket or on the bulb itself. when changing bulbs.

WARNING CAUTION If the road is not well-lit and the vehicle is ● After changing a bulb, if the rubber covers not clearly visible to other drivers, there is a are not replaced correctly on the headlamp risk of accident. framework, the electrical installation may be damaged, especially if water is allowed to enter. Fig. 84 In the engine compartment: Rear view WARNING of the front left headlight with rubber cover: ● Remove the ignition key before working on Failure to replace bulbs correctly may cause A dipped beam and main beam headlights, the electric system. Otherwise, a short circuit serious accidents. B side lights and daytime driving lights and could occur. ● Before carrying out any work in the engine C turn signal ● Switch off the lights and the parking light compartment please read and observe the before changing a bulb. warnings ››› page 186. In any vehicle, the engine compartment is a hazardous area and ● Take good care to avoid damaging any com- could cause severe injury. ponents. ● The bulbs H4, HB4 and H7 are pressurised and might explode on changing them. ● Only replace the bulbs concerned when they have cooled. ● Never replace bulbs alone if you are not familiar with the operations necessary. If you are not sure about procedures then visit a specialised workshop to carry out the neces- Fig. 85 Left headlight sary work. ● Never touch the bulb glass directly. Finger- There is no need to remove the headlight to prints will be evaporated by the heat of the replace bulbs.

80 Fuses and bulbs

Complete operations only in the sequence Side light and daytime lights Fig. 84 B / given: Front turn indicator Fig. 84 C

Insert the bulb holder in the headlight and turn it Dipped beam and main beam headlights Fig. 84 5. A clockwise as far as the stop. Technical data Technical  1. Open the bonnet ››› page 186. Note Remove the bulb connector H4. Remove the rub- The images show the left hand headlight ber cover using the tabs. from behind. The structure of the right hand 2. Press the retaining clip ››› Fig. 85 D downwards side headlight is symmetric. in the direction of the arrow, unclip sideways, and Advice remove it.

Remove the bulb from the holder. If necessary, Replacing the front bumper bulbs Fig. 87 Changing the bulbs in the headlights 3. press the lock on the bulb holder.

4. Replace the faulty bulb with a new identical bulb. Complete operations only in the sequence given: Insert the bulb, return it to its position and insert

5. Operation the retaining clip ››› Fig. 85 D Unscrew the 2 retaining screws of the wheel arch 1. trim ››› Fig. 86 (arrows) with the screwdriver from Place the rubber cover and check that is in the the vehicle took kit ››› page 70. 6. correct position. Insert the connector to the bulb H4. Unscrew the expansive rivet in the lower front part of the wheel arch trim A with the screwdriver 2. from the vehicle tool kit and completely remove it Side light and daytime lights Fig. 84 B / ››› page 70.

Front turn indicator Fig. 84 C Emergencies 3. Carefully fold the wheel arch trim to the side. 1. Open the bonnet  ››› page 186. Release the connector ››› Fig. 87 1 and remove 4. Turn the bulb holder in an anticlockwise direction Fig. 86 In the front right wheel arch: Remove it. 2. as far as it will go and remove it, along with the the retaining screws (arrows) and take out the bulb, pulling backwards. expansive rivet A . Turn the bulb holder ››› Fig. 87 in the direction of the arrow, in an anticlockwise direction as far as it Safety Remove the bulb from the holder. If necessary, 5. 3. will go and remove it, along with the bulb, pulling press the lock on the bulb holder. backwards.

4. Replace the faulty bulb with a new identical bulb. 6. Replace the faulty bulb with a new identical bulb. » 81 Emergencies

Complete operations only in the sequence giv- Changing the bulbs in the rear lights en:

Insert the bulb holder in the headlight and turn it 7. clockwise as far as the stop.

Plug the connector 1 into the bulb holder. The 8. connector must audibly click into place.

9. Replace the wheel arch trim into its position.

Place the expansive rivet in the wheel arch trim 10. and bumper and press it completely inwards ››› Fig. 86 A .

Securely screw the 2 retaining screws ››› Fig. 86 11. (arrows) with a screwdriver.

Fig. 89 Tail light unit: C: Remove the bulb holder, D: Remove the bulbs.

Complete operations only in the sequence given.

Fig. 88 On the side of the luggage compartment: A: Remove the cover, B: Removing the Removing the rear light units tail light units 1. Open the rear lid ››› page 99.

Carefully remove the cover 1 towards the lever 2. ››› Fig. 88 A.

Pull the release 3 in the connector 2 in the di- 3. rection of the arrow ››› Fig. 88 B. Use the screwdriver in the vehicle tool kit.

Press position 4 and remove the connector 2 4. ››› Fig. 88 B.

82 Fuses and bulbs

5. Unscrew the wing nut 5 ››› Fig. 88 B. Changing the number plate light Complete operations only in the sequence given: Remove the tail light from the bodywork by careful- 6. ly pulling backwards. Detach the number plate light carefully from the 2. bumper. Disassemble the tail light unit and place it on a 7. flat, clean surface. Turn the bulb holder with the bulb anticlockwise data Technical 3. and remove it in the direction of the arrow To change the bulb ››› Fig. 91. 4. Replace the faulty bulb with a new identical bulb. Unlock the bulb holder locking tab (arrow) 8. ››› Fig. 89 C and remove the bulb holder from the Place the bulb holder in the number plate light and Advice tail light. 5. press in the opposite direction to the arrow as far as possible Fig. 91. Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb ››› 9. Fig. 90 On the rear bumper: Remove the ››› Fig. 89 D. number plate light. Insert the number plate light carefully into the left edge of the opening on the bumper. During this Place the bulb holder in the tail light unit. The at- 6. process, check that the assembly direction of the 10. tachment tabs (arrow) should audibly click into number plate light is correct, i.e. the spring must place ››› Fig. 89 C. be on the right. Operation

Insert the number plate light into the bumper until Assembling the rear light units 7. it audibly clicks into place. Carefully insert the tail light unit into the opening 11. in the bodywork.

Support the tail light with one hand in the assem- 12. bly position and securely screw the wing nut with the other 5 ››› Fig. 88 B. Emergencies

Ensure that the tail light unit has been correctly Fig. 91 Number plate light: Remove the bulb 13. fitted and is firmly secured. holder.

Insert the connector 2 into the bulb holder and Complete operations only in the sequence giv- 14. press the lock 3 on the connector in the oppo- Safety site direction to the arrow ››› Fig. 88 B. en:

15. Insert the cover. The cover should lock into place. With one hand, press on the number plate light 1. from left to right and remove it from the bumper 16. Close the rear lid ››› page 99. ››› Fig. 90. 83 Emergencies

Changing the side turn signal bulb Complete operations only in the sequence given:

Remove the bulb holder with the bulb in the direc- 3. tion of the arrow ››› Fig. 93 1 .

Remove the bulb holder bulb in a straight direc- 4. tion.

5. Replace the faulty bulb with a new identical bulb.

6. Install the bulb holder.

Place the side turn signal on the chassis on the side situated towards the rear of the vehicle until 7. Fig. 92 Removing the side turn signal the spring clicks into the other side of the side turn signal.

Fig. 93 Side turn signal: Changing the bulbs.

Complete operations only in the sequence given:

With one hand move the side turn signal back- 1. wards ››› Fig. 92 1 .

Remove the side turn signal from the chassis by 2. leverage 2 .

Operation

Fig. 94 Dash panel

86 General instrument panel

– Lever with buttons for controlling 14 In the side of the dash panel: Key Operation the SEAT information system - , switch for switching off the front / ...... 22 passenger airbag1) ...... 59 General instrument panel 8 Controls for: 15 Position of passenger front airbag – Start-Stop system button  . . . 161 on the dash panel ...... 59 Instrument panel data Technical – Rear window heating button  . . 130 16 Ashtray* ...... 120 – Left seat heating controls  . . . . . 113 17 12 volt socket or cigarette light- Key to Fig. 94: er* ...... 121, . . 120 9 Switches for: 1 Interior door release lever ...... 98 18 Lever for: – Heating and ventilation system . 130 Advice 2 Turn switch for adjusting the exteri- – Manual gearbox ...... 145 – Manual air conditioning ...... 130 or mirrors ...... 111 – Automatic gearbox ...... 145 – Climatronic ...... 130 – Exterior mirror adjustment      19 Handbrake ...... 137 10 Radio (factory fitted) ››› Booklet Ra- – Heated exterior mirrors  dio 20 Button for: 3 Air outlets ...... 130 11 Controls for: – City Safety Assist function 4 Lever for ...... 103   ...... 156 – Hazard warning lights switch Operation – Turn signals  and main beam  ...... 70 21 Ignition lock ...... 135 headlights  – Passenger front airbag off warn- 22 Pedals ...... 143 – Cruise control system (CCS)  – ing lamp      . . 59 23 Storage compartment ...... 116  –  – /+ – /- ...... 155 – Right seat heating controls  24 Steering column adjustment lev- 5 Steering wheel with horn and or rear window heating button  er ...... 48 (alternative position) ...... 113, . . 130 – Driver airbag ...... 14 25 Open bonnet lever ...... 186 Emergencies 12 6 Dash panel ...... 88, 24 Storage compartment with drink 26 Headlight range control  ...... 103 holder in the centre console ...... 120 7 Windscreen wiper/ windscreen 27 Light switch  ...... 103 wash lever ...... 108 13 Handle of the storage compartment 28 Central lock button    ...... 94 or storage compartment open1) . . . 116 – Windscreen wipers

29 Knobs to operate the front electric Safety – Rear window wiper windows  ...... 101

1) According to version 87 Operation

Instruments

View of instrument panel

Fig. 95 Instrument panel, on dash panel: variant 1 (A) and variant 2 (B).

Details of the instruments ››› Fig. 95: – Press the 0.0/SET for 5 seconds to maximum speed in any gear after 1 Speedometer. Depending on the reset the odometer to zero and, running-in and with the engine hot. vehicle in km/h or in mph. where necessary, other indicators However, it is advisable to change on the multifunction display. . . . . 22 up a gear or move the selector lever 2 Displays on the screen...... 89 4 Fuel reserve display...... 182 to D (or lift your foot off the acceler- 3 Reset knob for trip recorder (trip). ator) before the needle reaches the 5 Revolution counter (with the engine 0.0/SET red zone ››› . – Press the button briefly to running, in thousands of revolu- switch the trip odometer and od- tions per minute). 6 Clock set button. ometer. The beginning of the red zone of – If necessary, change the time dis- the revolution counter indicates the play by pressing the top and 88 General instrument panel

bottom buttons of the rocker Indications on the display Priority 1 warning (red symbols) switch ›››  Fig. 33 B . – Press the button  to change A variety of information can be viewed on the Symbol flashing or lit; partly combined with audible warnings. the hour, so that it is flashing. instrument panel display ››› Fig. 95 2 , depending on the vehicle equipment:  Stop the vehicle! It is dangerous ››› ! – To continue setting the time, Check the function that is faulty and repair it. If necessa- Technical data Technical press button 0.0/SET . Hold button ● Warning and information messages. ry, request assistance from specialised personnel. down to scroll through the num- ● Odometer. bers quickly. Priority 2 warning (yellow symbols) ● Time. – Press the  button again to ● Outside temperature. Symbol flashing or lit; partly combined with audible

change the minutes, so that it warnings. Advice flashes. ● Selector lever positions ››› page 143. A faulty function, or fluids which are below the correct levels may cause damage to the vehicle! ››› – To continue setting the time, ● Recommended gear (manual gearbox) Check the faulty function as soon as possible. If neces- press button 0.0/SET . Hold button ››› page 143. sary, request assistance from specialised personnel. down to scroll through the num- ● Multifunction display (MFI) ›››  page 22 bers quickly. ● Service interval display ››› page 90. Odometer – Press button  again to end the

● Operation clock setting. Start-Stop system status display The odometer registers the total distance ››› page 161. travelled by the car. CAUTION ● Fuel gauge ››› page 182. The odometer (trip) shows the distance ● When the engine is cold, avoid high revs ● Seat belt status display for rear seats travelled since the last odometer reset. The and heavy acceleration and do not make the ››› page 52. last figure indicates 100 m. engine work hard. ● Warning and information messages Outside temperature indicator!

To prevent damage to the engine, the revo- Emergencies lution counter needle should only remain in The system runs a check on certain compo- When the outside temperature is below +4 °C the red zone for a short period of time. nents and functions when the ignition is (+39 °F), the symbol “ice crystal” (warning of switched on and while the vehicle is moving. risk of freezing) is also displayed next to the For the sake of the environment Faults in the operation are displayed on the temperature. At first this symbol flashes and screen using red and yellow symbols on the then it remains lit until the outside tempera- Changing up a gear in time reduces fuel con- Safety ture rises above +6 °C (+43 °F) . sumption and noise. instrument panel display (›››  page 24) ››› and, in some cases, with audible warnings. When the vehicle is stationary or travelling at The display may vary according to the type of very low speeds, the temperature displayed instrument panel fitted. may be slightly higher than the actual » 89 Operation

outside temperature as a result of heat com- WARNING Note ing from the engine. If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle ● Different versions of the instrument panel The temperatures measured range from may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents are available and therefore the versions and -40 °C to +50 °C (-40 °F to +122 °F). and severe injuries. instructions on the display may vary. ● Never ignore the warning lamps. ● When several warnings are active at the Selector lever position ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. same time, the symbols are shown succes- sively for a few seconds and will stay on until The range of engaged gears of the selector ● A faulty vehicle represents a risk of acci- the fault is rectified. lever is shown on the side of the lever, and dent for the driver and for other road users. If on the instrument panel display. In positions necessary, switch on the hazard warning D and M, and with the Tiptronic, the corre- lamps and put out the warning triangle to ad- sponding gear is also indicated on the dis- vise other drivers. Service interval display play. ● Park the vehicle away from traffic and ensure that no highly flammable materials are The inspection message appears on the in- Recommended gear* (manual gearbox) under the vehicle that could come into con- strument panel display ››› Fig. 95 2 . The recommended gear to save fuel can be tact with the exhaust system (e.g. dry grass, SEAT distinguishes between services with en- fuel). displayed on the instrument panel display gine oil change (Oil change Service) and while you are driving ››› page 143. services without engine oil change (Inspec- WARNING tion Service). The service interval display only Seat belt status display for the rear seats* Even though outside temperatures are above gives information for service dates which in- volve an engine oil change. The dates of the The seat belt status display on the instru- freezing, some roads and bridges may be icy. remaining services (e.g. the next Inspection ment panel display informs the driver, when ● At outside temperatures above +4°C Service or change of brake fluid) are listed on the ignition is switched on, whether any pas- (+39°F), even when the “ice crystal symbol” the label attached to the door strut, or in the sengers in the rear seats have fastened their is not visible, there may still be patches of ice Maintenance Programme. seat belts ››› page 52. on the road. ● Do not rely on the outside temperature in- The set service intervals have been specified Start-Stop system status display dicator! with the service dependent on time/distance travelled. The instrument panel display shows information on the current status ››› page 161. CAUTION Inspection reminder Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in the vehicle. If the inspection period is due to expire shortly, Inspection reminder appears when starting the ignition abbreviated to  and a 90 General instrument panel warning in km. The number of kilometres shown is the maximum number that may be driven until the next service.

Service due After the service date, an audible warning is data Technical given when the ignition is switched on and the abbreviation  displayed on the screen flashes for a few seconds.

Note Advice The service message disappears after a few seconds, when the engine is started or when OK is pressed on the windscreen wiper lever.

Note

In vehicles whose batteries have been dis- Operation connected for a long period of time, it will not be possible to calculate the next service date. Therefore the service interval display may not be correct. In this case, bear in mind the maximum service intervals permitted in the ››› Booklet Maintenance Programme. Emergencies Safety

91 Operation

Opening and closing Different keys belonging to the vehicle may boot hatch, start the engine or turn on the ig- be used. nition, activating electrical systems, the elec- Vehicle key set tric windows, for example. Folding the key shaft in and out ● Never leave children or disabled people When the button is pressed ››› Fig. 96 A , the alone in the car. They could be trapped in the Remote control vehicle key* key shaft is released and unfolds. car in an emergency and will not be able to get themselves to safety. For example, de- To fold it press the button and fold the key pending on the time of the year, tempera- shaft in until it locks in place. tures inside a locked and closed vehicle can be extremely high or extremely low resulting Spare key in serious injuries and illness or even death, particularly for young children. To obtain a spare key and other vehicle keys, the vehicle chassis number is required. ● Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion. The steering may Each new key must contain a microchip and lock and it will not be possible to turn the be coded with the data from the vehicle elec- steering wheel. tronic immobiliser. A vehicle key will not work if it does not contain a microchip or the mi- Fig. 96 Remote control key CAUTION crochip has not been encoded. This is also true for keys cut for the vehicle. The remote control key contains electronic Remote control key components. Protect them from damage, im- With the vehicle key the vehicle may be The vehicle keys or new spare keys can be pacts and humidity. locked or unlocked remotely ››› page 94. obtained from a SEAT dealership, a Special- ised workshop or approved key service quali- Note The vehicle key includes an emitter and bat- fied to create this kind of key. tery. The receiver is in the interior of the vehi- ● Only use the key button when you require cle. The range of the vehicle key with remote New keys or spare keys must be synchron- the corresponding function. Pushing the but- control and new battery is several metres ised before use ››› page 94. ton unnecessarily could accidentally unlock around the vehicle. the vehicle or trigger the alarm. It is also pos- WARNING sible even when you are outside the radius of If it is not possible to open or close the vehi- action. cle using the remote control key, this should Careless or incorrect use of vehicle keys may result in severe injury and accident. ● Remote control key operation can be great- be re-synchronised or the bat- ››› page 94 ly influenced by overlapping radio signals tery changed ››› page 93. ● Always take all the keys with you whenever you leave the vehicle. Children and unauthor- around the vehicle working in the same range ised individuals could lock the doors or the 92 Opening and closing

of frequencies (for example, radio Duplicate keys example: for the convenience opening func- transmitters, mobile telephones). To obtain a spare key and other vehicle keys, tion. ● Obstacles between the remote control and the vehicle chassis number is required. When the control lamp does not light upon the vehicle, bad weather conditions and Each new key must contain a microchip and pushing a button, the vehicle key batteries draining batteries can considerably reduce must be changed ››› page 93. the range of the remote control. be coded with the data from the vehicle elec- data Technical tronic immobiliser. A vehicle key will not work ● If the buttons of the vehicle key are press- if it does not contain a microchip or the mi- ed ››› Fig. 96 or one of the central locking but- crochip has not been encoded. This is also Replacing the battery tons ››› page 94 is pressed repeatedly in true for keys cut for the vehicle. quick succession, the central locking briefly

disconnects as protection against overload- The vehicle keys or new spare keys can be Advice ing. The vehicle is then unlocked. Lock it if obtained from a SEAT dealership, a special- necessary. ised workshop or an approved locksmith qualified to create them.

Mechanical vehicle key Control lamp on the vehicle key Operation

Fig. 99 Vehicle key: battery compartment cover Emergencies

Fig. 97 Vehicle mechanical key

The vehicle key set may include a mechanical Fig. 98 Control lamp on the vehicle key Safety key ››› Fig. 97. When a button on the vehicle key is pressed, the control lamp flashes ››› Fig. 98 (arrow) once briefly. If the button is pressed and Fig. 100 Vehicle key: removing the battery » held, the indicator blinks several times, for 93 Operation

SEAT recommend having the batteries For the sake of the environment Central locking functions correctly when all changed in a specialised workshop. the doors and the rear lid are correctly shut. Please dispose of your used batteries correct- If the driver door is open, the vehicle cannot The battery is located to the rear of the vehi- ly and with respect for the environment. be locked with the key. cle key, under a cover. The battery of an unlocked vehicle parked for Changing the battery Synchronising the vehicle key a long period (e.g. in a private garage) may run down and fail to start the motor. ● Unfold the vehicle key blade ››› page 92. If the button  is pressed frequently outside ● Remove the cover from the back of the ve- WARNING hicle key ››› Fig. 99 in the direction of the ar- of the vehicle range, it is possible that the ve- row ››› . hicle can no longer be locked or unlocked us- The incorrect use of the central locking sys- ing the key. In this case, the vehicle key must tem may cause serious injuries. ● Extract the battery from the compartment be synchronised once more as follows: ● The central locking system will lock all using a suitable thin object Fig. 100. ››› doors. A vehicle locked from the inside can ● Place the new battery in the compartment, ● Unfold the vehicle key blade ››› page 92. prevent any non-authorised individual from pressing in the direction of the arrow as ● Press the button  on the vehicle key. For opening the doors and accessing the vehicle. shown ››› Fig. 100 ››› . this, it must remain with the vehicle. Nevertheless, in case of emergency or accident, locked doors will complicate access to ● Fit the battery compartment cover, pressing ● Open the vehicle within one minute using the vehicle interior to help the passengers. in the direction of the arrow as shown the key shaft. ››› Fig. 99 until it clicks into place. ● Never leave children or disabled people ● Turn on the ignition using the vehicle key. alone in the vehicle. The central locking but- The key has been synchronised. ton can be used to lock all the doors from CAUTION ● If necessary, fit the cap. within. Therefore, passengers will be locked ● If the battery is not changed correctly, the inside the vehicle. Individuals locked in the vehicle key may be damaged. vehicle can be exposed to very high or very ● Use of unsuitable batteries may damage low temperatures. the vehicle key. For this reason, always re- Central locking* and locking ● Depending on the time of the year, temper- place the dead battery with another of the system atures inside a locked and closed vehicle can same voltage, size and specifications. be extremely high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and illness or even death, ● When fitting the battery, check that the po- Introduction larity is correct. particularly for young children. ● Read the additional information carefully Never leave individuals locked in a closed and locked vehicle. In case of emergency, ›››  page 8 they may not be able to exit the vehicle by themselves or get help. 94 Opening and closing

Description of the central locking sys- Function Necessary operations Unlocking and locking the vehicle tem from outside Use the key to – Turn off the ignition and turn it on The central locking system allows all doors lock the vehicle: again. OR: Remove the key from the igni- and the rear lid to be locked and unlocked tion. centrally. – Open any door just once. data Technical – Lock the vehicle with the key. ● From outside, using the vehicle key. ● From inside, by pushing the central locking Note button ››› page 97. If the buttons of the vehicle key are pressed Advice The central locking system can be activated ››› page 92 or one of the central locking but- or deactivated at a specialised workshop. tons ››› Fig. 103 is pressed repeatedly in short succession, the central locking briefly In case of a vehicle key fault or central lock- disconnects as protection against overload- Fig. 101 Buttons on the vehicle key ing system fault, all doors can be locked or ing. In this case, the vehicle remains un- unlocked manually. locked for about 30 seconds. If neither the door or the boot is opened during this time,

Locking the vehicle after the airbags have the vehicle will then automatically lock. Operation been deployed If the airbags are deployed due to an accident, the vehicle will be automatically and completely unlocked. Depending on the amount of damage, it can be locked following an accident in the following ways: Emergencies

Function Necessary operations Fig. 102 Vehicle mechanical key

Lock the vehicle, – Turn off the ignition and turn it on Central locking by pushing the again. central locking – Push the central locking button  . Function Handling the buttons on the Safety button: vehicle ››› Fig. 101

Unlocking the Press button  . » vehicle.

95 Operation

Function Handling the buttons on the doors and the rear lid, press the button  Mechanical locking twice. vehicle ››› Fig. 101 Using the vehicle's mechani- The vehicle key only locks and unlocks the Lock the vehi- Press button  . Function cal key ››› Fig. 102 in the lock cle. vehicle if it is within range of the vehicle and cylinder if the battery has enough power. Unlocking the Press button  . To unlock, insert the vehicle key in- rear lid. ● Upon locking the vehicle, all turn signals to the lock cylinder of the driver will flash once in confirmation. door and turn the key in an anti- Locking the rear Press button  . Locking the driv- clockwise direction. lid. ● Upon unlocking the vehicle, all turn signals will flash twice in confirmation. er door manually. To lock, insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door Function Handling the vehicle key If the turn signals do not flash in confirma- and turn the key in a clockwise di- ››› Fig. 101 in the lock cylinder tion, at least one of the doors or the rear lid rection. or with the vehicle mechanical has been left unlocked. key ››› Fig. 102. To unlock, insert the vehicle key in- If the driver door is open, the vehicle cannot to the lock cylinder of the driver Unlocking the Insert the vehicle key into the lock be locked with the key. If you unlock the vehi- door and turn the key in an anti- Locking and un- clockwise direction. vehicle. cylinder of the driver door and turn cle without opening any doors or the rear lid, the key in an anticlockwise direc- locking the rear To lock, insert the vehicle key into tion. it will lock again automatically after a few lid. seconds. This function prevents the vehicle the lock cylinder of the driver door Lock the vehicle. Insert the vehicle key into the lock from remaining unlocked if the unlocking and turn the key in a clockwise di- . cylinder of the driver door and turn button is pressed by mistake. rection the key in a clockwise direction. If the driver's door is open, it cannot be Unlocking the Insert the vehicle key into the lock locked with the vehicle key. rear lid. cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in an anticlockwise direction.

Locking the rear Insert the vehicle key into the lock lid. cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in a clockwise direction.

Please note: depending on the operation of the central locking feature set by a specialised workshop, in order to unlock all the

96 Opening and closing

Locking or unlocking the vehicle from Central locking Mechanical locking the inside Push the button ››› Fig. 103: The doors are locked by pressing the door lever, so that the red mark becomes visible  Unlocking the vehicle. ››› Fig. 104 1 .

 Locking the vehicle. To unlock a door, pull its corresponding door data Technical lever. The central locking button is still operative If the vehicle becomes locked, take note of when the ignition is switched off. the following: If the vehicle has been locked with the vehi-

● The "Safe" security system activate Advice cle key, the central locking button does not will not . operate. ››› page 97 ● It will not be possible to open the doors Please note the following when you use the Fig. 103 In the driver door: central locking from the outside, when stopped at traffic central locking button to lock your vehicle: button lights for example. ● The "Safe" security system will not activate ● The doors can be opened and unlocked in- ››› page 97. dividually from the inside by pulling the in- Operation ● It will not be possible to open the doors or side door handle. the rear lid from the outside. This may offer ● The driver door cannot be locked using the extra safety, for example when stopped at central locking system when it is still open. traffic lights. This avoids locking the vehicle key inside the ● The doors can be opened and unlocked in- vehicle when there is nobody inside. dividually from the inside by pulling the in-

side door handle. If necessary, pull the door Emergencies release lever twice. “Safe” security system*

Fig. 104 In the passenger door: door handle ● The driver door cannot be locked when for mechanical locking. open. This avoids locking the vehicle key in- Function Necessary operations side the vehicle when there is nobody inside. Locks the vehicle with  Press the button once on Safety the "Safe" security sys- the vehicle key. » tem.

97 Operation

Function Necessary operations When the vehicle is Meaning ● Always stop immediately and close the locked: door. Press the  button twice on ● When closing, ensure that the door has the vehicle key. The red LED flashes for about There is a fault in the Locks the vehicle with- closed correctly. A closed door should be out the "Safe" security two seconds at short inter- locking system. Con- Press the central locking but- vals. Subsequently, the light tact a specialised flush with the corresponding parts of the system.  ton on the driver door will remain switched on for workshop. bodywork. once. about. 30 seconds. ● Open and close doors only when nobody is in the way of the door. When the vehicle is locked, the "Safe" security system deactivates the door handles, mak- WARNING ing the vehicle difficult to open. The doors Careless use of the "Safe" security system WARNING cannot be opened from inside ››› . can cause serious injury. A door held open by its retainer could be Upon switching off the ignition, the instru- ● Never leave anybody inside the vehicle if it blown closed by the wind or close if the vehi- has been locked using the key. When the cle is on a hill, causing injury. ment panel display will show that the “dead- "Safe" security system is activated, doors lock” is activated or (SAFELOCK or SAFE- ● When opening and closing doors, always cannot be opened from the inside! LOCK). use the door handle. ● When the doors are locked, it is difficult to get to passengers in the vehicle interior in When the deadlock is switched off: case of an emergency. Passengers could re- ● The vehicle can be opened and unlocked main trapped inside and unable to unlock the Childproof lock from the inside using an inside door handle. doors in case of an emergency.

Control lamp on the driver door When the vehicle is Meaning Doors locked: Introduction The red LED flashes for ap- The "Safe" security proximately 2 seconds at system is switched on. short intervals and then more WARNING slowly. If a door is not correctly closed, it could open The red LED flashes for about The "Safe" security unexpectedly when driving and cause serious Fig. 105 Childproof lock on the left hand side two seconds then turns off. Af- system is switched off. injuries. ter 30 seconds, the LED flash- door es again.

98 Opening and closing

The childproof lock prevents the rear doors The childproof lock can be activated or deac- ry, press down on the rear lid and remove the from being opened from the inside. This sys- tivated by inserting the key in the groove load. tem prevents minors from opening a door ac- when the door is open, as described above. ● Close and lock both the rear lid and all the cidentally while the vehicle is running. other doors when you are not using the vehi- This function is independent of the vehicle cle. Ensure that nobody remains inside the electronic opening and locking systems. It Rear lid vehicle. data Technical only affects rear doors. It can only be activa- ● Never allow children to play inside or ted and deactivated manually, as described Introduction around the vehicle without supervision, espe- below: cially if the rear lid is open. Children could enter the luggage compartment, close the

WARNING Advice Activating the childproof lock rear lid and become trapped. Depending on Careless and unsuitable locking, opening and the time of the year, temperatures inside a – Unlock the vehicle and open the door in closing of the rear lid can cause accidents locked and closed vehicle can be extremely which you wish to activate the childproof and serious injury. high or extremely low resulting in serious in- lock. juries and illness or even death, particularly ● Open and close the rear lid only when no- for young children. – With the door open, rotate the groove in body is in the way. ● Never leave children or disabled people the door using the ignition key, anti-clock- ● Do not close the rear lid by pushing it down

alone in the vehicle. If the vehicle key or the Operation wise for the left-hand side doors ››› Fig. 105 with your hand on the rear window. This central locking button is used, they may be and clockwise for the right-hand side could break and cause injury. locked in the vehicle. doors. ● Ensure the rear lid is locked after closing, otherwise, it may open unexpectedly while CAUTION Deactivating the childproof lock driving. A closed rear lid should be flush with – Unlock the vehicle and open the door the corresponding parts of the bodywork. Before opening the rear lid, ensure that there whose childproof lock you want to deacti- ● Always keep the rear lid closed while driv- is sufficient free space to open and close it, Emergencies vate. ing to avoid toxic gases entering the vehicle for example if you are in a garage. interior. – With the door open, rotate the groove in ● Do not open the rear lid when there is a the door using the ignition key, anti-clock- load installed, for example a carrier system. wise for the right-hand side doors, and Likewise, the boot hatch cannot be opened

clockwise for the left-hand side doors when a load is attached to it, for example bi- Safety ››› Fig. 105. cycles. An open rear lid could close itself if there is an additional weight on it. If necessa- Once the childproof lock is activated, the door can only be opened from the outside. 99 Operation

Opening the rear lid Opening with the vehicle mechanical key Closing the rear lid ● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in an anticlockwise direction ››› page 94. ● Opening the rear lid with the button.

WARNING Unsuitable or careless unlocking and opening of the rear lid could cause serious injuries. ● If there is a loaded luggage carrier on the rear lid, it could be unlocked or open but not Fig. 106 On the vehicle key: button to unlock recognised as such. An unlocked or open rear Fig. 107 Rear lid open: hand grip and open the boot hatch. lid could open unexpectedly while driving. Closing the rear lid Read the additional information carefully Note ● Grab the handgrip inside the rear lid ›››  page 9 At outside temperatures of less than 0 °C ››› Fig. 107 (arrow). If bicycles are attached to a rack on the boot (+32 °F), the pressurised gas struts cannot ● Push the rear lid downwards until it locks hatch, for example, in some cases, it may not always automatically lift the rear lid. In this into place in the lock. open automatically ››› . Remove the load case, open the rear lid manually. ● Ensure that it is correctly closed by pulling from the carrier and support the open rear on it firmly. lid. Locking the rear lid with central locking* Opening with central locking If you unlock the vehicle without opening any ● Press the button  on the vehicle key doors or the rear lid, it will lock again auto- ››› Fig. 106 for about one second to unlock matically after about 30 seconds. This func- the boot hatch. tion prevents the vehicle from remaining un- ● OR: Press the button  on the vehicle key locked if the unlocking button is pressed by until the rear lid opens automatically several mistake. centimetres. Locking is only possible when the rear lid is ● Opening the rear lid with the button. correctly and fully closed.

100 Opening and closing

● The rear lid is also locked by a central lock- Note CAUTION ing. Before closing the rear lid, make sure that the When the windows are open, rain can enter ● If the vehicle rear lid is locked or unlocked key has not been left inside the luggage com- the vehicle, dampening the interior equip- using the  button, when it is closed once partment. ment and causing damage to the vehicle. more it will lock automatically. Technical data Technical ● A closed but not locked rear lid will lock automatically at a speed above about 9 km/h Side-opening rear windows (6 mph). Electric windows

Locking the rear lid with the vehicle mechan- Opening and closing the electric win- ical key dows Advice Locking is only possible when the rear lid is Read the additional information carefully correctly and fully closed. ›››  page 11 ● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in a clock- WARNING wise direction ››› page 94. Careless use of the electric windows can Operation cause serious injury. WARNING ● Only operate the electric windows when Fig. 108 Lever to open and close the rear win- Unsuitable or careless closing and locking of nobody is in the way. dow the rear lid could cause serious injuries. ● Never leave children or disabled people ● Never leave the vehicle unattended, or al- alone in the vehicle if the doors are to be Opening low children to play inside or around the vehi- locked. The windows cannot be opened in Pull the release lever in the direction of arrow

case of an emergency. Emergencies cle without supervision, especially if the rear A and press outward until the lever engag- lid is open. Children could enter the luggage ● Always take all the keys with you whenever es. compartment, close the rear lid and become you leave the vehicle. After turning off the ig- trapped. A locked vehicle can be subjected to nition, the windows can be opened and Closing extremely high and low temperatures, de- closed for a short time using the buttons on pending on the time of year, thus causing se- the door as long as the driver door or passen- Pull the release lever in the direction of arrow rious injuries/illness and even death. ger side door is not open. B and then press the lever backward until it Safety engages.

101 Operation

Sliding/tilting electric panor- WARNING Note amic sunroof If the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sun- ● Leaves and other loose objects that land in roof is used negligently or without paying the guides of the sliding/tilting sunroof Opening and closing the panoramic due attention, it can cause serious injury. should be removed periodically by hand or using a vacuum cleaner. sunroof ● The sliding/tilting sunroof should only be opened or closed when no one is blocking its ● If the sliding/tilting sunroof does not work Read the additional information carefully path. correctly, the anti-trap function will not work either. In this case, you should take the vehi- ›››  page 11 ● After switching off, it is still possible to open or close the sliding/tilting sunroof dur- cle to a specialised workshop. The sliding/tilting sunroof only works when ing a short space of time provided that nei- ● The convenience position permits sufficient switched on. After switching off, it is still pos- ther the driver nor passenger door is opened. ventilation with a level of sound produced by sible to open or close the sliding/tilting sun- low wind. roof during a short space of time provided CAUTION that neither the driver nor passenger door is opened. ● To prevent damage, when there are winter temperatures any ice or snow that there may Anti-trap function of the sliding/tilt- All operations are interrupted when the rotary be on the roof of the vehicle must be removed ing electric panoramic sunroof knob is actuated. before opening or raising the sliding/tilting The anti-trap function can reduce the risk of If it were not possible to close the sliding/tilt- electric panoramic sunroof. injury when closing the sliding/tilting electric ing sunroof electrically, it would need to be ● Before leaving the vehicle or in the case of panoramic sunroof . If the sliding/tilting closed manually. It is not possible to do an heavy rain, the sliding/tilting sunroof must ››› sunroof encounters resistance or an obstacle emergency close of the sliding/tilting sun- always be closed. With the sliding/tilting when closing, it will immediately reopen. roof without removing components of the ve- sunroof open or raised, water can enter the hicle. In such a case, obtain professional as- passenger compartment and can cause considerable damage to the electrical system. As ● Check why the sliding/tilting sunroof has sistance. a result, other damage can occur in the vehi- not closed. cle. ● Try to close it again. Sliding blind ● In the case of heavy rain, if the sliding/tilt- ● If it is still not possible to close it due to an With the roof grab handle situated in the rear ing sunroof is open, the interior equipment of obstacle or resistance, it will remain in the part of the roof opening, it is possible to the vehicle may get wet, destroying the seat corresponding position. Close it without the move the sliding blind to the required posi- heating and damaging the electrical system anti-trap function. tion. of the vehicle.

102 Lights and visibility

Closing the sliding/tilting electric panoramic Lights and visibility WARNING sunroof without the anti-trap function Observe the safety warnings ››› in On the ● Within about 5 seconds of activating the Lights instrument panel on page 26. anti-trap function, pull knob ›››  Fig. 12 5 until the sliding/tilting sunroof is fully closed. Control lamps data Technical Switching lights on and off ● As such, the sliding/tilting sunroof will It lights up close without the anti-trap function!  ● If the sunroof still cannot be closed, visit a Rear fog light switched on ››› page 21.

specialised workshop. Advice  It lights up If the knob is released during the closing operation, the sliding/tilting electric panoramic Front fog lights switched on ››› page 21. sunroof opens automatically.  It lights up WARNING Left or right turn signal.

Closing the sliding/tilting electric panoramic Operation sunroof without the anti-trap function can re- The control lamp flickers twice as fast when a vehicle Fig. 109 Next to the steering wheel: diagram sult in serious injury. turn signal is intermittent. If necessary, check the vehi- of some of the types of light switch ● The sliding/tilting sunroof should always cle's lights. be closed carefully. Read the additional information carefully ● No person should ever remain in the way of  It lights up ›››  page 21 the sliding/tilting sunroof, especially when Main beam on or flasher on ››› page 105. The legal requirements regarding the use of

closing without the anti-trap function. Emergencies vehicle lights in each country must be ob- ● The anti-trap function does not prevent fin- Several warning and control lamps light up served. gers or other parts of the body from becom- for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- The driver is personally responsible for the ing trapped against the roof frame and inju- ed on, signalling that the function is being correct use and adjustment of the lights in all ries occurring. verified. They will switch off after a few sec- situations. » onds. Safety

103 Operation

Audible warnings to advise the driver that hicle is closed from outside, both headlights, or damp weather. This is normal and in no the lights have not been switched off in addition to the side lights and the rear way effects the useful life of the vehicle light- If the key is not in the ignition and the driver lights will light up. ing system. door is open, an audible warning signal is heard in the following cases: this is a remind- Daytime running lights er to turn off the lights. The daytime driving light consists of individu- Automatic dipped beam control * al lights in the front headlamps. ● When the light switch is in position . When the daytime driving light is switched The automatic dipped beam control is merely ● When the light switch is in position . on, only the individual lights come on ››› . intended as an aid and is not able to recognise all driving situations. WARNING The daytime lights are turned on each time  When the light switch is in position , the The side lights or daytime running lights are the ignition is connected if the light switch vehicle lights and the instrument panel and not bright enough to illuminate the road is in position o. . ahead and to ensure that other road users are switch lighting switch on and off automatical- able to see you. WARNING ly in the following situations ››› in Lights and visibility: functions on page 104: ● Always use your dipped beam head lights if If the road is not well-lit and the vehicle is it is raining or if visibility is poor. not clearly visible to other drivers, an accident may occur. Automatic switching Automatic switching on off WARNING ● Never use the daytime driving light if the road is not well-lit as a result of the weather The photo sensor detects When adequate lighting is If the headlights are set too high and not conditions and poor visibility. The daytime darkness, for example, detected. used correctly, there is a risk of dazzling or driving lights are not bright enough to illumi- when driving through a distracting other road users. This could result nate the road ahead and to ensure that other tunnel. in a serious accident. road users are able to see you. The rain sensor detects When the windscreen wip- ● Always make sure that the headlights are ● The rear lights do not come on with the rain and activates the ers have been inactive for correctly adjusted. daytime driving light. A vehicle which does windscreen wipers. a few minutes. not have the rear lights on may not be visible to other drivers in the darkness, if it is rain- WARNING Lights and visibility: functions ing or in conditions of poor visibility. If the road is not well lit and other road users Parking light remains on both sides cannot see the vehicle well enough or at all, Note accidents may occur. If when switching off the ignition, the light The headlights, rear lights and turn signals ● The automatic dipped beam control ()  control remains in the position and the ve- may mist up temporarily on the inside in cool only switches on the dipped beam when 104 Lights and visibility

there are no changes in brightness, and not, tion, even if any vehicle door or the rear lid is WARNING for example when it is foggy. still open. Improper or lack of use of the turn signals, or ● OR: turn the light switch to the position . forgetting to deactivate them can confuse ● OR: connect the ignition. other road users. This could result in a seri- “Coming Home” and “Leaving Home” ous accident. Technical data Technical function (exterior guidance lights) Activating the “Leaving Home function” ● Always give warning when you are going to change lane, overtake or when turning, acti- ● Unlock the vehicle (the light switch has to vating the turn signal in good time. “Coming Home” and “Leaving Home” Func- be in the position  and the rain and light tion lights up the closest environment to the sensor to detect darkness). ● As soon as you have finished changing vehicle when increasing and lowering the en- lane, overtaking or turning, switch the turn vironment in case of darkness. signal off. Advice Deactivating the “Leaving Home function” The “Coming Home” function should be con- ● It is automatically disconnected once the WARNING nected manually. The “Leaving Home” func- set time for the delay in disconnecting the tion is automatically controlled by a rain and lights has lapsed. Incorrect use of the headlights may cause ac- light sensor. cidents and serious injury, as the main beam ● OR: block the vehicle. may distract or dazzle other drivers.

Activating the “Coming Home function” ● OR: turn the light switch to the position . Operation ● Switch the ignition off. ● OR: connect the ignition. Note ● Operate the headlight flashers for approxi- ● If the convenience turn signals are operat- mately 1 second ›››  page 21. ing (three flashes) and the other convenience Turn signal and main beam lever turn signals are switched on, the active part When the driver’s car door is opened, the stops flashing and only flashes once in the “Coming Home” lighting is connected. The Read the additional information carefully new part selected. Emergencies delay in disconnecting the headlights starts ›››  page 21 ● The turn signal only works when the igni- when the last door or rear lid is closed. tion is switched on. The hazard warning Convenience turn signals lights also work when the ignition is switch- Deactivating the “Coming Home function” For the convenience turn signals, move the ed off ››› page 70. ● It is automatically disconnected once the lever as far as possible upwards or down- ● If any of both turn signals fails, the warning time set for the delay in disconnecting the wards and release the lever. The turn signal lamp will start flashing twice faster than nor- Safety lights has lapsed. will flash 3 times. mal. » ● OR: it is automatically disconnected if, The convenience indicators can be deactiva- 30 seconds after having activated the func- ted at a Specialised workshop. 105 Operation

● The main beam headlights can only be 3. Apply the handbrake firmly ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. switched on if the dipped beam headlights ››› page 137. Park the vehicle a safe distance from sur- are already on. 4. Put the gearbox lever in neutral or the rounding traffic to lock all the doors in case of selector lever in position N ››› page 143. an emergency. Turn on the hazard warning lights to warn other road users. 5. Switch off the engine and remove the Hazard warning lights key from the ignition. ● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle if the doors are to be 6. Have all occupants leave the vehicle and locked. In case of an emergency, passengers move to safety, for example behind a will be trapped inside the vehicle. Individuals guard rail. locked in the vehicle can be exposed to very 7. When leaving the vehicle, take all keys high or very low temperatures. with you. 8. Place an emergency warning triangle to WARNING indicate the position of your vehicle to The components of the exhaust system reach other road users. very high temperatures. This could cause a 9. Allow the engine to cool and check if a fire and considerable damage. specialist is required. ● Always park your vehicle so that no part of Fig. 110 Dash panel: Button for switching the the exhaust system can come in contact with hazard lights warning system on and off. When being towed with the hazard warning flammable materials (such as dried grass or lights on, a change in direction or traffic lane fuel). Read the additional information carefully can be indicated as usual using the turn sig- ›››  page 21 nal lever. The hazard lights will be interrup- Note ted temporarily. Always fulfil legal requirements for securing a ● The vehicle battery will discharge and run broken down vehicle. In a number of coun- If the hazard warning lights are not working, down if the hazard warning lights remain on tries it is now obligatory, for example, to turn you must use an alternative method of draw- for too long (even with the ignition turned on the hazard warning lights and use a re- ing attention to your vehicle. This method off). flective safety vest ››› page 70. must comply with traffic legislation. ● In some vehicles, the brake lights will flash If your vehicle breaks down: when braking abruptly at speeds of approxi- WARNING mately 80 km/h (50 mph) to warn vehicles 1. Park the vehicle a safe distance from A faulty vehicle in traffic represents a risk of travelling behind. If braking continues, the traffic and on suitable ground ››› . accident for the driver and for other road hazard warning lights system will automati- users. cally be turned on at a speed of less than ap- 2. Turn on the hazard warning lights with proximately 10 km/h (6 mph). The brake the button  ››› Fig. 110. 106 Lights and visibility

lights remain lit. Upon accelerating, the haz- Headlight range control, lighting of To reset, turn switch ››› Fig. 111: ard warning lights will be automatically the instrument panel and controls turned off. Value Vehicle load statusa)

All seats occupied, luggage compartment 1 empty Adjusting the headlights data Technical All seats occupied, luggage compartment 2 full In those countries where vehicles drive on the other side of the road to the home coun- 3 Driver only, luggage compartment full try, the asymmetric dipped beam may dazzle a) drivers of oncoming vehicles. If the vehicle load does not correspond to those shown in the Advice table, it is possible to select intermediary positions. For this reason, stickers may be needed to cover the headlights when driving abroad. Instrument and switch lighting For further information, please refer to a spe- Fig. 111 Next to the steering wheel: Head- light range control When the side lights or dipped beam head- cialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting lights are switched on, the lighting for instru- a technical service. Headlamp height adjustment ments and controls lights up at a constant

brightness. Operation Note The headlight range control ››› Fig. 111 is modified according to the value of the head- The use of stickers to cover headlights is only WARNING light beam and the vehicle load status. This permitted over a short period. To modify the offers the driver optimum visibility and the Heavy objects in the back of vehicle may direction of the headlamps more permanent- cause headlight dazzle and distract other ly, please take the vehicle to a specialised headlights do not dazzle oncoming drivers ››› . drivers. This could result in a serious acci- workshop. SEAT recommends taking your car dent. in for technical service. The headlights can only be adjusted when ● Adjust the light beam to the vehicle load Emergencies the dipped beam is switched on. status so that it does not blind other drivers.

To reset, turn switch ››› Fig. 111: Value Vehicle load statusa) Luggage compartment light Safety Two front occupants, luggage compart- – The light is activated when the rear lid is ment empty open, even when the ignition and lights are turned off. For this reason, ensure that the rear lid is always closed. 107 Operation

Visibility WARNING tions in the electronic components may occur. Never cover the uncoated surface on the Folded sun blinds can reduce visibility. interior or exterior. Sun visors ● Always roll or fold sun blinds and visors away when not in use. Windscreen wiper and window Heat-insulating glass windscreen wiper systems

Window wiper lever

Read the additional information carefully ›››  page 22

Fig. 112 Sun visor WARNING Water from the windscreen washer water bot- Options for adjusting driver and front pas- tle may freeze on the windscreen if it does senger sun visors: not contain enough anti-freeze, reducing forward visibility. ● Lower the sun visor towards the wind- Fig. 113 Windscreen with reflective infrared ● In winter, ensure the windscreen washer screen. and metal coating and small window (red sur- contains enough anti-freeze. ● The sun visor can be pulled out of its face) mounting and turned towards the door. ● In cold conditions, you should not use the The heat-insulating windscreens include a re- wash/wipe system unless you have warmed ● Swing the sun visor towards the door, lon- flective infrared coating. The section above the windscreen with the ventilation system. gitudinally backwards. The antifreeze could freeze on the windscreen the rear vision mirror has been left uncoated and reduce visibility. (communication window) to allow electric Vanity mirror* components from the accessories shop to There may be a vanity mirror in the folded operate correctly ››› Fig. 113. WARNING sun visor on the passenger side and a card- Worn or dirty wiper blades reduce visibility holder in the driver sun visor. CAUTION and increase the risk of accident and serious When the uncoated surface is covered or has injury. a sticker on the interior or exterior, malfunc-

108 Lights and visibility

● Always replace damaged or worn blades or moving, the more often the windscreen is Rain and light sensor blades which do not clean the windscreen cleaned. correctly. ● The rear wiper is automatically switched on when the windscreen wiper is on and the car CAUTION is in reverse gear. Technical data Technical In icy conditions, always check that the wiper blades are not frozen to the glass before using the wipers for the first time. In cold Functions of the windscreen wiper weather, it may help to leave the vehicle parked with the wipers in service position

Windscreen wiper performance in different sit- Advice ›››  page 45. uations

The activated position provision- Fig. 114 Windscreen wiper lever: setting rain CAUTION If the vehicle is at a ally changes to the previous posi- sensor 1 . standstill If the ignition is switched off while the wind- tion. screen wipers are on, the windscreen wipers carry on wiping at the same level when the Intervals between wipes depend For intermittent wip- on the vehicle's speed. The high-

ignition is switched back on. Ice, snow and Operation ers er the vehicle speed the shorter other obstacles may damage the windscreen the intervals. wiper and the respective motor. ● If necessary, remove snow and ice from the Note windscreen wipers before starting your journey. The wiper will try to wipe away any obstacles that are on the windscreen. The wiper will ● Carefully lift the frozen windscreen wipers stop moving if the obstacle blocks its path. from the glass. SEAT recommends a de-icer Emergencies Remove the obstacle and switch the wiper spray for this operation. back on again. Fig. 115 Reference surface of the rain sensor.

Note When it is activated, the rain and light sensor ● The windscreen wipers will only work when automatically controls the intervals of the the ignition is switched on. windscreen wiper depending on the intensity Safety ● The interval wipe speed varies according to of the precipitation. » the vehicle speed. The faster the vehicle is

109 Operation

When the rain and light sensor is deactiva- Malfunction of the rain and light sensor vation can vary based on the size of the im- ted, the duration of the intervals is set to Some examples of possible causes of mal- pact. fixed levels. functions and mistaken readings in the area Clean the reference surface of rain and light 1 of reference surface ››› Fig. 115 of the rain sensor 1 regularly and check that the wind- Activating and deactivating the rain and and light sensor: light sensor screen wiper blades are not damaged. ● Windscreen wiper blades in poor condi- Press the lever to the desired position. CAUTION ››› Fig. 114: tion: the presence of a film or strips of water due to the poor condition of the wiper blades The rain and light sensor may not always de- ● Position A - The rain and light sensor is can lead to the windscreen blade function tect the precipitation accurately enough and deactivated. possibly being prolonged, or the wipe inter- connect the windscreen wipers properly. ● Position B - The rain and light sensor is vals may get shorter or the wipe may happen ● If necessary, connect the wipers manually activated and the automatic wipe shall occur, to be quick and continuous. and appropriately when water on the wind- if necessary. ● Insects: the impact of gnats/mosquitoes screen obstructs visibility. on the windscreen can lead to the wind- When the ignition is disconnected and con- screen wiper operation starting up. Note nects again, the rain and light sensor remains activated and starts operating again ● Salt traces: in winter it is possible that the It is recommended using a windscreen clean- when the windscreen wiper lever is in posi- windscreen wipers may run longer than usual ing product that may contain alcohol to re- tion B and the vehicle is travelling at more due to the presence of salt traces on the al- move the remnant of wax or polish. than 4 km/h (2 mph). most dry windscreen. ● Dirt: the presence of dry dust, wax, protec- Setting the sensitivity level of the rain and tive films (lotus effect), remnant of detergent light sensor (from the car wash tunnel), etc., on the wind- The sensitivity of the rain and light sensor screen can possibly lead to the rain and light can automatically be set with switch 1 loca- sensor reacting in a more sensitive way, later, ted on the windscreen wiper lever ››› . slower, or that it may not react at all. ● Cracked windscreen: the impact of a stone ● Moving the switch to the right: highly sen- may make the windscreen wipers to carry out sitive. a wipe cycle if the rain and light sensor is ac- ● Moving the switch to the left: less sensi- tivated. Subsequently, the sensor detects tive. that the reference surface has been reduced and adapts. The behaviour of the sensor acti-

110 Lights and visibility

Mirror Exterior mirrors Folding in the exterior mirrors and returning them to their original position is possible Interior rear vision mirror through a mechanical system. Carefully fold the exterior rear vision mirror casing towards the side window or pull it away from the win-

dow until it clicks into place. data Technical

WARNING Fold and unfold the exterior mirror, taking care to avoid injuries. ● Only fold or unfold the exterior mirror when Advice there is no-one in the way of the mirror. Fig. 117 In the front doors: button to adjust ● When moving the mirror, take care not to the mechanical exterior rear vision mirror trap fingers between the mirror and the mir- Fig. 116 Manual anti-dazzle function for rear ror bracket. vision mirror WARNING The driver should always adjust the rear vi- Operation sion mirror to permit adequate visibility Failure to correctly estimate the distance of through the rear window. the vehicle behind could lead to serious accident. Manual anti-dazzle function for interior rear ● Rear-view convex or aspheric mirrors in- vision mirror crease the field of vision, however objects appear smaller and further away in the mirrors.

● Emergencies Basic position: point the lever at the bot- ● The use of these mirrors to estimate the tom of the mirror forwards. Fig. 118 In the driver door: rotary control for distance to the next vehicle when changing ● Pull the lever to the back to select the anti- the exterior electric mirrors lane is imprecise and could result in serious dazzle function ››› Fig. 116. accident. Read the additional information carefully ● If possible, use the rear vision mirror to es-

›››  page 13 timate distances to vehicles behind you or in Safety other circumstances. Adjust the exterior mirrors by pressing the ● Make sure that the rear visibility is ade- adjust button ››› Fig. 117 or the rotary con- quate. » trol* ››› Fig. 118.

111 Operation

For the sake of the environment Seats and head restraints Removing and fitting the rear head re- The exterior mirror heating should be switch- straints ed off when it is no longer needed. Other- Adjusting the seat and head re- wise, it is an unnecessary fuel waste. straints Note Manual front seat adjustment In the event of a fault, the electric exterior mirrors can be adjusted manually by pressing Read the additional information carefully the edge of the mirror surface. ›››  page 12

WARNING The safe driving chapter contains important information, tips, suggestions and warnings Fig. 119 Removing the rear head restraint that you should read and observe for your own safety and the safety of your passengers The rear seats are equipped with a head re- ››› page 48. straint.

WARNING Removing the rear head restraint. ● Adjust the front seats only when the vehi- ● Unlock the seat backrest and fold it forward cle is stationary. Failure to follow this instruc- ››› page 123. tion could result in an accident. ● Push the head restraint up as far as it will ● Be careful when adjusting the seat height. go ››› . Careless or uncontrolled adjustment can ● Pull the head restraint out of the fitting cause injuries. without releasing the button ››› Fig. 119 1 . ● The front seat backrests must not be re- ● Fold the backrest of the rear seat backward clined for driving. Otherwise, seat belts and again until it is engaged. the airbag system might not protect as they should in case of an accident, increasing risk ● Safely store the removed head restraints. of injury. Fitting the rear head restraint ● Unlock the seat backrest and fold it forward ››› page 123. 112 Seats and head restraints

● Insert the head restraint into the guides on Seat functions Cases in which the seat heating should not the seat backrest. be connected ● Push the head restraint down as far as it Seat heating* If any of the following conditions are encoun- will go while pressing button 1 . tered, do not connect the seat heating: ● Fold the backrest of the rear seat backward ● The seat is not occupied. data Technical again until it is engaged. ● The seat is covered with a covering. ● Adjust the head restraint to the correct position ››› page 51. ● A child seat is installed on the seat. ● The seat cushion is damp or wet.

WARNING ● The outdoor or passenger compartment Advice Travelling with the head restraints removed temperature is greater than +25 °C (77 °F). or improperly adjusted increases the risk of severe or fatal injuries in the event of acci- WARNING dents and sudden braking or manoeuvres. Fig. 120 In the centre console: Front seats Those persons whose tolerance to pain or ● Always fit and adjust the head restraint heating switch temperature is affected by taking medication properly whenever a person is occupying a or by any type of paralysis or chronic illness

seat. Operation With the engine connected, the seat cushion (i.e. diabetes) may sustain burns on the ● Refit any removed head restraints immedi- and the backrests can be heated electrically. shoulder, backside or legs. These burns take ately so that passengers are properly protec- considerable time to heal up or do not man- ted. ● Switching on: Press the button  or  the age to heal up completely. If you have any top part of the centre console. Seat heating questions concerning your health status, consult a doctor. CAUTION functions at maximum output. All of the control lamps are turned on. ● Those persons who may have a limited tol-

When removing and fitting the head restraint, Emergencies ● Adjust: Press the button repeatedly  or  erance to pain or temperature must never use make sure it does not hit the headliner of the the seat heating. vehicle or the front seat backrest. Otherwise, even setting the desired level. the interior roof and other parts of the vehicle ● Switching off: Press the button  or  as could be damaged. many times as need be until no control lamp WARNING is lit on the button. If the upholstery were to get soaked, the seat heating could stop running correctly and Safety When the seat heating is at maximum level, might also increase the risk for burns to be after approx. 15 minutes have lapsed, the caused. » first level is automatically set.

113 Operation

● Prior to using the seat heating, be certain Transport and practical ● While driving, always keep object compart- that the seat cushion is dry. ments closed. ● Avoid sitting down with damp or wet cloth- equipment ● Remove all objects from the front passen- ing. ger seat when it is folded down. When the ● Do not place damp or wet objects or gar- Transporting objects seat backrest is folded down, it presses on ments on top of the seat. small and light objects and these are detected by the weight sensor on the seat; this ● Introduction Do not spill liquids on the seat. sends false information to the airbag control unit. Always transport heavy loads in the luggage CAUTION compartment and place the seat backs in a ● While the backrest of the front passenger ● To avoid damaging the heating compo- vertical position. Never overload the vehicle. seat is folded, the frontal airbag must remain nents, please refrain from kneeling on the Both the carrying capacity as well as the dis- disconnected and the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF  light on. seats or applying excessive pressure to a sin- tribution of the load in the vehicle affect driv- gle point of the seat cushion and backrest. ing behaviour and braking ability ››› . ● Objects secured in the vehicle should never ● If liquids are spilled, sharps objects are left be placed in such a way as to make passen- or insulating materials are placed (such as a WARNING gers sit in an incorrect position. covering or child seat), this can manage to ● If secured objects occupy a seat, this seat Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects can damage the seat heating. should not be occupied or used by anyone. cause serious injury in case of a sudden ma- ● In any odour were noted, disconnect the noeuvring or breaking or in case of an acci- seat heating immediately and have the unit dent. This is especially true when objects are WARNING inspected by a specialised workshop. struck by a detonating airbag and fired The driving behaviour and braking ability through the vehicle interior. To reduce the change when transporting heavy and large risks, please note the following: For the sake of the environment objects. ● Secure all objects in the vehicle. Always The seat heating must only remain connected ● Adjust your speed and driving style to visi- keep equipment and heavy objects in the lug- when it is necessary. Otherwise, it incurs an bility, road, traffic and weather conditions. gage compartment. unnecessary waste of fuel. ● Accelerate gently and carefully. ● Always secure objects with suitable rope or slings so that they cannot enter the deploy- ● Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres. ment areas around the frontal or side airbags ● Brake early. in case of sudden braking or an accident. ● Always ensure that objects inside the vehicle cannot move into the deployment area of the bags while driving.

114 Transport and practical equipment

Transporting the load WARNING lowing to reduce the entry of toxic gases inside the vehicle: Secure all objects in the vehicle Driving with the rear lid unlocked or open could cause serious injuries. – Close all windows. ● Distribute the load throughout the vehicle ● Always drive with the rear lid closed. – Disable air recirculation mode. and on the roof as uniformly as possible.

● Secure all objects in the vehicle. Loose – Open all of the air outlets on the instru- data Technical ● Transport heavy objects as far forward as items could fall out of the vehicle and injure ment panel. possible in the luggage compartment and other road users or damage other vehicles. – Switch on the blower to maximum. lock the seat backs in the vertical position. ● Drive particularly carefully and think ● Check the headlight adjustment ahead. CAUTION

››› page 103. ● Avoid sudden manoeuvres and braking giv- Advice An open boot hatch changes the length and ● Use the suitable tyre pressure according to en that this could cause an uncontrolled height of the vehicle. the load being transported. Read the tyre in- movement of the open rear lid. flation information label ››› page 199. ● When transporting objects that protrude out of the luggage compartment, indicate CAUTION them suitably. Observe legal requirements. Driving a loaded vehicle Objects on the shelf could chafe against the ● If objects must project out of the luggage

For the best handling when driving a loaded Operation wires of the heating element in the heated compartment, the rear lid must never be used vehicle, note the following: rear window and cause damage. to “secure” or “attach” objects. ● If a baggage rack is fitted on the rear lid, it ● Secure all objects ››› page 115. should be removed before travelling with the Note ● Accelerate gently and carefully. rear lid open. Please refer to the notes on loading the roof ● Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres. carrier ››› page 127. WARNING ● Brake early. Emergencies Toxic gases may enter the vehicle interior ● If necessary, read the instructions for driving with a roof carrier system ››› page 127. Driving with the rear lid open when the rear lid is open. This could cause loss of consciousness, carbon monoxide poisoning, serious injury and accidents. WARNING Driving with the rear lid open creates an addi- ● To avoid toxic gases entering the vehicle al- A sliding load could considerably affect the tional risk. Secure all objects and secure the Safety rear lid correctly and take all measures possi- ways drive with the rear lid closed. stability and safety of the vehicle resulting in ble to reduce toxic gases from entering the ● In exceptional circumstances, if you must an accident with serious consequences. vehicle. drive with the rear lid open, observe the fol- ● Secure loads correctly so they do not move. »

115 Operation

● When transporting heavy objects, use suit- ● Make sure the pedals can be used at all Storage compartment on the driver able ropes or straps. times, with no objects rolling underneath side ● Lock the seat backs in vertical position. them. ● The floor mat should always be secured to the floor. ● Never place other mats or rugs on top of Practical equipment the original mat supplied by the factory. ● Make sure that no objects can fall into the Introduction driver's footwell while the vehicle is in motion. Storage compartments must only be used to store light or small objects. CAUTION

WARNING ● Objects on the shelf could chafe against Fig. 121 On the driver side: storage compart- the wires of the heating element in the heat- In the event of sudden braking movements or ment ed rear window and cause damage. turns, loose objects may be thrown around the vehicle interior. This could cause serious ● Do not keep temperature-sensitive objects, There may be a storage compartment on the injuries to passengers and cause the driver to food or medicines inside the vehicle. Heat driver side. lose control of the vehicle. and cold could damage them or render them useless. ● Do not transport animals or place hard, heavy or sharp objects inside the vehicle in: ● Light-transparent objects placed inside the open storage compartments, dash panel, rear vehicle, such as lenses, magnifying glasses shelf, items of clothing or bags. or transparent suction caps on the windows, may concentrate the sun's rays and cause ● While driving, always keep object compart- damage to the vehicle. ments closed.

Note WARNING The ventilating slits between the heated rear Objects falling into the driver's footwell could window and the rear shelf must not be cov- prevent use of the pedals. This could lead the ered so that used air can escape from the ve- driver to lose control of the vehicle, increas- hicle. ing the risk of a serious accident.

116 Transport and practical equipment

Compartment on the centre console Storage compartment with cover on Opening and closing the storage compart- the passenger side* ment cover Pull the lever to open ››› Fig. 123 1 . To close, press the cover upwards until it

clicks into place. data Technical

Sunglasses storage compartment. Sunglasses can be stored in the passenger side storage compartment. Advice The sunglasses storage compartment is in the upper area of the storage compartment 2 .

Fig. 122 In the front part of the centre con- Supports sole: storage compartment Next to the eyeglass storage compartment is

a notebook holder 3 and in the interior of Operation The storage compartment ››› Fig. 122 may be the storage compartment there is a pen hold- used as a drink holder ››› page 120 or as an er 4 , a map storage area and a coin tray 5 . ashtray* ››› page 120 or to store small objects. CAUTION Note For structural reasons, some model versions

A 12 volt electrical socket ››› page 121 can be will have gaps behind the glove compartment Emergencies found in the storage compartment. into which small objects may fall. This could lead to strange noises and damage to the ve- Fig. 123 Storage compartment with cover on hicle. Therefore, do not store small objects in the passenger side the glove compartment, apart from those stored in the spaces provided.

There may be a storage compartment with Safety cover on the passenger side.

117 Operation

Bag support* Open storage compartment on the Storage compartment in the back of passenger side* the centre console

Fig. 124 Storage on front passenger side: folding hook. Fig. 125 Open storage compartment on the Fig. 126 In the back part of the centre con- On the opening lever of the glove compart- passenger side sole: storage compartment ment on the passenger side there is a folding There may be an open storage compartment The drink holder at the back of the centre hook ››› Fig. 124 for hanging small items of on the passenger side. console can be used as a storage compart- luggage, e.g. bags, etc. ment. Support CAUTION ● The maximum weight for the hook is 1.5 In the open glove compartment there is a kg. hook for bags ››› Fig. 125 1 . ● With the hook folded forward, it automatically draws up when the compartment is opened. ● We recommend removing hanging bags from the hook before opening the glove compartment.

118 Transport and practical equipment

Other storage compartments ● In front of the rear seats ››› Fig. 127. ● Ensure that no bottles or other object are ● Rear shelf for light items of clothing*. dropped in the driver footwell, as they could get under the pedals and obstruct their work- ● Bag hook in the luggage compartment ing. ››› page 123. ● Never place heavy containers, food or other

● data Technical In the upper part of the centre console, in- heavy objects in the drink holder. In the stead of the radio ››› Fig. 94 11 . event of an accident, these heavy objects could be “thrown around” the vehicle interior WARNING and cause serious injuries. Clothing hung on the coat hooks could re-

strict the driver's view and lead to serious ac- WARNING Advice cidents. Closed bottles inside the vehicle could ex- Fig. 127 In front of the rear seats: storage ● Hang the clothes from the hooks so that plode or crack due to the heat or the cold. compartment driver's view is not restricted. ● Never leave a closed bottle in the vehicle if ● The coat hook is suitable for light items of the inside temperature is too high or too low. clothing. Never place heavy, hard or sharp objects in the bags.

CAUTION Operation Do not leave open drinks containers in the Drink holders drink holders when the vehicle is in motion. They could spill during braking, for example, The drink holders are in the open storage and cause damage to the vehicle and the compartments in the driver and passenger electrical system. doors. Emergencies

Fig. 128 In the centre pillars: coat hooks WARNING Improper use of the drink holders can cause Coat hooks injury. The centre pillars contain garment hooks ● Do not place containers with hot drinks in a Safety ››› Fig. 128 (arrow). drink holder. During sudden braking or driving manoeuvres, the hot drink could be spil- Other storage compartments: led and lead to scalding. ● In the front door trims ››› page 86. 119 Operation

Centre console drink holders Securing the drink container in the front ● After emptying the ashtray, insert it into the drink holder drink holder from above. Fold the drink holder ››› Fig. 129 forward. WARNING Place the drink container in the drink holder Incorrect use of the ashtray may cause a fire so that it is securely surrounded. or burns and other serious injuries. ● Never put paper or other flammable objects in the ashtray. Ashtray*

Cigarette lighter*

Fig. 129 In the front part of the centre console: drink holder

Fig. 131 In the front part of the centre console: opening the ashtray.

Opening and closing the ashtray Fig. 132 In the front part of the centre console: lighter To open, lift the lid of the ashtray in the direc- Fig. 130 In the back part of the centre con- tion of the arrow ››› Fig. 131. ● Push the button on the cigarette lighter in- sole: drink holder To close, push the ashtray lid down. ward with the ignition on ››› Fig. 132. There are drink holders in the front and rear ● Wait for the lighter to pop out slightly. Emptying the ashtray parts of the centre console. ● Pull out the cigarette lighter and light the ● Remove the ashtray from the storage com- cigarette on the glowing coil ››› . partment lifting it up. ● Replace the cigarette lighter in its insert.

120 Transport and practical equipment

WARNING All connected appliances should be in per- switching the ignition on or off and before fect working order without any faults. starting the engine. Undue use of the cigarette lighter may cause a fire or burns and other serious injuries. Maximum power consumption WARNING ● The cigarette lighter must only be used to light cigarettes or similar. Improper use of the socket or electrical devi-

Power sock- data Technical Maximum power consumption ces could lead to a fire and cause serious in- et ● Never leave children unsupervised in the juries. vehicle. The cigarette lighter can be used 12 Volts 120 Watts ● when the ignition is switched on. Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle. The socket and equipment connected The maximum capacity of the socket must to it can be used when the ignition is switch-

Note not be exceeded. The power consumption is ed on. Advice The cigarette lighter can also be used with indicated on the rating plate of each appli- ● Should a connected electrical device over- the 12 Volt socket. ance. heat, switch it off and unplug it immediately. Where 2 or more appliances are connected at the same time, the total rating of all the con- CAUTION Power socket* nected devices must never exceed 190 Watts ● Always follow the operating instructions for ››› .

the appliances to be connected! Operation ● Never exceed the maximum power rating as 12 volt power socket this could damage the vehicle's general elec- The 12 volt socket is found in the storage trical system. compartment at the front of the centre con- ● 12 volt power socket: sole Fig. 133 and only functions when the ››› – Only use accessories with approved elec- ignition is switched on. tromagnetic compatibility according to Using electrical appliances with the engine current regulations. Emergencies stopped and the ignition switched on will – Never power the socket. drain the battery. Therefore, electrical devices connected to the power socket can only Fig. 133 Front centre console: 12 Volt socket CAUTION in the storage compartment be used when the engine is running.

● To avoid damage to the vehicle's electrical Safety To prevent voltage variations from causing system, never connect equipment that gener- Electrical equipment can be connected to the damage, switch off the electrical device con- ates electrical current, such as solar panels socket in the vehicle. nected to the 12 Volt power socket before or battery chargers, to the 12 volt power »

121 Operation

sockets in order to charge the vehicle's Portable Smartphone base ● Press release button ››› Fig. 135 5 until battery. the upper arm of the universal base comes loose. ● Only use accessories with approved electromagnetic compatibility according to cur- ● Remove the Smartphone and, in such case, rent regulations. loosen the electrical connectors. ● To avoid damage due to voltage variations, switch off all devices connected to the 12 V Mount the Smartphone socket before switching the ignition on or off ● In such case, assemble the Smartphone and before starting the engine. holder ››› . ● Never connect an appliance to the 12 volt ● Connect the Smartphone. power socket that consumes more than the power indicated in watts. Exceeding the max- ● Place the Smartphone into the lower imum power absorption could damage the ve- Fig. 134 Assemble the universal base and the mountings. To set the lower mountings, hicle's electrical system. link arm. press button ››› Fig. 135 4 . ● Press the upper arm of the universal base For the sake of the environment until the Smartphone remains firmly in place. Do not leave the engine running when the vehicle is at a standstill. Dismount the holder ● In such case, dismantle the Smartphone. Note ● Hold the universal base ››› Fig. 134 3 and ● Using devices with the engine stopped and press the release button ››› Fig. 134 4 . the ignition switched on will drain the bat- ● Move the universal base to the right, in the tery. opposite direction of the arrow, and disman- ● Unshielded equipment can cause interfer- tle it. ence on the radio equipment and the vehi- ● Hold support arm ››› Fig. 135 1 and press cle's electrical system. release Fig. 135 4 in the direction of the Fig. 135 In the centre console: Close the gap ››› ● Interference can occur on the radio's AM for the holder of the infotainment system. arrow. waveband if electrical appliances are used ● Remove the support arm from the dash near the aerial. Dismantle the Smartphone panel in an upwards direction. ● Hold the Smartphone firmly with one hand.

122 Transport and practical equipment

Mount the holder CAUTION fects on the driving behaviour and braking ability ››› . ● Insert universal base ››› Fig. 134 3 into At very high and very low temperatures, func- sockets 2 of the support arm 1 . tioning of the Smartphone can be adversely WARNING ● Move the universal base sideways in the di- affected or the device itself can be damaged. rection of lock 4 until it clicks into ● Always take the Smartphone with you When the vehicle is not in use or being Technical data Technical place. ››› . when you leave the vehicle to protect it from watched, always lock the doors and the rear excessively high or low temperatures, as well lid to reduce the risk of serious injury or ● Place support arm ››› Fig. 135 1 in retain- as from intense solar radiation. death. ing lever Fig. 135 3 from above and press ››› ● Do not leave children unwatched, especial- it downwards until you hear that is locked ly when the boot is open. Children could

››› . CAUTION climb into the luggage compartment, close Advice Humidity can damage the existing electrical the rear lid from inside and be unable to es- WARNING connectors in the dash panel for the Smart- cape themselves. This could lead to serious If the Smartphone is not secured or is incor- phone. injury or death. rectly secured in the vehicle, it could be ● Do not clean the Smartphone holder while ● Never allow children to play in or around thrown though the passenger compartment wet. Only use a dry cloth. the vehicle. during a sudden driving or braking manoeu- ● Never transport people in the luggage com-

vre, just like in the event of an accident and partment. Operation lead to injuries. Note ● The infotainment support system mus be SEAT recommends always taking your Smart- WARNING mounted securely in the corresponding space phone when you leave the vehicle so as to of the dash panel. avoid possible theft. Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects can ● The infotainment system must always be cause serious injury in case of a sudden ma- well secured in its support or kept safely in noeuvring or breaking or in case of an accident. This is especially true when objects are the vehicle. Emergencies Luggage compartment struck by a detonating airbag and fired through the vehicle interior. To reduce the CAUTION Introduction risks, please note the following: If the lean and the angle of visibility are set ● Secure all objects in the vehicle. Always up incorrectly, the Smartphone can be dam- Always transport heavy loads in the luggage place equipment and heavy objects in the aged. compartment and place the seat backs in a boot. Safety ● When performing the set-up, move the vertical position. Never overload the vehicle. ● Always secure objects to the fastening Smartphone carefully and not beyond its lim- Both the carrying capacity as well as the dis- rings with suitable rope or straps to prevent its. tribution of the load in the vehicle have ef- them from being thrown around the interior »

123 Operation

and moving to the airbag deployment area in Note ● Pull the unlock switch ››› Fig. 136 A for- the event of sudden movements or accidents. wards whilst simultaneously lifting the rear The ventilating slits between the heated rear seat backrest. ● While driving, always keep object compart- window and the rear shelf must not be cov- ments closed. ered so that used air can escape from the ve- ● The rear seat backrest is not engaged when ● Do not place hard, heavy or sharp objects hicle. the red marking of the button B is visible. inside the vehicle interior, in open storage ● If the rear seat backrest is folded, people compartments, the rear shelf or on the dash (including children) are not permitted to trav- panel. Folding and lifting up the rear seat el in the rear folded seats. ● Remove hard, heavy and sharp objects from bench backrest clothes and pockets inside the vehicle and Folding up the rear seat backrest store securely. ● Lift back the backrest of the rear seat and push it firmly into the lock until it clicks se- WARNING curely into place ››› . The transport of heavy object changes vehi- ● The red marking on the unlock button B cle handling and increases braking distance. must not be seen. Heavy loads that have not been stored or se- ● cured correctly could cause loss of control Make sure that the backrest of the rear seat and result in serious injury. is securely locked in position so that the seat belts can provide proper protection in the ● Vehicle handling changes when transport- rear seats. ing heavy objects due to a change in the cen- ● tre of gravity. Fig. 136 Rear seat: unlock button A ; red If necessary, reinstall and readjust the head ● Distribute the load as uniformly and as low marking B restraints ››› page 112. down on the vehicle as possible. WARNING ● Store heavy objects in the luggage com- The rear seat backrest can be folded forward partment as far from the rear axle as possi- to extend the luggage compartment. Folding and lifting the backrests of the rear ble. seats carelessly without paying attention Folding the rear seat backrest forwards could cause serious injury. CAUTION ● Push the head restraint down as far as it ● Never fold or lift the seats while driving. will go or remove it if necessary ››› page 48 ● Hard objects on the rear shelf could chafe Do no trap or damage seat belts when rais- against the wires of the heating element in and store it in a safe place. ing the seat backrest. the heated rear window and cause damage.

124 Transport and practical equipment

● Keep hands, fingers, feet and other limbs Luggage compartment shelf* ● Never transport animals on the rear shelf. away from the range of the rear seat backr- ● Never drive with the rear shelf raised. Al- ests when folding and lifting them. ways lower it or remove it before the journey. ● All seat backrests must engage correctly for the seat belts on the rear seats to work prop-

CAUTION data Technical erly. When the backrest of an occupied seat is not correctly locked in place, the passenger To prevent the rear shelf from being dam- can be thrust forward with the rear seat back- aged: rest in case of sudden braking, sudden ma- ● Always check that the side supports are noeuvres or an accident. firmly engaged.

● A red signal on the button B warns that ● Regulate the height of the load in the lug- Advice the backrest is not engaged. Always check to gage compartment to ensure the rear shelf make sure that the red mark is not visible Fig. 137 In the luggage compartment: remov- does not press down on the load with the rear when the backrest of the rear seat is in the ing and installing the rear shelf lid closed. upright position. ● No seat must be occupied if the backrest of You may put light items of clothing on the the rear seat is folded or not correctly engag- rear shelf. Check that the rear view is not limi- ed. ted. Operation

CAUTION Removing the shelf Before folding the rear seat backrest, adjust ● Unhook the loops ››› Fig. 137 B from the front seats so that neither the head re- housings A . straint or backrest hit them when folded. If ● Extract the cover from slot C , upwards and necessary, remove the head restraints

then pull outwards. Emergencies ››› page 112 and store them safely. WARNING Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects or animals on the rear shelf could cause serious injuries in case of a sudden manoeuvre, sud- Safety den braking or an accident. ● Do not leave hard, heavy or sharp objects (loose or in bags) on the rear shelf.

125 Operation

Luggage compartment variable floor Extending the luggage compartment forward ● Disassemble the luggage compartment tray ››› page 125. ● Disassemble the rear headrests ››› page 48. ● Fold the backrest of the rear seat forward ››› page 124. ● If necessary, expand the boot downward.

CAUTION Do not let the luggage compartment floor fall when closing it. Always carefully guide it downward in a controlled manner. Otherwise, the lining and the floor of the boot could be damaged.

Fig. 139 C: extend the boot downward. D: extend the boot forward. Class N1 (commercial) vehicles Fig. 138 A: open the boot variable floor. B: raised boot variable floor. Raise and lower the boot floor For safe vehicle operation, the electrical system must work perfectly. Special attention ● To raise the floor, raise handle should be paid so it is not damaged during Fig. 138 1 in the direction of the arrow ››› adjustment, loading and unloading of trans- and pull from the floor all the way up ported objects. ››› Fig. 138 B. ● To lower it, guide the floor downward. Fastening rings* Extend the boot downward ● Raise the boot floor and push it downward In the front part of the luggage compartment, in the rail ››› Fig. 139 C (arrows) there may be fastening rings to secure the luggage. ● Place the variable floor over the floor lining. ● If necessary, fold the backrest of the rear In order to use the fastening rings, they must seat forward ››› page 124. be lifted beforehand. 126 Transport and practical equipment

WARNING Retaining hooks Roof carrier If unsuitable or damaged belts or retaining straps are used, they may break in the event Introduction of braking or an accident. Objects could then be launched across the passenger compart- The vehicle roof has been designed to opti- ment and cause serious or fatal injuries. mise aerodynamics. For this reason, conven- data Technical ● It is important to always use belts or retain- tional roof carrier systems cannot be secured ing straps that are suitable and in a good to the water drains. condition. Given that the water drains have been incor- ● Belts and retaining straps should be se- porated into the roof for aerodynamic rea- Advice curely fastened to the fastening rings. sons, only the SEAT approved basic supports ● Objects in the luggage compartment that and roof carrier systems can be used. are unsecured could move suddenly and mod- Fig. 140 In the luggage compartment: retaining hooks ify the handling of the vehicle. When the roof carrier system should be re- ● Small light objects should also be fixed in There may be hooks in the upper left and moved: place. right part of the luggage compartment. ● When they are not used.

● A child seat should never be secured with Operation ● When the vehicle is being washed in a car the fastening rings. WARNING wash. Never use these hooks to secure objects. In ● When the vehicle height exceeds the maxi- Note case of sudden braking or an accident, they mum height, for example, in some garages. ● The maximum tensile load that the fasten- could rupture. ing rings can support is 3.5 kN. WARNING ● Belts and securing systems for the appro- CAUTION The risk of an accident is increased by trans- Emergencies priate load can be obtained from specialised The hooks can support a maximum of 2.5 kg porting heavy or bulky loads on the roof, dealerships. SEAT recommends visiting a each. which affects the car's handling by shifting SEAT dealership for this. the centre of gravity and increasing suscepti- bility to cross winds. ● Always secure loads correctly with suitable Safety and undamaged attachment rope or straps. ● Large, heavy, wide and flat loads negatively affect the vehicle aerodynamics, centre of gravity and handling. » 127 Operation

● Avoid brusque manoeuvres and sudden Fastening the base supports and the cles, skis, surf boards or boats on the roof. braking. roof carrier system The suitable accessories can be acquired at SEAT dealerships. ● Adjust your speed and driving style to visibility, road, traffic and weather conditions. Securing the base supports and roof carrier system CAUTION The roof carrier system must always be instal- ● Always remove the roof carrier system from led exactly according to the instructions pro- the roof before entering a car wash. vided. ● The height of your vehicle is changed by the installation of the roof carrier and the Two-door vehicles: the holes and marks indi- load secured on it. Compare the vehicle cating the fitting points for base front sup- height with the passage height, for example ports are in the lower half of the roof struts in underground car parks or for garage doors. ››› Fig. 141 (enlarged left image). The holes Fig. 141 Attachment points for the basic sup- ● The roof antenna and the range of the rear and marks are only seen with the door open. ports and the roof carrier system in two-door The fitting marks for base rear supports are in lid should not be affected by the roof carrier vehicles. system or the load being transported. the upper half of the windows ››› Fig. 141 (en- ● Take extra care not to let the hatch strike larged right image). the roof load when opening. Four-door vehicles: the holes or marks indicating the fitting points for base supports are For the sake of the environment in the lower half of the roof struts and can only be seen with the door open ››› Fig. 142. The vehicle uses more fuel when the roof carrier system is fitted. The base support should only be fitted to the points indicated in the diagram .

WARNING If the base supports and the roof carrier sys- Fig. 142 Attachment points for the basic sup- tem are incorrectly fitted or used in an unsuit- ports and the roof carrier system in four-door able manner, the entire system could break vehicles. free causing accident and injury. The mounts are the basis of a complete roof ● Always take the manufacturer assembly in- carrier system. Special fixtures must be add- structions into account. ed in order to safely transport luggage, bicy- 128 Transport and practical equipment

● Only use base supports and roof carrier support, the roof carrier system and the load ● Never exceed the capacity of the roof carri- systems that are not damaged and are cor- being transported ››› . er system even if this is less than the maxi- rectly fitted. Always check the weight of the base support, mum authorised roof load. ● The base support should only be fitted to the roof carrier system and the weight of the ● Secure heavy items as far forward as possi- the points indicated in the diagram load to be transported and, if necessary, ble and distribute the vehicle load uniformly. ››› Fig. 141. weigh them. Never exceed the maximum au- data Technical ● Secure the base supports and roof carrier thorised roof load. WARNING system correctly. If you are using a roof carrier with a lower Loose and incorrectly secured loads can fall ● Check the screws and attachments before weight rating, you cannot transport the maxi- from the roof carrier system causing acci- driving and after a short distance. During

mum roof load. Do not exceed the maximum dents and injury. Advice each long journey, check the attachments weight limit for the roof carrier given in the during every break. ● Always use suitable ropes and straps in fitting instructions. good condition. ● Always fit the roof carrier system correctly for wheels, skis and surfboards, etc. ● Always secure loads correctly. Distributing a load ● Never modify or repair the basic supports or roof carrier system. Uniformly distribute loads and secure them correctly ››› . Operation Note Check attachments Read and take into account the instructions After fitting the base supports and the roof included with the roof carrier system fitted carrier system, always check the attachments and keep them in the vehicle. after a short trip and at regular intervals.

WARNING Loading the roof carrier Emergencies Exceeding the maximum authorised roof load can result in accidents and/or vehicle dam- Loads can only be correctly secured when the age. roof carrier system is correctly fitted ››› . ● Never surpass the maximum authorised weight for the roof, the maximum authorised Maximum authorised roof load Safety weight on the axles and the total maximum The maximum authorised roof load is 50 kg. authorised weight of the vehicle. The roof load includes the weight of the base

129 Operation

Air conditioning In the case of the Climatronic, the functions the meantime, no outside fresh air shall enter that are activated are shown on the control the passenger compartment. panel display. Heating, ventilation and cool- CAUTION ing WARNING If the air conditioner does not work, discon- When visibility through the windows is poor, nect it immediately together with the defrost- the risk of accidents or collisions taking place Introduction ing/demisting function (in the case of manual is increased, which can lead to serious inju- air conditioning) and have the system ries. Read the additional information carefully checked out by a specialised workshop. In ›››  page 27 ● To obtain good visibility, keep the windows this way, other damage can be avoided. free of ice, snow and frost. One of the following systems can be installed ● Set the heating, the air conditioner and the in the vehicle: CAUTION rear window defroster so that the windows do ● Heating and fresh air system not mist over. To avoid damage to the rear window defroster, under no circumstances should you stick ● Manual air conditioning ● Only put the car in gear when there is good visibility through the windows. any adhesives on the electrical filaments of ● Climatronic the interior side of this defroster. ● Do not use the air recirculation for a long The heating and fresh air system heats and time period. With the cooling disconnected ventilates the passenger compartment. The and the air recirculation connected, the win- heating and fresh air system cannot cool. dows can quickly mist over and seriously ob- Air recirculation struct visibility. The and the manual air conditioning Clima- ● Disconnect the air recirculation whenever it In air recirculation mode, no fresh air enters tronic cool and dehumidify the air. Its opti- is not needed. the vehicle interior. mum output is achieved with the windows To connect the air recirculation, move the and the glass sunroof closed. In case of con- regulator towards the right  or press the siderable heat build-up in the passenger WARNING button  . compartment, ventilating this compartment Stale air can quickly bring about fatigue for can accelerate the cooling process. the driver and reduce his/her capacity to con- To disconnect the air recirculation, move the centrate, which could lead to collisions, acci- regulator towards the left  or press the but- Display of active functions dents and serious injuries. ton again  ››› . The luminous diodes (LED) that light up on ● Never disconnect the blower for an exten- the rotary regulators and on the buttons that ded time or never leave the air recirculation disconnected for an extended time, since in indicate that the corresponding function is activated. 130 Air conditioning

WARNING quickly mist over and seriously obstruct visi- Note bility. Stale air can quickly bring about fatigue for ● Climatronic: When the reverse gear is en- the driver and reduce his/her capacity to con- ● Disconnect the air recirculation whenever it gaged, the air recirculation is briefly connec- centrate, which could lead to collisions, acci- is not needed. ted to avoid exhaust gas from entering the dents and serious injuries. passenger compartment. Technical data Technical ● Never use the air recirculation for an exten- CAUTION ● Whenever the outside temperature is very ded time, since in the meantime, no outside high, it is essential to connect the manual air Do not smoke when the air recirculation is fresh air shall enter the passenger compart- recirculation mode briefly so that the passen- connected in vehicles with an air conditioner. ment. ger compartment may cool down more quick- Smoke taken in could settle in the cooling ● With the cooling disconnected and the air ly.

system vaporiser and on the dust and pollen Advice recirculation connected, the windows can filter, therefore leading to permanently un- pleasant odours.

Air vents Operation Emergencies

Fig. 143 On the dash panel: air vents

To obtain heating output, sufficient cooling 1 Adjustable air vents With the blades of expeditiously as possible, open the cor- Safety and ventilation in the passenger compart- the vents you can open and shut the responding vent and turn the defrost- ment, the air vents must remain open. vents, as well as set the direction in ing/demisting position, where it shall which you may wish the air to come out. gather. » Key to the Fig. 143: So that the air may reach the windows as 131 Operation

2 Non-adjustable air vents CAUTION to heat or cold may be damaged or made unsuitable for use by the air coming from the There are no air vents in the foot well and in Never place food, medicines or other temper- vents. the rear area of the passenger compartment. ature-sensitive objects close to the air vents. Food, medicines and other objects sensitive

Application tips and instructions for use

Fig. 144 At the top of the centre console: Clima- tronic controls

The following application tips and instruc- ● The cooling system compressor has been ● So that the air may circulate throughout the tions of use shall assist you to use the sys- temporarily disconnected due to the exces- passenger compartment from the front area tems correctly. sive temperature of the engine coolant. to the rear one, leave the ventilation slots un- ● Another fault in the vehicle. Turn to a speci- cluttered in the rear area of the boot. Reasons for which the cooling is automati- alised workshop and have the former check ● The maximum possible heating output and cally disconnected or cannot be connected the air conditioning system. fastest possible elimination of ice on the win- ● The engine is not running. dows shall be reached when the engine coolant is at operating temperature. ● The fan is switched off. Settings for optimum visibility ● The air conditioner fuse is burnt out. ● Keep the air intake slots in front of the windscreen clear of snow, ice or leaves to en- ● The ambient temperature is less than ap- sure heating or cooling are not impaired, and proximately +3 °C (+38 °F). to prevent the windows from misting over. 132 Driving Recommended settings in case of heating ● Maximum cooling output: set the cooling Driving and fresh air system, and manual air condi- below +16 °C (+60 °F). The following appears tioning. on the screen LO. Steering ● Disconnect the air recirculation. ● Maximum heating output: set the cooling ● Select speed  o  from the blower. above +29 °C (+84 °F). The following appears on the screen HI. Introduction data Technical ● Put the temperature control in the inter- The power steering* is not hydraulic but elec- mediate position. Dust and pollen filter ● Open and direct all of the air outlets on the tromechanical. The advantage of this steer- The dirt and pollen filter must be changed dash panel . ing system is that it disposes of hydraulic regularly so that the air conditioning output

tubes, hydraulic oil, the pump, filter and oth- Advice ● Turn the air distribution regulator to the de- does not decrease. er components. The electromechanical sys- sired position. If the vehicle is used frequently in areas tem saves fuel. While a hydraulic system re- ● Manual air conditioning: press the button where the outside air is very contaminated, it quires oil pressure to be maintained, electro-  on the control panel to connect the cool- is possible that you may have to change the mechanical steering only requires energy ing. The air is dehumidified in the cooling filter prior to the next suggested service. when the steering wheel is turned. mode. With the power steering system, the assisted

Water under the vehicle steering function automatically adjusts ac- Operation Recommended settings in case of Climatron- cording to the vehicle speed, the steering tor- ic When the outside humidity and ambient temperature are high, it is possible that conden- que and the wheel turning angle. The power ●  Press the button on the control panel. sation water may drip from the cooling evap- steering only works when the engine is run- ● Set the temperature to +22 °C (+72 °F). orator and a puddle may from below the vehi- ning. ● Open the air vents on the dash panel and cle. This is normal and does not indicate a WARNING direct them. leak! Emergencies If the power steering is not working then the Maximum cooling or heating output in case steering wheel is much more difficult to turn of Climatronic and the vehicle more difficult to control. ● The power steering only works when the While in gear, the maximum cooling and engine is running.

heating output is set by pressing button 1 Safety ● or 2 several times ››› Fig. 144. The tempera- Never allow the vehicle to move when the ture is not regulated. engine is switched off. ● Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion. The steering may » 133 Operation

lock and it will not be possible to turn the  It flashes yellow Steering column mechanical lock steering wheel. Lock the steering column by removing the Remove the key from the ignition and key from the ignition when the vehicle is then switch the ignition back on. If nec- Steering essary, check the messages displayed stopped. Control and warning lamps wheel not on the instrument panel display. unlocked or Do not drive on, if the steering column Please engage steer- Unlocking the steering locked. remains locked after the ignition has ing lock  It lights up red been switched on. Seek specialist assistance. Parking the vehicle Insert the key in the igni- The steering system should be checked Power steer- page 137. tion lock. by a specialised workshop as soon as ››› ing faulty. possible. Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- Remove the key from the Turn the steering wheel ignition. slightly to release the ed on, signalling that the function is being It lights up yellow steering lock.  verified. They will switch off after a few sec- The steering system should be checked onds. Turn the steering wheel Hold the steering wheel in by a specialised workshop as soon as slightly until you hear the this position and switch steering lock. on the ignition. Power steer- possible. WARNING ing opera- If, after restarting the engine and driv- If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle tion re- ing for a short distance, the yellow Electromechanical power steering duced. warning lamp no longer comes on, it will may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents not be necessary to take the vehicle to a and severe injuries. With the power steering system, the assisted specialised workshop. ● Never ignore the warning lamps. steering function automatically adjusts according to the vehicle speed, the steering tor- ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.  Flashes red que and the wheel turning angle. The power steering only works when the engine is run- Fault in the CAUTION ning. steering col-  Do not drive on! umn elec- Seek professional advice. Failure to heed the warning lamps when they You should remember that you will need con- tronic lock. appear may result in faults in the vehicle. siderably more power than normal to steer the vehicle if the power steering is not work-  It flashes yellow ing correctly or not at all. Information on the steering Steering col- Gently turn the steering wheel to and umn devia- fro. To prevent theft, we recommend you lock the tion. steering before leaving the vehicle.

134 Driving

Stopping and starting the en- Key not authorised for the vehicle ● Never leave the vehicle unattended if the gine If a key which is not authorised for this vehi- engine is running. The vehicle could move off cle is inserted in the ignition lock, it can be suddenly or something unexpected could removed as follows: happen resulting in damage and serious in- Switching on the ignition and starting jury.

the engine ● Automatic gearbox: the key cannot be re- ● Never use start boosters. Cold start sprays data Technical moved from the ignition lock. Press and re- could explode or increase the engine speed lease the selector lever locking button. Key unexpectedly. can be removed from the vehicle. ● Manual gearbox: Remove the key from the WARNING ignition. Advice The components of the exhaust system reach very high temperatures. This could cause a WARNING fire and considerable damage. Switching off the engine while driving makes ● Always park your vehicle so that no part of stopping the vehicle difficult. As a conse- the exhaust system can come in contact with quence you may lose control of the vehicle flammable materials (such as wood, leaves, and there is a risk of serious accident. spilled fuel, dried grass, etc). Fig. 145 Vehicle key positions Operation ● The assisted braking and steering systems, ● Never apply additional underseal or anti- the airbag system, seat belts and certain Read the additional information carefully corrosion coatings to the exhaust pipes, cata- safety equipment are only active while the lytic converter or the heat shields on the ex-  page 20 ››› engine is running. haust system. ● The engine should only be switched off Immobiliser display when the vehicle is at a standstill. WARNING When an invalid key is used or in the event of  Unsuitable or careless use of the vehicle key Emergencies a system fault, is displayed on the instru- WARNING ment panel. The engine cannot be started. could result in serious injury. While the engine is running or starting it ● Always take all the keys with you whenever Pushing or towing could help reduce the risk of serious injury. you leave the vehicle. If not, the engine could ● Never start or leave the engine running in accidentally be started and electrical equip- For technical reasons, the vehicle must not poorly ventilated or closed spaces. Exhaust ment such as the windows could accidentally Safety be push- or tow-started. Jump starting is pref- gas contains carbon monoxide, a toxic, col- be operated resulting in serious injury. erable. ourless and odourless gas. Carbon monoxide ● Never leave children or disabled people can cause people to lose consciousness. It alone in the car. Passengers could be trapped » can also cause death. 135 Operation

in the car in an emergency and not be able to Note Engaging the steering wheel lock get themselves to safety. For example, de- ● If the key is left in the ignition lock with the In vehicles with automatic gearbox, the igni- pending on the time of the year, tempera- engine off for long periods, the vehicle bat- tion key can only be removed when the selec- tures inside a locked and closed vehicle can tery will run flat. tor lever is in position N. be extremely high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and illness or even death, ● For automatic gearbox vehicles, the key can – Remove the key from the ignition in posi- particularly for young children. only be removed from the ignition lock if the tion 1 ››› Fig. 145 ››› . gear selector lever is in position N. In this ● Never remove the key from the ignition if case, press and release the selector lever – Turn the steering wheel until you hear it en- the vehicle is in motion. The steering may locking button. gage. lock and it will not be possible to turn the steering wheel. ● Electrical devices with a high power con- Possible vehicle theft is prevented with the sumption are switched off temporarily when steering lock engaged. the engine starts. CAUTION ● When the engine is started cold, there may WARNING ● An attempt to start the engine while driving be strong vibrations for a few moments for Never switch off the engine while the vehicle or starting the engine immediately after turn- technical reasons. This is quite normal, and is moving. You may lose control of the vehicle ing it off can cause damage to the engine or no cause for concern. and there is a risk of serious accident. starter motor. ● Natural gas engines always start up with ● The airbags and belt tensioners do not ● When the engine is cold, avoid high revs petrol, as a certain operating temperature is work when the ignition is switched off. and heavy acceleration and do not make the required for running with gas. Once the re- engine work hard. quired operating temperature is reached, the ● The brake servo does not work with the en- ● Do not push or tow start the engine. Un- engine will change to operate with natural gine off. To stop, the brake pedal must be burnt fuel could damage the catalytic con- gas. pressed with more force. verter. ● As the power steering does not work if the engine is not running, you will need more strength to steer than normally. For the sake of the environment Stopping the engine ● If the key is removed from the ignition, the Do not warm the engine at idle speed; start Switching off the engine steering may lock and it will not be possible driving immediately if the visibility is OK. to steer the vehicle. This helps the engine reach operating tem- – Stop the vehicle ››› . perature faster and reduces emissions. – Turn the ignition key to position 1 ››› Fig. 145.

136 Driving

CAUTION If an unauthorised key is used, the signal  ● Never remove the key from the ignition if appears on the instrument panel display. The the vehicle is in motion. The steering lock If the engine has been driven at high speed vehicle cannot be started in this case may engage and lock the steering wheel mak- for a prolonged period of time, it may over- ing the vehicle impossible to control. heat when turned off. To avoid engine dam- Note age, allow the engine to run for approximate- ● Always park your vehicle so that no part of ly 2 minutes in neutral before switching it off. The correct operation of the vehicle is only the exhaust system can come in contact with data Technical guaranteed when original SEAT keys are flammable materials (such as wood, leaves, used. dried grass, spilled fuel, etc.). Note ● Always apply the handbrake when you After stopping the engine, the engine com- leave your vehicle and when you park.

partment fan may continue running for a few Advice ● Never leave children or disabled people minutes, even when the ignition has been Braking and parking alone in the vehicle. They could release the switched off or the key removed. The radiator electronic parking brake, activate the selec- fan is automatically switched off. Introduction tor lever or gear stick and start the vehicle moving. This could result in a serious acci- The assisted brake systems are the electron- dent. Electronic immobiliser ic distribution of braking force (EBV), the an- ● Always take all the keys with you whenever

ti-lock brake system (ABS), the brake assist you leave the vehicle. The engine could acci- Operation The gear lock prevents the engine from being system (BAS), the electronic differential lock dentally be started and electrical equipment started with an unauthorised key and the ve- (EDL), traction control (TC)*, the traction con- such as the windows could accidentally be hicle being moved. trol system (ASR) and the electronic stability operated resulting in serious injury. control (ESC*). The vehicle key has a built-in chip. It auto- ● Never leave children or disabled people matically deactivates the electronic immobil- alone in the car. They could be trapped in the WARNING iser when the key is inserted into the ignition car in an emergency and will not be able to

get themselves to safety. For example, de- Emergencies lock. Driving with worn brake pads or a faulty pending on the time of the year, tempera- brake system may lead to serious accident. The electronic immobilizer will be activated tures inside a locked and closed vehicle can ● again automatically as soon as you remove If you believe the brake pads to be worn or be extremely high or extremely low resulting the brake system to be faulty, immediately the key from the ignition lock. in serious injuries and illness or even death, refer to a specialised workshop to check the particularly for young children. »

For this reason, the vehicle can only be used brake pads and replace the worn ones. Safety with a genuine SEAT key with the correct code. Coded keys can be obtained from SEAT WARNING dealerships ››› page 92. Careless parking can cause serious injury. 137 Operation

CAUTION  It lights up ›››  Flashes

● Special care should be taken when parking Switching the ignition on and off Take your foot off the accelera- ESC* disconnected Traction Control* in areas with high kerbs or fixed barriers. If necessary, drive for a short dis- tor. Adjust your driving style to by system. regulator operating. Objects protruding from the ground may tance. the road conditions. damage the bumper or other parts of the vehicle during manoeuvres. To avoid damage, Fault in ESC*. Contact a specialised workshop. Several warning and control lamps light up stop before the wheels touch the barrier or Together with the Contact a specialised workshop. for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- kerb. ABS control lamp The vehicle can be braked with- ed on, signalling that the function is being ● Special attention is required when driving : Fault in the ABS. out ABS. verified. They will switch off after a few sec- through entrances, over ramps, kerbs or oth- onds. The battery has er objects. The vehicle underbody, bumpers, ››› page 196. been reconnected. mudguards and running gear, and the engine WARNING and exhaust system could be damaged as you drive over these objects.  It lights up ››› If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents Traction Control* and severe injuries. faulty or switched Contact a specialised workshop. ● Never ignore the warning lamps. Control and warning lamps off by the system. ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.  It lights up ›››  It lights up ››› WARNING Handbrake applied. ››› page 141. Together with the Contact a specialised workshop. ESC* control lamp The vehicle can be braked with- Driving with brakes in bad condition could re- : Fault in the ABS. out ABS. sult in a serious accident.  It lights up ››› ● If the brake warning lamp  does not go Together with the  Do not drive on!  Do not drive on! warning lamp : out, or if it lights up when driving, the brake Fault in the brake Seek professional advice Seek professional advice ABS and EBV do not fluid level in the reservoir is too low or there system ››› page 142. ››› page 142. function. is a fault in the brake system. Obtain professional assistance immediately ››› page 194,  Do not drive on! Brake fluid level in- Checking the brake fluid level. Check brake fluid level adequate.  Flashes ››› page 194. ● If the brake warning lamp  lights up to- Take your foot off the accelera- gether with the ABS warning lamp , the Together with the ESC* or ASR regulat-  Do not drive on! tor. Adjust your driving style to regulation function of the ABS could be mal- ABS control lamp ing. Seek professional advice the road conditions. functioning. As a result, the rear wheels can : ABS and EBV do ››› page 142. lock relatively easily when braking. If the rear not function. 138 Driving

wheels lock this could result in loss of vehicle such as understeer, oversteer and wheelspin and uses the movements of the steering control! If possible, reduce your speed and on the driven wheels. The system stabilises made by the driver to maintain the vehicle drive carefully to a specialised workshop the vehicle by braking individual wheels or moving in the desired direction. If the vehicle close by to check the brake system. During by reducing the engine torque. is driven at such a speed that it will leave the the following journey, avoid sudden braking road before ESC* can intervene then the sys- The ESC* has limits. It is important to realise and manoeuvres. tem cannot provide assistance. data Technical that ESC* is also subject to the laws of phys- ● If the ABS warning lamp  does not go out ics. ESC* will not be able to deal with all sit- The ABS, BAS, ASR and EDL systems are in- or if it lights while driving, the ABS is mal- uations with which drivers may be faced. For corporated into the ESC*. The ESC* is always functioning. The vehicle can only be stopped example, if the road surface changes sudden- on1). using normal braking without ABS. The pro- ly then ESC* will not be useful in all cases. If

tection provided by the ABS is not available. Advice Visit a specialised workshop as soon as pos- the vehicle suddenly enters a section cov- Anti-lock system (ABS) ered by water, mud or snow then ESC* will sible. ABS can prevent the wheels from locking dur- not provide assistance in the same way as on ing braking until just before the vehicle stops dry ground. If the vehicle loses its grip on the thus helping the driver to steer the vehicle CAUTION ground and moves on a film of water (“aqua- and maintain control. This means that, even Failure to heed the warning lamps when they planing”), the ESC* will not be able to help during full braking, the risk of skidding is re- appear may result in faults in the vehicle. the driver control the vehicle due to the loss duced: of adherence with the road surface prevent- Operation ing braking and steering. If the vehicle is ● Press and hold the brake pedal fully. Do not Brake assist systems driven through series of bends at high remove your foot from the brake pedal or re- speed, the ESC* will not always be as effec- duce braking force! tive: the vehicle reaction to aggressive driv- The assisted braking systems ESC*, ABS, ● Do not “pump” the brake pedal, or reduce ing is not the same as at reduced speeds. EBV, BAS, ASR, TC and EDL only operate when braking force! the ignition is switched on. They contribute Adjust your speed and driving style to suit ● Maintain vehicle direction when braking Emergencies significantly to increasing active safety. visibility, and weather, road and traffic condi- fully. tions. ESC* cannot push the limits of the laws ● When the brake pedal is released or when Electronic Stability Control (ESC)* of physics; improve the transmission availa- the brake force is reduced, ABS is turned off. ESC* reduces the risk of skidding and increa- ble or maintain the vehicle on the road if a ses the vehicle stability by braking individual lack of driver attention creates an inevitable

ABS control can be observed by vibration of Safety wheels under specific driving conditions. situation. Otherwise, ESC* assists in main- the brake pedal and noise. You should never » ESC* detects critical handling situations, taining vehicle control in extreme situations

1) Depending on the version. 139 Operation

expect the ABS to reduce the braking dis- Electronic differential lock (EDS) spect safety distances or drives to quickly in tance under any circumstances. This distance EDL is available when driving in straight lines difficult conditions. will increase when driving on gravel, recent under normal conditions. When the EDL de- ● Even though brake assist systems are ex- snow or on icy or slippery ground. tects wheelspin, it brakes the spinning wheel tremely effective and help control the vehicle and directs the power to the other one. To in difficult situations, remember that the ve- Brake assist system (BAS) prevent the disc brake of the braked wheel hicle stability depends on tyre grip. The brake assist system may reduce the re- from overheating, the EDL cuts out automati- ● When accelerating on a slippery surface, quired braking distance. The brake assist cally if subjected to excessive loads. The EDL for example on ice or snow, press the acceler- system boosts the braking force if you press will switch on again automatically when the ator carefully. The wheels can still slip even the brake pedal quickly in an emergency. As brake has cooled down. with brake assist systems resulting in loss of a result, the braking pressure increases rap- vehicle control. idly, the braking force is multiplied and the WARNING braking distance is reduced. This enables the Driving at high speed on icy, slippery or wet WARNING ABS to be activated more quickly and effec- ground can result in loss of vehicle control The effectiveness of the ESC* can be consid- tively. and serious injury to the driver and passen- erably reduced if other components and sys- ¡Do not lift your foot off the brake pedal! gers. tems affecting driving dynamics are not main- When the brake pedal is released or when ● Adjust your speed and driving style to visi- tained or are not functioning correctly. This the brake force is reduced, braking assist au- bility, road, traffic and weather conditions. includes, among others, brakes, tyres and tomatically turns off the brake servo. Even though the brake assist systems, ABS, other systems already mentioned. BAS, EDL, ASR and ESC* provide more securi- ● Remember that changing and fitting other ty, do not take unnecessary risks while driv- components to the vehicle can affect opera- Traction control system (ASR) or Traction ing. Control (TC)* tion of the ABS, BAS, ASR TC, EDL and ESC*. ● Brake assist systems can not overcome the ● Changes to the vehicle suspension or using In the event of wheelspin, the traction control laws of physics. Even with ESC* and other unapproved wheel/tyre combinations can af- system ASR or TC reduces the engine torque systems, slippery and wet roads will always fect operation of the ABS, BAS, ASR, TC, EDL to match the amount of grip available. The be dangerous. and ESC* and their effectiveness. ASR or TC makes some situations easier, for ● Driving to quickly on wet ground can result ● Likewise, the effectiveness of ESC* de- example, when starting, accelerating or go- in the wheels losing contact with the ground pends on the use of suitable tyres ing uphill, even in unfavourable road condi- in an effect known as “aquaplaning”. Without ››› page 199. tions. adherence, it is impossible to brake, steer or control the vehicle. ● Brake assist systems cannot avoid accidents if, for example, the driver does not re-

140 Driving

Note ››› page 138 when the ignition is switched Parking on. ● To ensure that the ESC*, ASR and TC work When parking your vehicle, all legal require- properly, all four wheels must be fitted with Releasing the handbrake ments should be observed. identical tyres. Any differences in the rolling radius of the tyres can cause the system to ● Pull gently in an upwards direction on the reduce engine power when this is not de- handbrake lever and press the lock button To park the vehicle data Technical sired. ››› Fig. 146 (arrow). Complete operations only in the sequence ● If a malfunction should occur in the ABS, ● Move the handbrake lever downwards given. the ESC*, ASR, TC and EDL will also be affec- keeping the lock button pressed. ted. ● Park the vehicle on a suitable surface ››› . Advice ● Noises may be heard while any of the WARNING ● Press and hold the brake pedal until the ve- above systems are operating. hicle comes to a standstill. The incorrect use of the handbrake may result in a serious accident. ● Apply the handbrake firmly ››› page 141. ● Never use the handbrake to brake the vehi- ● For an automatic gearbox, move the selec- Handbrake cle except in an emergency. The braking dis- tor lever to position N. tance is considerably longer, because braking ● Switch off the engine and release the brake

is only applied to the rear wheels. Always use pedal. Operation the foot brake. ● Remove the key from the ignition. ● Never drive with the handbrake gently applied. This can overheat the brake, affecting ● If necessary, turn the steering wheel slight- the brakes system. This also causes prema- ly to lock the steering. ture wear on the rear brake pads. ● With a manual gearbox, engage 1st gear on ● Never accelerate from the engine compart- flat ground and slopes, or even reverse gear

ment with the engine running and a gear en- on hills, and release the clutch pedal. Emergencies gaged. The vehicle could move, even if the ● Ensure that all passengers leave the vehi- handbrake is applied. cle, especially children. Fig. 146 Between the front seats: handbrake. ● When leaving the vehicle, take all keys with Note Using the handbrake you. Safety If the vehicle moves at a speed superior to ● Lock the vehicle. » ● Pull firmly in an upwards direction on the 6 km/h (4 mph) with the handbrake applied, handbrake lever while pressing the button. an audible warning is sounded. ● The handbrake is applied when the control lamp  lights up on the instrument panel 141 Operation

Additional information for steep slopes and Information on the brakes and increase braking distance. If you drive for hills a prolonged period on salted roads without Before switching off the engine, rotate the For the first 200 to 300 km, the new brake braking then brake carefully several times to steering wheel so that if the vehicle should pads have not yet reached their maximum eliminate the layer of salt on the brakes ››› . braking capacity, and need to be “run in” move, it will be held by the kerb. If the vehicle remains parked for considera- first ››› . The slightly reduced braking effect ble lengths of time, is used little, or if the ● On slopes, turn the front wheels so that can be compensated for by increasing pres- brakes are not used, there may be corrosion they are against the edge of the kerb. sure on the brake pedal. While running in, on the brake discs and a build up of dirt on the full braking distance or emergency brak- ● Uphill, turn the wheels towards the centre the brake pads. If the brakes are not used fre- ing distance is larger then when the brake of the road. quently, or if rust has formed on the discs, pads have been run in. While running in, SEAT recommends cleaning the pads and avoid full power braking or situations requir- WARNING discs by braking firmly a few times at a mod- ing braking performance. For example, in erately high speed. Only do this without en- The components of the exhaust system reach heavy traffic. very high temperatures. This could cause a dangering vehicles behind you or any other fire and considerable damage. The rate of wear of the brake pads depends road users ››› . ● Always park your vehicle so that no part of to a great extent on the conditions in which the exhaust system can come in contact with the vehicle is used and the way the vehicle is Faults in the brake system driven. If the vehicle is used frequently in city flammable materials (such as wood, During braking, if you notice that the vehicle traffic or for short trips or driven sport style, leaves,dried grass, or spilled fuel). does not react as usual (that the braking dis- visit a specialised workshop regularly, more tance has increased suddenly) it may be pos- frequently than advised in the Maintenance CAUTION sible that there is a fault in the braking sys- Programme, to have the brake pads checked. tem. This is indicated by the warning lamp ● Special care should be taken when parking  in areas with high kerbs or fixed barriers. Ob- If you drive with wet brakes, for example, af- . Take the vehicle to a specialised work- jects protruding from the ground may dam- ter crossing areas of water, in heavy rainfall shop immediately and have the fault re- age the bumper or other parts of the vehicle or even after washing the car, the effect of paired. Drive at a moderate speed and be during manoeuvres. To avoid damage, stop the brakes is lessened as the brake discs are prepared to use more pressure on the brake before the wheels touch the barrier or kerb. wet or even frozen (in winter). At higher pedal, and allow for longer stopping distan- ● Special attention is required when driving speed, “dry” the brakes as quickly as possi- ces. through entrances, over ramps, kerbs or oth- ble by braking gently several times. Only do er objects. The vehicle underbody, bumpers, this without endangering vehicles behind Brake servo mudguards and running gear, and the engine you or any other road users ››› . The brake servo only operates when the en- and exhaust system could be damaged as A layer of salt on the discs and brake pads gine is running and the pressure applied by you drive over these objects. will reduce the effectiveness of the brakes the driver on the brake pedal increases. 142 Driving

If the brake servo does not operate or the ve- ● Non-standard or damaged front spoilers ing distance or even result in the total failure hicle must be towed, then the brake pedal could restrict the airflow to the brakes and of the brake system. will have to be pressed with more force given cause them to overheat. ● Reduce speed or change down a gear when that the braking distance will be increased faced with steep and long slopes. This allows when the brake servo does not operate ››› . WARNING you to use the engine braking effect and to reduce the strain on the brake system. Other- data Technical WARNING Wet, frozen or salt-covered brakes take lon- wise, the brakes may overheat and fail. Only ger to engage and this increases braking dis- use the brakes to reduce speed or to stop. New brake pads do not brake to full efficien- tances. cy. ● Test the brakes carefully. ● For the first 320 km, new brake pads have Note not yet reached their maximum braking ca- ● Dry the brakes, free them of ice and salt by Advice braking gently several times, when visibility, Make use, when having the front brake pads pacity, and need to be “run in” first. For this, checked, and have the rear pads checked al- to compensate for reduced braking efficiency weather, and road and traffic conditions permit. so. The thickness of the brake pads should be the brake pedal will have to be pressed with checked visually and regularly, by looking more force. through the openings in the wheel rims or ● To avoid losing control of the vehicle and WARNING from underneath the vehicle. If necessary, re- causing serious accidents, always take great Driving without the brake servo may signifi- move the wheels to check them thoroughly. care when driving with new brake pads. cantly increase the braking distance and re- SEAT recommends taking your car in for tech- Operation ● When running in new brake pads, always sult in a severe accident. nical service. respect the safety distances between you and ● Never allow the vehicle to move forwards other vehicles and do not cause situations re- when the engine is switched off. quiring extreme braking performance. ● If the brake servo does not operate or the Changing gear vehicle must be towed, then the brake pedal WARNING will have to be pressed with more force given Introduction Emergencies When brakes overheat, braking is less effi- that the braking distance will be increased when the brake servo does not operate. cient and braking distances increase. When reverse gear is engaged and the igni- ● When driving on slopes, brakes can be tion is switched on the following takes place: CAUTION overloaded and overheat quickly. ● Reverse lights light up. ● Reduce speed or change down a gear when ● Safety Never make the brakes “slip” by pressing ● The rear wiper blade performs one move- faced with steep and long slopes. This allows the pedal gently, if it is not really necessary ment when the windscreen wiper is activa- you to use the engine braking effect and to to brake. Continuously pressing on the brake reduce the strain on the brake system. pedal will heat the brakes. This could signifi- ted. » cantly reduce braking power, increase brak- 143 Operation

● If necessary, connect the parking distance  It lights up yellow  Flashes warning system. In the automatic Switch the ignition on and off. An automatic gearbox Apply the handbrake. WARNING gearbox the When the control lamp does not in the vehicle does gears can en- light up, find the nearest special- not guarantee that the Rapid acceleration can cause loss of traction gage incorrectly. ised workshop and have the auto- vehicle will not roll and skidding, especially on slippery ground. matic gearbox checked. away. This could cause loss of control of the vehicle resulting in an accident and considerable The automatic Let the transmission cool with the  Flashes damage. gearbox over- gearbox lever in the position . heats temporari- When the control lamp does not In the instrument pan- Move the gearbox lever to the ● Use rapid acceleration only when visibility, ly. light up, find the nearest special- el display, in addition position  and start the en- weather, road conditions and traffic permit. ised workshop and have the auto- to the control lamp re- gine. matic gearbox checked. questing the brake WARNING pedal to be pressed It lights up : indicated for start- Do not allow the brakes to “rub” for a pro-  ing the engine. longed period of time, or brake frequently or Place the automatic Press the brake pedal to select for long periods of time. Continuous braking gearbox lever in the a gear range. On the instrument Stop the vehicle and move the heats up the brakes. This could significantly position  and do not panel display: Whilst gearbox lever to the position  reduce braking power, increase braking dis- press the brake pedal. driving in a forward di- in order to subsequently tance or even result in the total failure of the rection, try to move change to the position . brake system. Together with the yel- Press brake pedal and let the the automatic gearbox low control lamp for transmission cool. Avoid lever to the position . the temperature of the pressing the accelerator. When transmission : the the control lamp does not light On the instrument Press the brake pedal, move Control and warning lamps automatic gearbox up, find the nearest special- panel display: The au- the gearbox lever to the posi- overheats. ised workshop and have the tomatic gearbox lever tion , and subsequently to automatic gearbox checked. was placed in the po- the required position  or .  It lights up red sition  or , but the Together with the turn Move the gearbox lever to the brake pedal was not Fault in the auto-  Do not drive on! signal display in the position  and start the en- pressed. matic gearbox. Seek professional advice. Failure to instrument panel dis- gine. do so could result in considerable play: the automatic When switching on the ignition some warn- damage to the transmission gearbox lever is not in ing and indication lamps light up for a short ››› page 147. the position , indication to start the en- time to check the operations. They will switch gine. off after a few seconds.

144 Driving

Manual gear change ● Never engage the reverse gear when a vehi- Automatic gear change cle is moving forward.

WARNING

As a consequence of shifting down a gear in- data Technical correctly, you may lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident with serious consequences.

CAUTION Advice If, at high speeds or high engine speeds, the Fig. 147 Gear shift pattern of a 5-speed man- gear lever is shifted down to a gear that is too Fig. 148 Automatic gearbox diagram of gears ual gearbox low, serious damage can be caused to the clutch and gearbox. This may also happen if Read the additional information carefully Read the additional information carefully you press the clutch pedal and it does not en- ›››  page 26 ›››  page 26 gage. Put the selector lever into position N for: Operation Shifting down a gear CAUTION ● Starting up the engine Shifting down a gear while driving must be To prevent damage and avoid premature ● Remove the key from the ignition switch carried out gear by gear, i.e. to the gear im- wear, please observe the following: ● Engage the steering wheel lock mediately preceding the current gear and at ● While driving, do not leave your hand rest- an engine speed that is not excessive ››› . ing on the gear stick. The pressure applied by Move the selector lever to the D or R position At high speeds, or high engine speeds, skip- your hand is transmitted to the gearbox se- to: Emergencies ping one or various gears when shifting lector forks. ● Park the vehicle down a gear can cause damage to the clutch ● Always ensure that the vehicle is complete- and the gearbox, even if the clutch is not en- ly stopped before engaging the reverse gear. ● Repair a puncture gaged during the process ››› . ● When changing gear, always make sure the ● Changing a wheel clutch pedal is pushed right to the floor. WARNING To move the gear selector lever from the posi- Safety ● Never hold the vehicle “on the clutch” on tion to or to , first press and hold the When the engine is running, the vehicle will hills with the engine on. N D R start to move as soon as a gear is engaged brake pedal. » and the clutch released.

145 Operation

In the instrument panel display, with the igni- ● With the engine running and a gear range Engaging gear with Tiptronic tion switched on, the selected gear range or selected, the vehicle will move when the ac- the gear engaged in the gearbox is shown. celerator is pressed. ● Never engage reverse gear while driving.  - Reverse gear ● Unintentional movements of the vehicle Reverse gear is selected. Engage only when could cause serious injury. the vehicle is stopped. ● As a driver, you should never leave your vehicle if the engine is running and a gear range  - Neutral is engaged. If you have to leave your vehicle The gearbox is in neutral. No movement is while the engine is running, you must always transmitted to the wheels and the engine apply the handbrake and put the selector lever in position N. does not act as a brake. ● Never engage the R gear range when the Fig. 149 Lever in the Tiptronic position  vehicle is moving. - Standard driving position With Tiptronic, the gears can be changed up ● Never leave the vehicle without applying The gears are changed (up and down) auto- or down manually with the automatic gear- the handbrake. With the engine running the matically. The gear shifts are determined by vehicle moves downhill regardless of the gear box. When you change to the Tiptronic pro- the engine load, your individual driving style range selected. gramme, the vehicle remains in the currently and the speed of the vehicle. selected gear. This is possible as long as the system is not changing gear automatically Note  - Tiptronic driving position (manual shift due to a traffic situation. programme) If, while driving, the selector lever is accidentally placed in position N, lift your foot off the All gears can be changed (up and down) Using Tiptronic accelerator. Wait until the engine is running ● manually ››› page 146. This is possible as at idle speed before selecting a new gear Place the lever in the position D to the left long as the system is not changing gear auto- range. on the Tiptronic shift gate M ››› in Auto- matically due to a traffic situation. matic gear change on page 146. ● Press the lever forwards + or backwards WARNING – to move up or down a gear ››› Fig. 149. Placing the selector lever in an incorrect posi- ● Place the lever back to the position M to tion may cause loss of control of the vehicle the left on the Tiptronic shift gate, to leave and a serious accident. Tiptronic mode ››› in Automatic gear ● Do not press the accelerator when engag- change on page 146. ing a range of gears. 146 Driving

With the lever in the position D, and pressing Starting when going up a slope ● Always adapt your driving style to suit the forwards + or backwards – the Tiptronic The steeper the gradient, the lower the gear flow of traffic. programme can be selected M. you will need. ● Only use the kick-down function or rapid acceleration if visibility, weather, road and When stopping on a slope with a gear range CAUTION traffic conditions so permit.

engaged, the vehicle must be prevented from data Technical ● When accelerating, the gearbox automati- rolling backwards by always pressing the ● Never put other road users in danger by ac- cally shifts up into the next gear shortly be- celerating or with your driving style. fore the maximum engine speed is reached. brake pedal or pulling the handbrake lever up. When starting, release the brake pedal or ● When reducing speed manually, the gear- the handbrake ››› . CAUTION box only shifts gear when the engine can no

longer exceed the maximum engine speed. If you stop on a hill with a gear range engag- Advice Kick-down ed, do not try to prevent the vehicle from roll- The kickdown system provides maximum ac- ing back by pressing on the accelerator. Oth- erwise, the automatic gearbox may overheat Driving with automatic gearbox celeration when the gear selector lever is in the position D, or in the Tiptronic position M. causing damage. The gearbox changes gear ratios automatical- When the accelerator pedal is pressed right ly as the vehicle moves. down, the automatic gearbox will shift down Automatic gearbox malfunction Operation to a lower gear, depending on road speed Driving down hills and engine speed. This takes advantage of Back-up programme The steeper the gradient, the lower the gear the maximum acceleration of the vehicle When automatic gearbox warning and indica- you will need to select. The lowest gears in- ››› . tion lamps light up on the instrument panel, crease the engine braking work. Never go When the accelerator is pressed to the floor, there may be a system malfunction down hills with the selector lever in neutral the automatic gearbox shifts to the next gear ››› page 143. In the event of some faults the

N. Emergencies only after the engine reaches the specified automatic gearbox functions using a backup maximum engine speed. ● You should reduce speed accordingly. programme. When the programme is activated, it is possible to drive the vehicle, howev- ● Place the lever in the position D to the left WARNING er, at low speeds and within a selected range on the Tiptronic shift gate M ››› page 146. Rapid acceleration can cause loss of traction of gears. ● Gently pull the selector lever back – to and skidding, especially on slippery ground. Safety With the manual gearbox, in some cases it is change down a gear. This could cause loss of control of the vehicle resulting in an accident and serious injury. not possible to drive with all the gears. In all cases the automatic gearbox must be checked at a specialised workshop. » 147 Operation

Automatic gearbox overheating is overheated, starting up and driving, even Note at a slow speed should be avoided. The automatic gearbox can overheat with a The recommended gear display is switched prolonged start up, or when stopping and off when the clutch pedal is pressed. starting continuously. This overheating is displayed with a warning lamp  in the instru- Recommended gear display ment panel. Additionally, an audible warning can be heard. Stop and let the gearbox cool In some vehicles, the recommended gear for Run-in and economical driving ››› . reducing fuel consumption is displayed on the instrument panel: Running in The vehicle moves forward or back despite having selected a gear range Display Meaning Please observe the instructions for running-in When the vehicle does not move in the re- new components.  Optimum gear. quired direction, the system may not have the gear range correctly engaged. Press the  Recommendation to change up a gear. Running-in the engine brake pedal and engage the gear range The engine needs to be run in over the first again. If the vehicle still does not move in the Recommendation to change down a 1,500 km. During its first few hours of run-  gear. required direction, there is a system malfunc- ning, the internal friction in the engine is tion. Seek specialist assistance and have the greater than later on when all the moving system checked. WARNING parts have bedded down. The recommended gear display is intended as How the vehicle is driven for the first 1,500 CAUTION a guideline only; it should never replace the driver's attention to driving carefully. km influences the future engine perform- ● When the gearbox is displayed as overheat- ance. Throughout the life of the vehicle, it ● ing for the first time, the vehicle must be Responsibility for selecting the correct gear should be driven at a moderate speed, espe- for each situation continues to lie with the parked safely or must be driven at a speed of cially when the engine is cold, as this will re- more than 20 km/h (12 mph). driver, for example when overtaking or climbing a hill. duce engine wear and increase its useful life. ● When the warning lamp lights up and the Never drive at extremely low engine speeds. audible warning is heard, the vehicle must be Change down to a lower gear when the en- parked safely and the engine switched off. For the sake of the environment gine no longer runs “smoothly”. Up to 1,000 Let the gearbox cool down. Selecting the most appropriate gear for the kilometres the following instructions apply: ● To prevent damage to the gearbox, driving situation will help you to save fuel. must only be continued when the warning ● Do not use full throttle. lamps are no longer lit up. While the gearbox ● Do not force the engine above two thirds of its maximum speed. 148 Driving

Between 1,000 and 1,500 kilometres, gradu- Choice of materials Economical and environmentally ally increase power until reaching the maxi- ● Use of recycled materials. friendly driving mum speed and high engine speeds. ● Use of compatible plastics in the same part if its components are not easily separated. Running in new tyres and brake pads

● Use of recycled materials and/or materials data Technical ● Replacement of wheel rims and new tyres originating from renewable sources. ››› page 199 ● Reduction of volatile components, includ- ● Notes on the brakes ››› page 137 ing odour, in plastic materials. For the sake of the environment ● Use of CFC-free coolants. Advice If the engine is run in gently, the life of the Ban on heavy metals, with the exceptions engine will be increased and the engine oil dictated by law (Annex II of ELV Directive consumption reduced. 2000/53/EC): cadmium, lead, mercury, hexa- Fig. 150 Fuel consumption in litres per valent chromium. 100 km at 2 different outside temperatures

Environmental compatibility Manufacturing methods Fuel consumption, environmental impact and ● Reduction of the quantity of thinner in the engine, brake and tyre wear depend largely Operation Environmental protection is a top priority in protective wax for cavities. on three factors: the design, choice of materials and manufacture of your new SEAT. ● Use of plastic film as protection during ve- ● Personal driving style. hicle transport. ● Conditions of use (weather, road surface). ● Constructive measures to encourage recy- Use of solvent-free adhesives. ● Technical requirements. cling ● Use of CFC-free coolants in cooling sys- ● Joints and connections designed for easy tems. Savings of up to 25% in fuel consumption Emergencies are possible with an appropriate driving style dismantling ● Recycling and energy recovery from resi- and the adoption of certain simple tips. ● Modular construction to facilitate disman- dues (RDF). tling ● Improvement in the quality of waste water. Changing gear early ●

Increased use of single-grade materials. Safety ● Use of systems for the recovery of residual General instructions: The highest gear is al- ● Plastic parts and elastomers are marked in heat (thermal recovery, enthalpy wheels, ways the most economical. As a guide, for accordance with ISO 1043, ISO 11469 and etc.). most vehicles at a speed of 30 km/h ISO 1629. ● The use of water-soluble paints. (19 mph), drive in third gear, at 40 km/h »

149 Operation

(25 mph) in fourth gear and at 50 km/h ahead as you drive and keep a safe distance for the vehicle is not too different to the out- (31 mph) in fifth gear. from the vehicle in front, it is possible to slow side temperature. It is a good idea to air the down by simply lifting your foot off the accel- vehicle before starting your journey and to In addition, “skipping” gears when shifting erator. This eliminates the need for constant drive a short distance with the windows up helps to save fuel, weather and traffic braking and acceleration. open. Then you can close the windows and conditions permitting. switch on the air conditioning. Keep windows Do not wait until the last moment before Calm and steady driving closed when travelling at high speeds. Driv- changing gear. Only use first gear when you ing with the windows open increases fuel Constancy is more important than speed: The move off and change to second gear quickly. consumption. more you drive at a constant speed, the lower Avoid the kick-down function in vehicles with the fuel consumption. ● Switch off the seat heating when the seats automatic gearbox. have warmed up. When driving on the motorway, it is more effi- Vehicles with a gear display help to achieve cient to drive at a constant and more moder- ● Switch off the heated rear window when it an economical driving style as the display in- ate speed than to be continuously accelerat- is not moist or covered in ice. dicates the best moment to change gear. ing and braking. As a general rule, you will reach your destination just as quickly when Avoid short journeys Let the vehicle roll you drive at a constant speed. Fuel consumption is much higher when the If you take your foot off the accelerator, the The cruise control function helps you to ach- engine is cold, immediately after it has been fuel supply is stopped and consumption is ieve a constant style of driving. started. It takes a few kilometres of driving reduced. for the engine to warm up and to normalise consumption. Allow the vehicle to roll without accelerating, Moderate use of additional devices for example when approaching a red traffic It is important to travel in comfort, but con- The engine and catalytic converter need to light. However, if the vehicle is rolling too venience systems should be used ecological- reach their proper working temperature in or- slowly or the distance is too long, the clutch ly. der to minimise fuel consumption and emis- pedal should be pressed to declutch. The en- sions. The ambient temperature has a deci- gine will then operate at idle speed. Some equipment, when connected, increase sive influence. fuel consumption considerably, for example: If the vehicle is going to be at a standstill for Fig. 150 shows the difference in consump- a period of time, switch off the engine; for ex- ● Air conditioning cooling system: If the air tion for the same journey at +20 °C (+68 °F) ample, while waiting at a level crossing. conditioning system is required to cool to and at -10 °C (+14 °F). significantly lower temperatures than the true Therefore, unnecessary short journeys Think ahead and “flow” with the traffic outside temperature, it will require a large should be avoided. Try to combine trips. Frequent acceleration and braking considera- amount of energy from the engine. Therefore, bly increase fuel consumption. If you think we recommend that the selected temperature 150 Driving

The vehicle uses more fuel in winter than in When purchasing engine oil, always observe WARNING summer, even when other conditions are the legal requirements and ensure that the oil is same. approved by SEAT. Always adapt your speed and the distance to the vehicles ahead in line with visibility, The engine takes a long time to warm up weather conditions, the condition of the road when it is idling. In addition, mechanical Avoid carrying unnecessary loads and the traffic situation. wear and pollutant emissions are also espe- The lighter the vehicle, the more economical data Technical cially high during this initial warm-up phase. and ecological the driving style. For example, It is therefore best to drive off immediately af- an additional weight of 100 kg will increase ter starting the engine. Doing this avoids run- fuel consumption up to 0.3 l/100 km. Engine management and ex- ning the engine at a high speed. haust gas purification system

Remove any unnecessary objects or loads Advice from the vehicle. Adjusting type pressures. Introduction Having the correct pressure in your tyres Remove optional equipment and unnecessa- helps to reduce rolling resistance and, as a ry accessories WARNING result reduces fuel consumption. Increasing The more aerodynamic the vehicle, the lower The components of the exhaust system reach the tyre pressure slightly (+0.2 the fuel consumption. Optional equipment very high temperatures. This could cause a bar/+3 psi/+200 kPa) can help to save fuel. and accessories (such as roof racks or bike fire. Operation When you buy new tyres, make sure they are carriers) reduce the aerodynamic benefits of ● Always park your vehicle so that no part of optimised for minimum rolling resistance. the vehicle. the exhaust system can come in contact with flammable materials (such as dried grass). Therefore, we recommend you remove all op- Use low friction engine oil tional and unnecessary equipment and racks, ● Never apply additional underseal or anti- The use of low viscosity totally synthetic oils, especially if you intend to drive at high corrosion coatings to the exhaust pipes, cata- known as low friction engine oil, helps to re- speeds. lytic converter or the heat shields on the exhaust system. Emergencies duce fuel consumption. These oils reduce the resistance caused by friction in the engine, Other factors which increase fuel consump- they flow around the engine more quickly tion (examples): and efficiently, particularly in cold starts. The Control and warning lamps ● Fault in engine management. effect is particularly noticeable in vehicles

● Safety frequently used for short journeys. Driving on hills.  It lights up

Always check the engine oil level and ob- fault in the pet- Take the vehicle to a specialised serve service intervals (engine oil change in- rol engine man- workshop as soon as possible and tervals). agement. have the engine checked. » 151 Operation

 It lights up Catalytic converter Driving tips

Fault in the Reduce speed and drive carefully to The catalytic converter permits the subse- Driving abroad emission control the nearest specialised workshop to quent treatment of the exhaust gases thus system. have the engine checked. reducing contaminating gas emissions. To In some countries, certain safety regulations ensure a longer working life for the exhaust and requirements are in force relating to ex- Flashes  system and catalytic converter in a petrol en- haust gas emissions, which differ from the gine: Combustion Reduce speed and drive carefully to technical characteristics of the vehicle. Be- fault which could the nearest specialised workshop to ● Always use unleaded petrol. fore travelling abroad, SEAT recommends you damage the cat- have the engine checked. consult a technical service about the legal re- ● alytic converter. Never run the fuel tank completely dry. quirements and the following points: ● Do not top up with too much engine oil Several warning and control lamps light up ››› page 188. ● Does the vehicle need technical modifica- for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- tions for driving abroad, for example, adjust- ● Do not tow-start the vehicle; use the starter ed on, signalling that the function is being ment of the headlamps? cables ›››  page 43. verified. They will switch off after a few sec- ● Does the vehicle have all the tools, diag- onds. If you should notice misfiring, uneven run- nostics equipment and spare parts required ning or loss of power when the car is moving, for inspections and repairs? CAUTION reduce speed immediately. Have the car in- ● Are there any SEAT dealers in the destina- Always pay attention to any lit control lamps spected by a specialised workshop. If this tion country? and to the corresponding descriptions and in- happens, unburnt fuel can enter the exhaust structions to avoid damage to the vehicle. system and escape into the atmosphere. The ● For petrol vehicles: Is unleaded petrol avail- catalytic converter can also be damaged by able at the right octane rating? Note overheating. ● For diesel engines: is diesel fuel available with a low sulphur content? Whereas the control lamps may remain lit  For the sake of the environment or , there may be engine problems, fuel ● Are a suitable engine oil (››› page 188) and consumption may increase and the engine Even when the emission control system is other engine fluids complying with SEAT may lose power working perfectly, there may be a smell of specifications available in the destination sulphur under certain conditions. This de- country? pends on the sulphur content of the fuel ● Are special tyres required in the destination used. country?

152 Driver assistance systems

CAUTION ● “Dry the brakes and remove ice” by braking Driver assistance systems carefully. Ensure that you are not endanger- SEAT does not accept liability for any damage ing other road-users or breaking traffic regu- to the vehicle due to the use of a lower quali- lations in the process. Parking distance warning sys- ty fuel, an inadequate service or the non- availability of genuine spare parts. ● After driving through water, avoid sudden tem* sharp manoeuvres. data Technical Introduction Driving along flooded roadways CAUTION The parking distance warning system assists ● Driving through flooded areas may severely To prevent damage to the vehicle when driv- the driver when parking. If the rear of the ve-

damage vehicle components such as the en- Advice hicle is approaching an obstacle, an intermit- ing through water, for example, along a floo- gine, transmission, drive train or electrical tent audible warning is emitted. The shorter ded road, please observe the following: system. the distance, the shorter the intervals be- ● Never drive through salt water as salt cau- ● Check the depth of the water before enter- tween tones. If the vehicle is too close to the ses corrosion. Always rinse any parts of the ing the flooded zone. The water should never obstacle, the audible warning becomes con- vehicle which have been in contact with salt stant. come above the lower edge of the bodywork water. ››› . If you continue to approach an obstacle when Operation ● Do not drive faster than a pedestrian. the sound is continuous, this means the sys- ● Do not stop in the water, use reverse gear tem can no longer measure the distance. or switch off the engine. Sensors situated on the rear bumper transmit ● Oncoming traffic will cause waves which and receive ultrasound. Using the ultrasound raise the level of the water, making it difficult signal (transmission, reflection from the ob- to cross the water. stacles and reception), this system continu- ● Disconnect the Start-Stop system whenever ously calculates the distance between the Emergencies crossing water. bumper and the obstacle.

WARNING WARNING When driving through water, mud, melted The parking distance warning system cannot snow, etc., please remember that due to replace the driver's assessment of the situa- Safety damp or frozen brake discs and shoes in win- tion. ter, the braking effect may be delayed, there- ● The sensors have blind spots in which ob- fore the required braking distance is greater. stacles and people are not registered. »

153 Operation

● Always observe the area around the vehi- ● When cleaning the sensors with high-pres- Switching the parking distance warning sys- cle, as the sensors do not always detect sure or steam cleaning equipment, spray the tem on and off small children, animals or objects. sensors briefly at a distance of no less than ● Switching on: With the ignition switched ● The surface of certain objects and some 10 cm. on, select reverse gear. A short audible warn- clothing do not reflect the ultrasound signals ● Different sources of noise can produce er- ing confirms that the parking distance warn- from the parking distance system. The sys- rors in the parking distance warning system, ing system is switched on and functioning. tem cannot detect or incorrectly detects e.g. parking distance warning systems from ● Switching off: Release reverse gear. these objects and people wearing these other vehicles, inductive loops or construc- types of clothes. tion works machines. Special features of the parking distance ● External sound sources can affect the park- ● Retrofitting of components to the vehicle, warning system ing distance aid signals. In this case, under such as a bicycle carrier, may interfere with certain circumstances, people and objects the function of the parking distance warning ● The parking distance warning system will not be detected. system. sometimes registers water on the sensors as an obstacle. CAUTION ● If the distance does not change, the warn- ● The sensors may not always be able to de- Parking distance warning system ing signal will sound less loudly after a few tect objects such as trailer draw bars, thin seconds. If the continuous signal sounds, the rails, fences, posts, trees and open boots, volume will remain constant. etc. This could result in damage to your car. ● When the vehicle moves away from the ob- ● Although the parking distance warning sys- stacle, the beeping sound automatically tem detects and warns of the presence of an switches off. When getting close again, it re- obstacle, the obstacle could disappear from connects. the angle of measurement of the sensors if it ● Your SEAT dealership can adjust the volume is too high or low and the system would no of the warning signals. longer show it. Therefore, it will not warn you of these objects. Ignoring the warnings of the parking sensor system could cause consider- Note able damage to the vehicle. Fig. 151 Parking distance warning system A fault in the parking distance warning sys- ● The bumper sensors may become damaged sensors on the rear bumper tem is indicated through a brief audible warn- or misaligned, for example, when parking. ing that is constant for about 3 seconds when The sensors of the parking distance warning switching it on the first time. Check the park- ● To ensure that the system works properly, ing distance warning system at a Specialised the bumper sensors must be kept clean, free system are situated on the rear bumper workshop as soon as possible. of ice and snow and uncovered. ››› Fig. 151.

154 Driver assistance systems

Optical parking system* (OPS) Zones explored Note Behind the vehicle ››› Fig. 152 C , the zone ● SEAT recommends practising using the analysed reaches a distance of up to 150 cm parking distance warning system in a traffic- and around 60 cm to the sides. free zone or in a car park to familiarise yourself with the system and its operation. Technical data Technical Screen display ● Visualisation of the recorded area by the The image displayed represents the super- sensors on the screen may last take up to 5 vised zones in several segments. As the vehi- seconds. cle moves closer to an obstacle, the segment moves closer to the vehicle displayed A or Advice Fig. 152 On-screen OPS display: A has de- B . When the penultimate segment is dis- tected an obstacle in the collision zone; B played, this means that the vehicle has Cruise control* (Cruise control has detected an obstacle in the segment; C reached the collision zone. Stop the vehicle! system - CCS) zone recorded behind the vehicle. Displayed in col- Control lamp The optical parking system is an extension of Distance from our on the screen: Audible the parking distance warning system the vehicle to colour of the seg- It lights Operation ››› page 154. warning Possible cause the obstacle ment if an obsta- up The area recorded by the sensors behind the cle is recognised vehicle is visible on the radio screen. Any ob- This cruise control system maintains the behind:  stacles are displayed in relation to the vehi- beeping set speed of the vehicle. approx. 31-150 Yellow cle ››› . sound cm Several warning and control lamps light up perma- for a few seconds when the ignition is switch-

Function Necessary operations behind: Emergencies nent Red ed on, signalling that the function is being approx. 0-30 cm Switching on the ››› page 154 park- sound verified. They will switch off after a few sec- Switching the ing distance warning system. The display on: onds. OPS switches on automatically. WARNING WARNING Switching the Release reverse gear. Do not be distracted from traffic to look at the display off man- screen. If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle Safety ually: may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents and severe injuries. ● Never ignore the warning lamps. »

155 Operation

CAUTION ● If the gear is changed with the manual Safety Assist* (City Safety As- gearbox. Failure to heed the warning lamps when they sist function) appear may result in faults in the vehicle. ● If the airbag is triggered.

WARNING Introduction Cruise control operation Use of the cruise control could cause acci- The City Safety Assist function covers driving dents and severe injuries if it is not possible situations at a distance of about 10 metres in Read the additional information carefully to drive at a constant speed maintaining the front of the vehicle, in a speed range of ap- ›››  page 24 safety distance. proximately 5-30 km/h (3-19 mph). ● Do not use the cruise control in heavy traf- The cruise control system (CCS) is able to in- fic, if the distance from the vehicle in front is When the system detects a possible collision dividually maintain the set speed when driv- insufficient, on steep roads, with several with a vehicle in front, the vehicle prepares ing forwards from approx. 20 km/h (15 mph). bends or in slippery circumstances (snow, for a possible emergency braking ››› . The CCS only slows down by reducing the ac- ice, rain or loose gravel), or on flooded roads. If the driver does not react to an imminent celerator but not by braking ››› . ● Never use the CCS when driving off-road or collision, the system can automatically brake on unpaved roads. the vehicle in order to reduce speed faced Travelling down hills with the CCS ● Always adapt your speed and the distance with a possible collision. The system can to the vehicles ahead in line with visibility, help to reduce the consequences of an acci- When travelling down hills the CCS cannot weather conditions, the condition of the road dent. maintain a constant speed. Slow the vehicle and the traffic situation. down using the brake pedal and reduce If the City Safety Assist function determines ● To avoid unexpected operation of the cruise gears if required. that the driver has braked insufficiently when control system, turn it off every time you fin- faced with an imminent collision, the system ish using it. Automatic off can increase the brake force in order to re- ● It is dangerous to use a set speed which is The cruise control system (CCS) is switched duce speed. The system can help to reduce too high for the prevailing road, traffic or the consequences of an accident. off automatically or temporarily: weather conditions. ● ● If the system detects a fault that could af- When travelling down hills, the CCS cannot WARNING maintain a constant speed. The vehicle tends fect the working order of the CCS. to accelerate under its own weight. Select a The smart technology in the City Safety As- ● If you increase the stored speed by press- lower gear or use the foot brake to slow the sist system cannot change the limits imposed ing the accelerator pedal for a certain time. vehicle. by the laws of physics and by the system itself. The increased convenience offered by ● if the brake or clutch pedal is depressed. the City Safety Assist system should never prompt you to take risks. The driver always 156 Driver assistance systems assumes the responsibility of braking in ● Any repair of the laser sensor requires spe-   It lights up time. cialised skills. SEAT recommends taking your ● The City Safety Assist function cannot pre- car in for technical service. The City Safety Assist The control lamp turns off after function has been about 5 seconds. vent accidents or serious injury by itself. switched on manual- ● The City Safety Assist system may carry out Note ly using the button Technical data Technical   unwanted brake interventions in complex ● If the City Safety Assist function activates a ››› Fig. 155. driving situations e.g. when a vehicle crosses brake, the brake pedal range is reduced. This at a short distance. makes the brake pedal seem “harder”.  Flashes ● Automatic brake intervention by the City Fast: The City Safety WARNING Safety Assist function can be cancelled by Assist system func- Advice Control lamp turns off automati- pressing the clutch pedal, the accelerator tion brakes automat- Relying on the City Safety Assist system in cally. city driving as part of one's driving behaviour pedal or by a corrective intervention. ically or has braked may cause accidents and serious injury. The ● During automatic braking by the City Safety automatically. system is not a replacement for driver aware- Assist function you may hear unusual noises. If the vehicle is stopped, switch ness. This is normal and is produced in the brake off the engine and switch it on ● Always adapt your speed and the distance system. Slow: City Safety As- again. If necessary, inspect the sist function is not laser sensor (dirt, frost) . If it to the vehicles ahead in line with visibility, Operation weather conditions, the condition of the road currently available. still does not function, refer to a and the traffic situation. Specialised workshop to have Warning and control lamp the system inspected. ● The City Safety Assist function does not react to people, animals or vehicles that cross The City Safety Assist function is switched on or move in the opposite direction in the same every time the ignition is switched on. No   Flashes lane. special indication is produced. Within the operating

● Emergencies If after switching on the City Safety Assist If the City Safety Assist function is switched area of 5-30 km/h function the vehicle begins to move, slow the (3-19 mph): The City off or on, or if there is an error in the system, Switch on the City Safety Assist vehicle with the foot brake. Safety Assist func- function manually using the it will be shown by a control lamp on the in- tion has been button   ››› Fig. 155. strument panel display. switched off manual- CAUTION ly using the button   If you suspect that the City Safety Assist la- ››› Fig. 155. Safety ser feature is damaged, disconnect it. This will avoid additional damage. Several warning and control lamps should light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switched on, signalling that the function is » 157 Operation

being verified. They will switch off after a few or snow, as a result the City Safety Assist seconds. system may fail to operate. ● Always keep the laser sensor area free of WARNING dirt and frost. If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle ● Use a small brush to remove snow and a may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents de-icer spray to remove ice. and severe injuries. ● Never ignore the warning lamps. CAUTION ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. A damaged windscreen in the laser sensor Fig. 154 Laser sensor detection area area may cause the City Safety Assist func- CAUTION tion to fail to operate. Failure to heed the warning lamps when they A laser sensor on the windscreen ››› Fig. 153 ● Replace the windscreen if it is scratched, appear may result in faults in the vehicle. allows the system to detect driving situations cracked or chipped by stones in the laser sen- in front of the vehicle. sor area. Only use a windscreen authorised by SEAT. Carrying out repairs is not permitted Vehicles ahead can be detected up to a dis- (e.g. in the case of damage suffered in an im- Laser sensor tance of about 10 m. pact from a stone). ● When replacing the windscreen wipers, on- WARNING ly use windscreen wipers authorised by SEAT. The laser beam on the laser sensor can lead ● Do not paint the laser sensor area on the to serious eye injuries. windscreen, or cover it with adhesives or oth- ● Never focus optical devices, e.g. a camera, er materials. a microscope or a magnifying glass closer than 100 mm from the laser sensor. ● Note that the laser beam can stay active when the City Safety Assist system is switched off or unavailable. The laser beam is not visible to the human eye. Fig. 153 In the windscreen: laser sensor for the City Safety Assist function. CAUTION If the windscreen is dirty or frosted in the area of the laser sensor, e.g. due to rain, mist

158 Driver assistance systems

Function ● If the vehicle has been taken to an auto- Special driving situations matic car wash. ● If the vehicle is above a test bed. ● If the laser sensor is defective.

● After the laser sensor has been involved in data Technical a collision. ● When driving off road (overhanging branch- es). ● If objects are protruding above the bonnet, e.g. a load carried on the roof that signifi- Advice cantly protrudes over the front. Fig. 155 In the lower part of the centre con- ● If the windscreen is damaged in the laser sole: Button for the City Safety Assist func- sensor area. tion.

Switching on and off the City Safety Assist WARNING function Failure to switch off the City Safety Assist Fig. 156 A: Vehicle on a bend. B: A motorcy- Operation function in the above situations may result in ● Press the ››› Fig. 155 button on the centre clist driving ahead out of range of the laser accidents and serious injury. console. sensor ● Switch off the City Safety Assist function in When the City Safety Assist function is critical situations. switched on, the control lamp   lights up on the dash panel within the operational range, i.e. for speeds between 5-30 km/h Emergencies (3-19 mph).

Switch off the City Safety Assist function in the following situations

Switching off the City Safety Assist function is Safety recommended in the following situations ››› : Fig. 157 Other vehicles changing lanes » ● While the vehicle is being towed. 159 Operation

The City Safety Assist function is limited by Possible malfunction to the laser sensor Hill driving assistant* the laws of physics and by the nature of the If the laser sensor operation function is im- system itself. For this reason, this may pro- paired, for example due to heavy rain, mist, Operation duce reactions from the City Safety Assist snow or dirt, the City Safety Assist system system in certain circumstances that are late function is temporarily disconnected. On the This function is only included in vehicles with or unexpected by the driver. For this reason, instrument panel display the control lamp  ESC. always pay due attention and if necessary, in- flashes. tervene. The hill driving assistant helps the driver to When the malfunction in the laser sensor has move off and upward on a hill when the vehi- For example, the following driving situations been rectified, the availability of the City cle is stationary. require special attention: Safety Assist system function is automatically The system maintains brake pressure for ap- restored. The control lamp  switches off. Driving through a bend proximately two seconds after the driver takes his foot off the brake pedal to prevent When entering or leaving a “long” bend, the The following conditions could prevent the the vehicle from lurching backward when it is vehicle may decelerate when the laser sensor City Safety Assist system from functioning: started. During these 2 seconds, the driver detects a vehicle travelling in the adjoining ● Tight bends. has enough time to release the clutch pedal lane ››› Fig. 156 A. To interrupt deceleration and accelerate without the vehicle moving you can accelerate, turn the steering wheel or ● Accelerator pressed all the way down to the floor. and without having to use the handbrake, press the clutch. making start-up easier, more comfortable ● If the City Safety Assist system is switched and safer. Narrow vehicles in front off or there is a fault ››› page 157. These are the basic operation conditions: The laser sensor will only detect narrow vehi- ● If the laser sensor is dirty, covered or over- cles in front if they are in the sensor detec- heated ››› page 158. ● being on a ramp or hill/slope, tion zone ››› Fig. 156 B. This applies especial- ● In the event of snow, heavy rain or dense ● doors closed, ly to narrow vehicles such as motorbikes. fog. ● vehicle completely stationary, ● If there are vehicles in front. Other vehicles changing lanes ● engine running and foot on the brake, ● Vehicles changing lanes. Vehicles moving into your lane in close prox- ● besides having a gear engaged or being in ● imity can cause unexpected braking from the Vehicles moving in the opposite direction neutral for manual gear change and with the in the same lane. City Safety Assist system ››› Fig. 157. To inter- selector lever at positions S, D or R in vehi- rupt deceleration you can accelerate, turn the ● Very dirty vehicles with a low degree of re- cles with an automatic gearbox. steering wheel or press the clutch. flection. This system is also active when reversing up- ● Presence of thick dust. hill. 160 Driver assistance systems

WARNING . It lights up Start-Stop system

● If you do not start the vehicle immediately The Start-Stop sys- after taking your foot off the brake pedal, the tem is enabled but vehicle may start to roll back under certain the engine cannot Contact a specialised workshop. conditions. Depress the brake pedal or use be automatically the hand brake immediately. stopped. data Technical ● If the engine stalls, depress the brake pedal or use the hand brake immediately.  It lights up ● When following a line of traffic uphill, if you The Start-Stop sys- want to prevent the vehicle from rolling back Start the engine by hand using

tem cannot start the Advice the vehicle's key ››› page 135. accidentally when starting off, hold the brake engine. pedal down for a few seconds before starting off. There is a fault in the Fig. 158 At the top of the centre console: ››› page 196 alternator. Start-Stop system button Note  Flashes With the Start-Stop system enabled, the en- The Official Service or a specialist workshop gine is automatically stopped when the vehi-

can tell you if your vehicle is equipped with The Start-Stop sys- cle is at a standstill. It will start again auto- Operation Contact a specialised workshop. this system. tem is not available. matically as required.

Some warning and control lamps will light up This function remains enabled while the igni- briefly when the ignition is switched on to tion is switched on. The instrument panel dis- Start-Stop System check certain functions. They will switch off play shows information on the current status after a few seconds. ››› page 161.

Control lamps Disconnect the Start-Stop system by hand Emergencies WARNING whenever crossing water.  It lights up Observe the safety warnings ››› in On the instrument panel on page 26. Vehicles with a manual gearbox The Start-Stop system is enabled. ● When the vehicle is stopped, put it into

neutral and release the clutch pedal. The en- Safety gine will stop. ● To restart, simply engage the clutch. »

161 Operation

Vehicles with an automatic gearbox Conditions for the engine to restart automat- hill hold tempt you into taking any risks ● When the vehicle is at a standstill, depress ically when driving. the brake or keep it pressed down. The en- The engine can be automatically restarted in ● Any accidental movement of the vehicle gine switches off. the following cases: could result in serious injury. ● ● The hill hold is not a replacement for driver The engine will start again as soon as you ● If the vehicle starts to moves. release the brake pedal. awareness. ● If the battery voltage drops. ● With the selector lever set to position N, ● Adjust your speed and driving style to visi- the engine will not start until a range of gears bility, weather, road and traffic conditions. Conditions requiring engine start-up using is selected or the accelerator pedal is de- ● The hill hold cannot always keep the vehi- the key pressed. cle at a standstill on a slope or brake suffi- The engine has to be manually started in the ciently when travelling downhill (e.g. on slip- Important conditions for the engine to stop following cases: pery or frozen surfaces). automatically ● If the driver unbuckles his/her seat belt. ● The driver's seat belt must be fastened. WARNING ● If the driver door is opened. ● The driver door must be closed. The brake servo and the electromechanical ● If the bonnet is opened. steering do not work when the engine is ● The bonnet must be closed. switched off. ● The engine must have reached a minimum Switching the Start-Stop system on and off ● The vehicle must never be allowed to move temperature. ● Press the button  situated in the centre with the engine switched off. ● The vehicle must have moved since the last console ››› Fig. 158. ● Disconnect the Start-Stop system before time the engine was stopped. ● The button will light up when the Start-Stop working in the engine compartment. ● The vehicle's battery must be sufficiently system is switched off. charged. CAUTION The engine will start immediately if the vehi- ● The battery temperature must not be too cle is in Stop mode when the system is The vehicle's battery could be damaged if the low or too high. switched off by hand. vehicle is used for long periods at very high ● The vehicle must not be on a very steep outside temperatures. slope. WARNING The smart technology included in the hill Note hold cannot change the laws of physics. Do In some cases, it may be necessary to start not let the extra convenience afforded by the the engine by hand using the key. Refer to

162 Towing bracket device the corresponding control lamp on the instru- Towing bracket device ment panel. Driving with a trailer

Information on driving with a trailer data Technical

The vehicle is not certified for trailer cou- pling. The vehicle is not factory-equipped with a towing bracket, nor is it possible to ret-

rofit it. Advice

WARNING Installing a towing bracket on the vehicle may cause accidents and serious injuries while operating the vehicle. ● Never install a towing bracket on the vehi-

cle. Operation ● The trailer may be released from the vehicle when the vehicle is moving.

CAUTION Any type of towing bracket installed on the

vehicle can cause serious and costly damage Emergencies that are not covered under the SEAT guarantee. Safety

163 Advice

Advice ● Only use wheels and tyre combinations SEAT for use in your vehicle and bear the e which have been approved by SEAT for your mark (the European Union's authorisation vehicle type. symbol). This includes cruise control systems Care and maintenance or electronically controlled suspension. If any additional electrical devices are fitted Accessories, replacement of Accessories and spare parts which do not serve to control the vehicle itself, these must bear the  mark (European parts and modifications SEAT recommends you consult an Official Union manufacturer conformity declaration). Service before purchasing accessories and This includes refrigerator boxes, laptops or Introduction spare parts or consumables. For example, ventilator fans. when fitting accessories at a later date, or WARNING when replacing a component. A SEAT Official WARNING Service will advise you as to the legal require- The use of spare parts and accessories, or in- Unprofessional repairs or modifications to correctly performed modifications or repairs ments and manufacturer's recommendations the vehicle may affect the performance of the may result in damage to the vehicle, acci- regarding accessories, spare parts and other airbags, and may cause operating faults or fa- dents and serious injury. components. tal accidents. ● SEAT strongly recommends you to only use SEAT recommend you use only approved ● Never mount, fasten or fit objects such as SEAT approved accessories and SEAT® origi- SEAT accessories and genuine SEAT spare drink holders or telephone cradles over or nal spare parts. These parts and accessories parts®. These parts and accessories have next to the covers of the airbag modules or have been specially tested by SEAT for suita- been specially tested by SEAT for suitability, within their deployment zones. bility, reliability and safety. reliability and safety. In addition, SEAT tech- ● Objects placed over the airbag covers, or ● Have any repairs or modifications carried nical services will guarantee that assembly is within their deployment zones, could lead to out at a specialised workshop. These work- performed professionally. serious injury or loss of life if the airbags are shops have the necessary tools, diagnostics triggered. equipment, repair information and qualified Although we continually monitor the market, personnel. SEAT cannot guarantee that products not approved by SEAT are reliable, safe or suitable ● Only mount parts with the same specifica- Service fluids and components tions as the parts fitted at factory. for the vehicle. Therefore, SEAT cannot accept liability, even in those cases authorised by ● Never mount, fasten or fit objects such as All vehicle fluids and consumables, such as an officially recognised technical inspection drink holders or telephone cradles over the notched belts, tyres, coolant fluids, engine office or other official body. covers of the airbag modules or within their oils, spark plugs and batteries are continual- deployment zones. Any retro-fitted equipment which has a direct ly being developed. Therefore all fluids and effect on vehicle control must be approved by

164 Care and maintenance consumables should be changed at a speci- effect of the coolant. If the engine is running ly; neither is the SEAT warranty valid in these alised workshop. Technical services are per- under great strain in high outside tempera- cases. manently informed of any modifications. tures, it could overheat. SEAT recommends you have any technical modifications or repairs performed at a SEAT WARNING For the sake of the environment Official Service and that you use genuine The incorrect use or handling of fluids or con- ® data Technical Leaking fluids could pollute the environment. SEAT spare parts . sumables may result in accident, serious in- Collect any spilt fluids in suitable containers jury, burns or intoxication. and dispose of them in accordance with legis- Vehicles with special accessories and equip- ● Therefore, fluids must always be stored lation and with respect for the environment. ment closed in their original container.

The manufacturers of additional equipment Advice ● Never store fluids in empty food containers guarantee that the equipment complies with or bottles as other people may accidentally applicable laws and regulations with respect drink the fluid. Repairs and technical changes to the environment, in particular Directives ● Keep all fluids and consumables out of When performing repairs and technical mod- 2000/53/CE and 2003/11/CE. The first direc- reach of children. ifications, SEAT's directives must be ob- tive governs the disposal of end-of-life vehi- ● Read and observe the information and served! ››› cles while the second refers to the restric- warnings given on the fluid containers. tions on the marketing and use of certain Unauthorised modifications to the electronic Operation ● dangerous substances and preparations. Only work in the open air or in well-ventila- components or software in the vehicle may ted zones, when using products which give cause malfunctions. Due to the way the elec- The vehicle owner should keep the documen- off harmful vapours. tronic components are linked together in net- tation for the additional equipment safely ● Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, ace- works, other indirect systems may be affec- and hand it over to the scrap yard at the end tone or any other volatile liquid in the main- ted by the faults. This may significantly affect of the vehicle's service life. This ensures that tenance of the vehicle. These are toxic and the vehicle's performance, increase compo- any additional equipment mounted in end-of- highly flammable. They could lead to fire or nent wear and could mean that the vehicle life vehicles is correctly disposed of with re- Emergencies explosions! registration documents are no longer valid. spect for the environment. Your SEAT Official Service cannot be held lia- CAUTION WARNING ble for any damage caused by technical mod- ● Only use appropriate fluids. Do not confuse ifications or repairs performed incorrectly. Repairs or modifications which are not per- fluids as this can cause serious malfunctions formed correctly may result in damage or er- Safety or engine damage. The SEAT Official Service does not accept lia- rors in the vehicle operation, affecting the ef- ● Accessories and other components moun- bility for damage resulting from technical fectiveness of the driver assist systems. This ted in front of the air inlet reduce the cooling modifications or repairs performed incorrect- could result in serious accident. »

165 Advice

● All repairs and modifications to the vehicle and tyre combinations not approved by SEAT WARNING should only be performed by a specialised are used, or if the vehicle height is lowered, Modifications to the vehicle suspension, in- workshop. the suspension is stiffened or the suspension springs, telescopic arms, dampers, etc., are cluding the use of unauthorised wheel and tyre combinations, may affect the perform- modified, the results received by the airbag ance of the airbags and increase the risk of sensors and sent to the control unit may not Repairs and malfunctions in the air- serious or fatal injury in the event of acci- be accurate. For example, some modifica- dent. bag system tions to the suspension could increase the ● Never fit suspension components which are force measured by the sensors and result in When performing repairs and technical mod- not identical to the original parts in the vehi- the triggering of the airbag systems in colli- ifications, SEAT's directives must be ob- cle. sions. Under normal conditions, the meas- served! ● ››› ured values would be lower and the airbag Never use wheel and tyre combinations not approved by SEAT. Modifications and repairs to the front bump- would not have been triggered. Other modifi- er, doors, front seats, and repairs to the roof cations may reduce the forces measured by or chassis should only be carried out in a the sensors and prevent the airbags from be- specialised workshop. These components ing triggered when they should. Retrofitting of mobile phones may contain parts or sensors belonging to the airbag system. WARNING An exterior aerial is required for the use of two-way radios in the vehicle. If work is carried out on the airbag system or Repairs or modifications which are not per- parts have to be removed and fitted on the formed correctly may result in damage or er- The retro-fitting of electrical or electronic ap- system when performing other repair work, rors in the vehicle operation, affecting the ef- pliances in the vehicle is subject to their ap- parts of the airbag system may be damaged. fectiveness of the airbag systems. This could proval for use in your vehicle. Under certain The consequence may be that, in the event of result in serious or fatal accidents. circumstances, this could mean that your ve- an accident, the airbag inflates incorrectly or ● All repairs and modifications to the vehicle hicle registration documents are no longer does not inflate at all. should only be performed by a specialised valid. workshop. So that the effectiveness of the airbag is not SEAT has approved your vehicle for use with ● Airbag modules must never be repaired: if two-way radios providing the following condi- reduced and that removed parts do not cause damaged, they must be replaced. any injuries or environmental pollution, regu- tions are observed: ● lations must be observed. These require- Never fit recycled or reused airbag components in your vehicle. ● The exterior aerial must be mounted pro- ments are known to specialised workshops. fessionally. Modifications to the vehicle suspension may ● The maximum transmitting power is 10 affect the operation of the airbag system in watts. the event of collision. For example, if wheel 166 Care and maintenance

The optimal reach of the equipment is only Information stored by the control ances connected in the vehicle, it is possible achieved with an external aerial. units to send the vehicle position. If the control unit records an accident with airbag activa- Check first with a specialised workshop that tion, the system may automatically send a understands the technical possibilities of in- Your vehicle is fitted at the factory with a ser- signal. This will depend on the network oper- stallation if you wish to use a two-way radio ies of electronic control units responsible for ator. Normally, transmission is only possible data Technical with a transmitting power of over 10 watts. the engine and gearbox management. In ad- in areas with good coverage. SEAT recommends taking your car in for tech- dition, the control units supervise the per- nical service. formance of the exhaust gas system and the airbag systems. Event Data Recorder All legal requirements, together with the in- Therefore, while the vehicle is being driven, The vehicle is not fitted with an event data re- structions for the use of two-way radios must Advice corder. be observed. these electronic control units are continuously analysing the vehicle data. In the event of An event data recorder temporarily stores the WARNING faults or deviations from the theoretical val- vehicle information. Therefore, in the event of ues, only this data is stored. Normally, the an accident, it is possible to obtain detailed If the two-way radio is not securely fastened warning lamps on the instrument panel light information about how the accident occur- in position, it could be sent flying around the up in the event of faults. vehicle in the event of sharp braking, sudden red. Vehicles with airbag systems can store data relating to impact speed, seat belt sta- manoeuvres or accident, causing injury. This data can only be read and analysed us- Operation tus, seat positions and airbag activation ● While driving, two-way radios must be se- ing special equipment. curely fastened in position, outside the air- times may be stored, etc. The volume of data The storing of the data allows specialised depends on the manufacturer. bags deployment zones, or safely stowed workshops to detect and repair faults. Stored away. data may include: Event data recorders can only be mounted with authorisation from the vehicle owner WARNING ● Data relating to the engine or the gearbox and, in some countries, they are governed by local legislation. Emergencies When using a two-way radio without a con- ● Speed nection to an exterior aerial, the maximum ● Direction of travel permitted levels of electromagnetic radiation Reprogramming control units ● Braking force may be exceeded. This is also the case if the On the whole, all the data required for the aerial has not been correctly installed. ● Detection of seat belt component management is stored in the con- ● Safety You should only use a two-way radio inside The vehicle control units never record conver- trol units. The programming of certain con- the vehicle if it has first been correctly con- sations held by passengers in the vehicle. venience functions, such as the turn signals, nected to an exterior aerial. individual door opening and instructions on In vehicles equipped with an emergency call the display can be modified using special » function via the mobile phone or other appli- 167 Advice

equipment at the workshop. If the comfort man body. International committees and au- Mobile telephone connection with an exter- functions are reprogrammed, the information thorities have established limits and direc- nal aerial is carried out subject to the hands- and Instruction Manual descriptions will not tives in order to ensure electromagnetic radi- free device, via the telephone support or by coincide with the modified functions. There- ation from mobile phones remains within cer- the Bluetooth® connections present in the fore, SEAT recommends that any modifica- tain limits that do not endanger health. Nev- mobile telephone and the vehicle. tions be recorded in the section “Other work- ertheless, there is no conclusive scientific If the mobile phone is connected to an aerial shop notes” in the Maintenance Programme. evidence that wireless telephones are totally incorporated into the vehicle or an exterior safe. The SEAT Official Service must have a record aerial connected to the vehicle, it will help re- of any modification to the programming. That is why some experts recommend moder- duce the electromagnetic radiation transmit- ate use of the mobile telephone, and the ap- ted and the risk to human health. It will also Reading the vehicle fault memory pliance of measures to reduce radiation on improve the quality of the connection. the human body. There is a diagnostics connector in the vehi- If the phone is used inside the vehicle with- cle interior for reading the vehicle fault mem- When a mobile phone not connected to an out the hands-free system, it will not be se- ory. The fault memory documents errors and exterior aerial is used inside the vehicle, the curely fastened and will not be connected to deviations from the theoretical values of the electromagnetic radiation may be greater the exterior aerial of the vehicle telephone. electronic control units. than if the mobile phone were connected to a Nor will the telephone charge if it is not on built-in aerial or to another exterior aerial. the support. In addition, some calls may The diagnostics connector is in the driver break off and the quality of the connection side footwell area, next to the lever for open- If the vehicle is fitted with a suitable hands- will be affected. ing the bonnet, below a cover. free device that allows the employment of numerous additional mobile telephone func- Mobile telephones should only be used in- The fault memory should only be read and re- tions with compatible Bluetooth technolo- side the vehicle if they are connected to a set by a specialised workshop. gy®, it will comply with the legislation in hands-free system. SEAT recommends using many countries which only permits the use of an external aerial should you wish to use a mobile phones inside vehicles using a mobile telephone inside the vehicle. Using a mobile telephone in a vehicle hands-free device. ® without connection to an exterior aer- Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Blue- ® ial Mobile telephones must be placed in a suita- tooth SIG, Inc. ble telephone support or stored safely in the Mobile telephones transmit and receive radio vehicle. If a support is used for the tele- WARNING waves also called high-frequency energy, phone, it must be securely fastened to the If the mobile phone is not securely fastened both when in use and when on stand-by. Sci- base plate. The mobile will be secure on the in position, it could be sent flying around the entific studies state that radio waves exceed- instrument panel and always within reach of vehicle in the event of sharp braking, sudden ing certain values may be harmful to the hu- the driver only by following these procedures. manoeuvres or accident, causing injury. 168 Care and maintenance

● While driving, the mobile telephone, other Support points for raising the vehicle The vehicle should not be lifted using lifting equipment including telephone accessories platforms with lift pads containing fluid. such as telephone supports, notepads and When raising a vehicle using a platform or navigators must be correctly secured, away jack, a series of precautionary measures are from the airbags deployment zones, or stored required. Do not raise the vehicle with a lift- in a safe place. data Technical ing platform or jack unless you have received training in how to do so and know how to do WARNING so safely. When using a mobile telephone or two-way Notes on raising the vehicle with a jack radio without connecting an external aerial,

››› page 72. Advice the maximum permitted levels of electromagnetic radiation in the vehicle may be excee- WARNING ded, thus putting the driver and the rest of Fig. 159 Front jacking points for raising vehi- the vehicle occupants in danger. This is also cle with lifting platform or jack The improper use of the lifting platform or the case if the aerial has not been correctly the jack when raising the vehicle may result installed. in accidents or serious injury. ● A minimum of 20 centimetres should be ● Before raising the vehicle, please observe kept between mobile phone aerials and artifi- the manufacturer's instructions for the plat- Operation cial pacemakers, as mobile telephones may form or jack, and the legal requirements, affect the working of pacemakers. where applicable. ● Do not keep mobile phones in breast pock- ● There should not be anyone inside the ve- ets directly above pacemakers. hicle when it is being raised or once it is in ● Immediately switch off the mobile tele- the air. phone if you suspect any interference with ● Only use the jacking points indicated in the pacemakers or other types of medical equip- figures ››› Fig. 159 and ››› Fig. 160 when rais- Emergencies ment. Fig. 160 Rear jacking points for raising vehi- ing the vehicle. If the vehicle is not lifted at cle with lifting platform or jack the indicated points, it may fall from the platform while the engine or gearbox is being Always use the jacking points indicated in dismounted, for example.

the figures ››› Fig. 159 and ››› Fig. 160 when ● The jacking points should be centrally Safety raising the vehicle. If the vehicle is not lifted aligned and firmly positioned on the platform at these points, it could be seriously dam- support plates. » aged ››› or lead to serious injury ››› .

169 Advice

● Never start the engine when the vehicle is edging warranty claims in the event of body- WARNING raised! The vehicle may fall from the platform work corrosion or paint defects. Inappropriate care and cleaning of vehicle due to the engine vibrations. Products suitable for the care of your vehicle components may effect the vehicle safety ● If it is necessary to work underneath the ve- are available at any technical service. equipment, increasing the risk of severe in- hicle while it is raised, you should check that jury. the supporting stands have an adequate load WARNING ● Vehicle components should only be capacity. Car-care products may be toxic and hazard- cleaned and maintained in accordance with ● Never climb onto the lifting platform. ous. If car care products are not suitable or the manufacturer's instructions. ● Always make sure that the weight of the ve- are used inappropriately, this could result in ● Only use approved or recommended care hicle does not exceed the lifting platform accident, serious injury, burns or intoxica- products. load capacity. tion. ● Car care products must always be stored in CAUTION CAUTION the original container which should be kept closed. Cleaning products which contain solvents will ● Never raise the vehicle at the engine oil damage the material. sump, the gearbox or the rear or front axles. ● Observe information provided by the manufacturer. ● Always use an intermediate rubber support For the sake of the environment to prevent damage to the vehicle underbody. ● To prevent confusion, never store car care Check that the arms of the lifting platform are products in empty food cans, bottles or other Only wash the vehicle in areas allocated for able to move with obstruction. containers. this purpose, to prevent dirty water which may be contaminated by oil, grease or fuel, ● The arms should not come into contact with ● Keep all care products out of reach of chil- from entering the drains. In some places, the side running boards or other parts of the dren. even washing it outside the planned areas is vehicle. ● Harmful vapours may be produced when us- banned. ing car care products. Therefore, care products should only be used in well-ventilated spaces or in the open air. For the sake of the environment Caring for and cleaning the ve- ● Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, ace- Where possible, always use products which hicle exterior tone or any other volatile liquid to wash, respect the environment. clean or care for the vehicle. These are toxic and highly flammable. Introduction For the sake of the environment

Regular maintenance and washing help to The remains of car care products should not be disposed of with ordinary household maintain the value of the vehicle. This may also be one of the requirements for acknowl- 170 Care and maintenance

waste. Observe information provided by the SEAT recommends the use of car washes WARNING manufacturer. without brushes. After the vehicle has been washed, the brak- To remove traces of wax on windows and to ing effect will be reduced (and the braking prevent wiper blades from scratching, please distance increased) due to moisture (and ice Washing the vehicle observe the following ››› page 172, Cleaning in winter) on the brakes. Technical data Technical windows and exterior mirrors. ● “Dry the brakes and remove ice” by braking The longer substances such as insects, bird carefully. Ensure that you are not endanger- droppings, resinous tree sap, road dirt, in- Washing the car by hand ing other road-users or breaking traffic regu- dustrial deposits, tar, soot or road salt and lations in the process. When washing the car by hand, use plenty of other aggressive materials remain on the ve-

water to soften the dirt first, and rinse off as Advice hicle, the more damage they do to the paint- well as possible. CAUTION work. High temperatures (for instance due to strong sunlight) further intensify the corro- Then clean the vehicle with a soft sponge, ● The water temperature should not exceed sive effect. The vehicle undercarriage should glove or brush using only slight pressure. +60 °C (+140 °F). also be thoroughly washed at regular inter- Start at the roof and work downwards. Spe- ● To avoid damage to the paintwork, do not vals. cial car shampoo should only be used for wash the vehicle in full sun. very persistent dirt. ● Do not use rough sponges or similar which could damage the surface to clean away the Operation Automatic car washes Rinse the sponge or glove thoroughly and of- traces of insects. Always observe the instructions provided at ten. the automatic car wash. The standard pre- ● Never wipe the headlights with a dry cloth Wheels, sills and similar should be cleaned cautionary measures prior to entering the car or sponge, always moisten first. It is best to last. Use a second sponge for this. use soapy water. wash should be taken to avoid damage to the vehicle (close all windows, fold in exterior ● Washing the vehicle in low temperatures: WARNING mirrors). If the vehicle is fitted with additional When washing the vehicle with a hose, do Emergencies components (spoiler, roof-rack, aerial, etc.), Sharp components on the vehicle may cause not direct water into the lock cylinders or the gaps around the doors or roof. Locks and check with the car wash supervisor whether injury. seals could freeze! these can enter the car wash ››› . ● Protect arms and hands from sharp edges when cleaning the vehicle undercarriage or The vehicle paintwork is so durable that the the interior of the wheel hubs. CAUTION

vehicle can normally be washed without Safety problems in an automatic car wash tunnel. To avoid any risk of damage to the vehicle, However, wear and damage to the paintwork please check the following points before us- will depend on the type of car wash used. ing an automatic car wash: »

171 Advice

● Compare the distance between the vehicle tem sensors. The sensors of the parking dis- CAUTION wheels and the distance between the guide- tance warning system are situated on the rear ● The water temperature should not exceed rails of the car wash to prevent damage to the bumper ››› . +60 °C (+140 °F). wheels and tyres! Do not use a nozzle that sprays the water out ● To avoid damage to the paintwork, do not ● Switch off the rain sensor before taking the in a direct stream or one that has a rotating wash the vehicle in full sun. vehicle to an automatic car wash. jet for forcing off dirt ››› . ● To ensure that the system functions well, ● Compare the height and width of your vehi- the sensors located on the bumper must be cle with the available height and width when WARNING kept clean and free from ice. When cleaning entering and driving through the car wash. The incorrect use of high pressure cleaning with pressure hoses and steam cleaners, the ● Fold in exterior mirrors Electrically retracta- equipment could result in permanent dam- sensors should be sprayed only briefly. A dis- ble exterior mirrors must not be folded in or age, visible or invisible, to the tyres or other tance of 10 cm between the sensors and the out by hand. Always use the electrical power materials. This could result in a serious acci- steam / hose nozzle must be observed. control. dent. ● Do not use a high pressure cleaner to re- ● To avoid damaging the bonnet paintwork, ● Ensure there is a suitable distance between move ice or snow from windows rest the windscreen wipers on the windscreen the nozzle and the tyres. ● Washing the vehicle in low temperatures: after drying the wiper blades. Do not let them ● Never wash tyres with a concentrated jet or When washing the vehicle with a hose, do fall! so-called “dirt blasters”. Even at large spray- not direct water into the lock cylinders or the ● Lock the rear lid to prevent it from opening ing distances and short cleaning times, you gaps around the doors or roof. Locks and unexpectedly while inside the car wash. may damage the tyres. seals could freeze!

WARNING Washing the vehicle with a high pres- Cleaning windows and exterior mir- After the vehicle has been washed, the brak- sure cleaner ing effect will be reduced (and the braking rors distance increased) due to moisture (and ice When cleaning the vehicle with a high-pres- in winter) on the brakes. Cleaning windows and exterior mirrors sure cleaner, always follow the operating in- ● Spray windows and exterior windows with a structions for the equipment. Pay special at- “Dry the brakes and remove ice” by braking carefully. Ensure that you are not endanger- standard window cleaner containing alcohol. tention to the required pressure of the jet ing other road-users or breaking traffic regu- and the distance between the jet and the ve- lations in the process. Dry the windows with a clean chamois leath- hicle ››› . er or a lint-free cloth. The chamois leathers used on painted surfaces are not suitable for Keep a suitable distance from soft materials, cleaning windows because they are soiled such as rubber hoses or insulating material, and from the parking distance warning sys- 172 Care and maintenance with wax deposits which could smear the portion 1:100 (1 part detergent, 100 parts CAUTION windows. water) in the windscreen washer reservoir. ● Never mix our cleaning products with other Use window cleaner or a silicone remover to ● All year round: the window clean- products not recommended by SEAT in the clean rubber, oil, grease and silicone depos- er G 052 164 A2; proportion 1:2 in wind- windscreen washer reservoir. This could lead its off ››› . screen washer bottle (1 part concentrate, 2 to flocculation and may block the windscreen parts water) in winter, up to -18 ℃ (-0.4°F), or washer jets. data Technical Removing wax residue 1:4, during the rest of the year. ● Do not use hot or warm water to remove ice Automatic car washes and certain car care ● Window cloths G 052 522 A1 for all win- or snow from the windows and exterior mirrors. The glass could crack! products may leave wax deposits on the windows and exterior mirrors. ● The heating element for the rear window is

dows. These deposits can only be removed Advice with a special product or cleaning cloths. If Removing snow located on the inner side of the window. Do not stick adhesive labels over the heating el- wax deposits are left on the windscreen and Use a small brush to remove snow from the ements and never clean the inside of the rear the rear window, the blades can scratch the windows and exterior mirrors. window with corrosive or acid products or glass. SEAT recommends you wipe the wax other similar chemical cleaning products. deposits off the windscreen and the rear win- Removing ice dow with a soft cloth each time after you If possible, use a de-icing spray to remove have washed the vehicle. ice. If you use an ice scraper, push it in one Caring for and polishing the vehicle Operation A window cleaning detergent which helps to direction only without swinging it. If you pull paintwork dissolve the wax may be added to the wind- the scraper backwards, the dirt may scratch screen washer fluid to prevent the wiper the window. Waxing blades from scratching the windscreen. Please ensure you add the cleaning product WARNING Regular waxing protects the paintwork. It is in the correct proportions. Products for re- time to apply a good coat of wax when water Dirty or misted windows reduce visibility in moving grease do not eliminate the wax de- no longer forms droplets and rolls off the Emergencies all directions and increase the risk of acci- clean paintwork. posits ››› . dent and serious injury. Special cleaning products or window cloths ● Do not drive unless you have good visibility Even if a wax solution is used regularly in the are available at any technical service. To re- through all windows! automatic car wash, SEAT recommends pro- tecting the paint with a hard wax coating at move wax deposits, SEAT recommends the ● Remove ice and snow from the windows least twice a year. Safety following products: and demist inside and out. » ● For the hottest time of the year: the window cleaner for summer use G 052 184 A1. Pro-

173 Advice

Polishing ● Do not clean or polish them in sandy or Use an acid free detergent to clean the wheel Polishing is only necessary if the paint has dusty environments. rims. SEAT recommends treating the wheel rims thoroughly with a hard wax about once lost its shine, and the gloss cannot be ● Do not use abrasive cleaning agents such brought back by applying wax. as home cream cleaners. every three months. If the polish does not contain wax, a wax ● Do not use insect sponges, scouring pads, It is important to remove road salt and brake product should be applied after polishing. or similar products to clean insect deposits. dust by washing the wheels at regular inter- ● Do not polish dirty surfaces. vals, otherwise the finish will be impaired. CAUTION ● Do not use products containing solvents. Always use an acid-free detergent for alloy ● To prevent damage, car polish or hard wax ● Do not use hard wax. wheel rims. Car polish or other abrasive should not be used on components painted in agents should not be used for maintaining matt paint, plastic components and the glass the rims. CAUTION headlamp and tail light covers. If the protective coating on the paint has Chrome hub caps or wheel covers may have ● Do not polish your vehicle in a sandy or been damaged (for example, hit by a stone), dusty environment. been painted additionally. Do not treat them with aluminium or chrome wax products, nor it should be repaired immediately. chrome or aluminium polish. Instead, use commercial paint wax or polish. Care and cleaning of chrome and alu- Caring for rubber seals minium wheel rims Cleaning wheels The rubber seals on doors, windows, etc., re- ● Use a clean, damp, lint-free, smooth cloth main flexible, provide a better seal and last to clean anodized surfaces. Cleaning steel wheels longer if they are regularly treated with a ● If there is a lot of dirt, use a special clean- product specifically designed for use on rub- Use an industrial cleaner to remove brake ing product which does not contain . ber. solvents dust. Therefore, clean wheels regularly with a ● Then, polish the chrome and aluminium separate sponge. Before applying the product, use a soft cloth wheel trims with a smooth dry cloth. to remove dust and dirt from the rubber Any damage to the paint on steel wheels seals. CAUTION should be touched up before the metal starts to rust. In order to prevent damage to the aluminium and chrome wheel trims: Caring for and cleaning alloy wheels ● Do not clean or polish them in direct sun- Remove road salt and brake dust by washing light. the wheels approximately once a fortnight. 174 Care and maintenance

De-icing the door lock cylinder Cleaning the engine compartment WARNING

To de-ice the lock cylinders, SEAT recommend The engine compartment of any motor vehi- When working on the engine or in the engine the use of genuine SEAT spray with lubricat- cle is a potentially hazardous area compartment, there is a risk of injury, burns, accident or fire. ing and anti-corrosive properties. ››› page 186. ● Before starting work, please ensure you are The engine compartment should only be data Technical CAUTION familiar with the required procedure and the cleaned by qualified personnel. If it is not safety precautions ››› page 186. The use of products containing degreasing correctly cleaned, the anti-corrosion coating ● SEAT recommends getting a specialised agents to de-ice the locks may rust the lock and consequently electrical components may workshop to do these jobs. cylinder. be damaged. Moreover, water may filter directly into the vehicle interior through the wa- Advice ter chamber ››› . CAUTION If water is manually poured into the water box Protection of vehicle undercarriage If the engine compartment is very dirty, al- (e.g. using a high pressure cleaning appli- ways take the vehicle to a specialised work- The vehicle underbody is coated to protect it ance), this could cause significant damage to shop for professional cleaning. SEAT recom- from chemical and mechanical damage. The the vehicle. mends taking your car in for technical serv- protective coat on the undercarriage may

ice. Operation wear from use while driving. Therefore, SEAT For the sake of the environment recommends that the protective coating on Water box Only wash the engine compartment in areas the undercarriage and on the running gear allocated for this purpose, to prevent dirty The water box is in the engine compartment, should be regularly checked, and repaired if water which may be contaminated by oil, between the windscreen and the engine, and necessary. grease or fuel, from entering the drains. In beneath a perforated cover. Air is taken in some places, even washing this compartment WARNING through the water box from outside to the ve- outside planned areas for this purpose is hicle interior via the heating and air condi- Emergencies Additional underseal or anti-corrosion prod- banned. ucts could catch fire due to the high tempera- tioner. tures reached by the exhaust gas system and Leaves and other loose objects should be other engine components. regularly cleaned away from the water box ei- ● Do not apply additional underseal or anti- ther by hand or with a vacuum. corrosion products to the exhaust pipes, cat- Safety alytic converters, heat shields or other parts of the vehicle which reach high temperatures.

175 Advice

Caring for and cleaning the ve- ucts should only be used in well-ventilated How to care for the upholstery spaces or in the open air. hicle interior To treat and maintain your seat upholstery, ● Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, ace- tone or any other volatile liquid to wash, keep the following in mind ››› : Introduction clean or care for the vehicle. These are toxic ● Before entering the vehicle, close any Vel- and highly flammable. The dye from many items of modern clothing cro fasteners that might snag on the uphols- (e.g. dark jeans) is not always colour-fast. tery or trim fabric. Any open Velcro fasteners Seat upholstery (material and leather), espe- WARNING may damage the trim or upholstery fabrics. cially when light-coloured, may visibly discol- Inappropriate care and cleaning of vehicle ● To prevent damage, avoid direct contact our if the dye comes out of clothing (even components may effect the vehicle safety between sharp decorative objects and the when used correctly). This is not an uphols- equipment, increasing the risk of severe in- upholstery and trim fabrics. Decorative ob- tery defect but indicates that the dye in the jury. jects include zips, rivets and rhinestones on item of clothing is not sufficiently colour-fast. ● Vehicle components should only be clothing and belts. cleaned and maintained in accordance with ● From time to time, clean the dust that gath- WARNING the manufacturer's instructions. ers in the perforations, folds and seams so Car-care products may be toxic and hazard- ● Only use approved or recommended care that the surfaces of the seats are not dam- ous. If car care products are not suitable or products. aged by its abrasive effect. are used inappropriately, this could result in ● accident, serious injury, burns or intoxica- Make sure clothes are colour-fast to avoid CAUTION tion. them running and staining the upholstery. ● Cleaning products which contain solvents This is especially important if the upholstery ● Car care products must always be stored in will damage the material. is light in colour. the original container which should be kept closed. ● To avoid damage, stubborn stains should be removed by a specialised workshop. CAUTION ● Observe information provided by the manufacturer. If the instructions for upholstery and trim care are not followed, they may deteriorate ● To prevent confusion, never store car care Note and discolour. products in empty food cans, bottles or other Suitable vehicle care products are available containers. from your technical service. ● Keep all care products out of reach of chil- Note dren. SEAT recommends you take the vehicle to a ● Harmful vapours may be produced when us- Specialised workshop to treat any stains on ing car care products. Therefore, care prod- the upholstery caused by the discolouration of clothing. 176 Care and maintenance

Cleaning padding and textile covers Type of Cleaning the vehicle Cleaning storage compartments, stain drinks holders and ashtrays Normal cleaning ● Before applying cleaning products, please Water-based – Use a sponge and wipe with a solu- stains, e.g. tion of water and wool wash. read the instructions for handling and the coffee or fruit – Dry with a dry, absorbent cloth. Technical data Technical warnings shown on the container. juice. ● The upholstery, textile covers, and carpet Persistent – Apply a washing pastea) directly to should be regularly vacuumed (with vacuum stains, e.g. the stain and allow it to work. brush). chocolate or – Apply clean water using a sponge or ● make-up. damp cloth to remove the cleaning We recommend that you use a soft sponge Advice product deposits. or lint-free, micro-fibre cloth for normal clean- – Dry with a dry absorbent cloth. ing ››› . Grease-based – Apply neutral soap or cleaning General superficial dirt on upholstery and stains, e.g. oil pastea) and allow it to work. textile covers can be cleaned with a normal or lipstick. – Remove dissolved grease or colour particles with an absorbent cloth. foam cleaning product. Fig. 161 In the front part of the centre con- – Then apply clean water. Take care not sole: Storage compartment with cup holder. If the upholstery and the material trims are to soak the upholstery. Operation very dirty, we recommend you have them a) cleaned by a specialist cleaning form. Bile soap can be used as a cleaning paste. CAUTION Cleaning stains ● Brushes should only be used to clean the It may be necessary to clean the whole sur- mats and floor mat! Other surfaces may be face and not only the stain itself. Especially if damaged if a brush is used. the surface has been dirtied through normal Emergencies ● use. Otherwise, the stained area may be- Do not use steam cleaning equipment, as the dirt becomes more encrusted in the mate- come lighter than the rest of the surface after rial when steam is applied. treatment. ● Never use brushes for cleaning damp material as they could damage the surface. Fig. 162 Ashtray removed and open with area Safety to stub cigarettes »

177 Advice

Cleaning storage compartments and drinks WARNING cle should be taken to a Specialised work- holders shop immediately and the belts should be re- Solvents cause the surfaces of the airbag placed. It is extremely dangerous to drive us- ● Use a clean, damp, lint-free cloth to clean modules to become porous. If an airbag is ac- ing damaged seat belts and could result in parts. cidentally triggered, the detachment of plas- serious injury or loss of life. ● If this does not provide satisfactory results, tic parts could cause serious injury. ● Seat belts and their components must nev- we recommend using a special solvent-free ● Never clean the dash panel and the surfa- er be cleaned with chemical products, nor plastic cleaning product. ces of the airbag modules with cleaners con- should they be allowed to come into contact taining solvents. with corrosive liquids, solvents or sharp ob- Cleaning the ashtray jects. This could affect the strength of the ● Extract the ashtray and empty it. seat belt webbing. Cleaning seatbelts ● Clean the ashtray with a dishcloth. ● Seat belts should be completely dry before retracting. Dampness could damage the belt Use a toothpick or similar to remove ash from If the seat belt is very dirty, the belt retractor retractor so that it does not operate correctly. may not work correctly thus preventing the the area where cigarettes are stubbed out ● Do not allow liquids or foreign bodies to en- ››› Fig. 162. seat belt from operating correctly. ter the buckle fastenings. This could damage The seat belts should never be removed from the buckles and seat belts. the vehicle for cleaning. ● Never attempt to repair, modify or remove a Care and cleaning of plastic parts, seat belt yourself. ● Use a soft brush to remove the worst dirt wooden trim and the instrument pan- ● Always have damaged seatbelts replaced ››› . el immediately by seat belts approved for the ● Pull the seat belt right out and leave it out. vehicle in question by SEAT. Seat belts which ● Use a clean, damp, lint-free cloth to clean ● Clean dirty seat belts with a gentle soap have been worn in an accident and stretched parts. and water solution. must be replaced by a specialised workshop. Renewal may be necessary even if there is no ● Clean plastic parts (inside and outside the ● Wait until they are completely dry. apparent damage. The belt anchorage should vehicle) and the dash panel with a special ● Only allow the seat belt to retract when it is also be checked. solvent-free product for the care and clean- completely dry. ing of plastic, approved by SEAT ››› . ● Wash wooden trims with a mild soap and WARNING water solution. Check the condition of all the seat belts at regular intervals. If the webbing or other parts of the seat belt are damaged, the vehi-

178 Care and maintenance

Notes for the user Labels and plates Certificate of safety A certificate of safety on the door strut states Introduction that all the safety standards and regulations established by the national traffic authorities WARNING responsible for road safety were met at the time of manufacture. It may also give the data Technical Failure to treat the vehicle with the correct month and year of manufacture, together care increases the risk of accident and injury. with the chassis number. ● Observe legal requirements. ● Observe the Instruction Manual. Warning of high voltage label Advice There is a label close to the bonnet lock CAUTION which warns of high voltage in the vehicle's Fig. 163 Warnings pertaining to the handling electrical system. If the vehicle is not properly cared for, dam- of the City Safety Assist system laser sensor age may occur. function ● Observe legal requirements. Warning relating to the City Safety Assist system laser sensor ● Carry out regular maintenance of the vehi- Some parts in the engine compartment come cle, according to specifications in the Mainte- from the factory with certificates of safety, la- There are some warning and information Operation nance Programme. bels or plates containing important informa- signs on the City Safety Assist system laser tion regarding the operation of the vehicle, ● Observe the Instruction Manual. sensor ››› Fig. 163. for example, on the fuel tank flap, on the passenger's sun visor, on the driver door strut, or on the floor of the boot. Using your vehicle in other countries ● Never remove these certificates of safety, and continents Emergencies labels or plates, and ensure they are kept in good condition and are legible. The vehicle is manufactured at the factory for use in a particular country in accordance with ● If a vehicle part, bearing a certificate of the national legislation in force at the time of safety, label or plate, is replaced, the special- manufacture. ised workshop should attach the information Safety back in the same place. If the vehicle is sold in another country or used in another country for an extended period of time, the applicable legislation of that country should be observed. »

179 Advice

It may be necessary to fit or remove certain Notes on SEAT repairs Collection and scrapping of end-of-life pieces of equipment or to deactivate certain vehicles functions. Service work may also be affected. WARNING This is particularly true if the vehicle is used Collection of end-of-life vehicles in a different climate for an extended period Repairs or modifications which are not performed correctly may result in damage or er- SEAT is already prepared for the moment of time. rors in the vehicle operation, affecting the ef- when you wish to scrap your vehicle and of- fectiveness of the driver assist and airbag fers you an environmentally-friendly solution. CAUTION systems. This could result in serious acci- An extensive network of used car reception ● SEAT does not accept liability for any dam- dent. centres already exists in much of Europe. Af- age to the vehicle due to the use of a lower ● Have any repairs or modifications carried ter the vehicle has been delivered, you will quality fuel, an inadequate service or the out at a specialised workshop. receive a certificate of destruction describing non-availability of genuine spare parts. the environmentally friendly scrapping of the ● SEAT does not accept liability if the vehicle vehicle in accordance with applicable legisla- does not comply in part or in full with the le- tion. gal requirements of other countries or conti- Conformity certification nents. We will collect the used vehicle free of The respective manufacturer hereby declares charge, provided it complies with all national that the products indicated below comply legislation. with basic requirements and the following Radio and antenna reception provisions and important legislation on the Please see your technical service for further date of manufacture of the vehicle, among information about the collection and scrap- For factory-fitted radio equipment, the aerial others FCC Part 15.19, FCC Part 15.21 and ping of end-of-life vehicles. for radio reception is fitted to the roof of the RSS-Gen Issue 1: vehicle. Scrapping Radio frequency equipment The relevant safety requirements must be ob- Note ● Electronic gearbox lock. served when the vehicle or components of If electrical equipment such as mobile tele- the airbag or belt tensioner systems are ● Vehicle key phones, is used near a roof aerial, you may scrapped. These requirements are known to observe interference in the reception of AM specialised workshops. stations. Electrical equipment ● 12 volt power socket

180 Checking and refilling levels Checking and refilling levels If super is not available, in an emergency you ers, where information on how to use them may refuel with normal 91 octane petrol. In can also be obtained. this case only use moderate engine speeds Fuel and a light throttle. Refuel with super as soon CAUTION as possible. ● Do not refuel if the filler indicates that the

Types of petrol data Technical In all cases, you may use 98 octane petrol. fuel contains metal. LRP (lead replacement petrol) fuels contain high concentrations of The correct grade of petrol is listed inside the Petrol additives metal additives. Using them may damage the fuel tank flap, located on the right side of the engine! rear section of the vehicle. The quality of the fuel influences the behav- ● Never refuel with fuels containing a large

iour, power and service life of the engine. Advice The vehicle is equipped with a catalytic con- proportion of ethanol (for example, E50, E85). This is why the petrol you use should carry verter and must only be run on unleaded pet- This could damage the fuel system. suitable additives already included by the rol. The petrol must comply with European ● Just filling one full tank of leaded fuel or petrol industry, free of metals. These addi- Standard EN 228 or German standard DIN fuel containing other metal additives would tives will help to prevent corrosion, keep the 51626-1 and must be unleaded. You can re- seriously impair the efficiency of the catalytic fuel system clean and prevent deposits from fuel with a maximum ethanol proportion of converter. building up in the engine. 10 % (E10). The types of petrol are differenti- ● Only use fuel additives that have been ap- ated by their octane rating (RON). If good-quality petrol with metal-free addi- proved by SEAT. Octane boosting or anti- Operation tives is not available or engine problems knock additives may contain metal additives The following titles appear on the corre- arise, the necessary additives must be added that could seriously damage the engine or sponding adhesive on the fuel tank flap: when refuelling ››› . the catalytic converter. These additives must not be used. Not all petrol additives have been shown to Super unleaded 95 octane or normal 91 oc- ● High engine speed and full throttle can tane unleaded petrol be effective. The use of unsuitable petrol ad- damage the engine when using petrol with an ditives may cause significant damage to the We recommend you use super 95 octane pet- octane rating lower than the correct grade for Emergencies rol. If this is not available: normal 91 octane engine and the catalytic converter. Metal ad- the engine. petrol, with a slight decrease in power. ditives should never be used. Metal additives may also be contained in petrol additives for Note improving anti-detonation ratings or octane Super unleaded petrol with a minimum of 95 ratings ››› . ● You may use petrol with a high octane num- octanes ber than the one recommended for your en- Safety You should use super petrol with a minimum SEAT recommends “genuine Volkswagen gine. » of 95 octanes. Group Fuel Additives for petrol engines”. These additives can be bought at SEAT deal-

181 Advice

● In those countries where unleaded petrol is However, the heating power and the propor- WARNING not available, you may refuel with a fuel with tion of nitrogen and carbon dioxide can fluc- Failure to act when you can smell gas in the a low lead content. tuate within the quality groups. Therefore, vehicle consumption can also vary when using vehicle or when refuelling can cause serious injuries. a single type of gas only. ● Carry out the necessary operations. Natural gas The engine management automatically ● Leave the danger zone. adapts to the natural gas used according to Natural gas its quality. Therefore, different quality gases ● If necessary, warn the emergency services. Natural gas can be compressed or in liquid can be mixed in the tank, without the need form, addition to others. for comprehensive draining before applying a WARNING different quality gas. Liquefied natural gas (LNG) is the result of The vehicle is not prepared to use liquefied heavy cooling of natural gas. Therefore its natural gas (LNG) and this fuel must not be Natural gas and safety added under any circumstances. Liquefied volume is considerably reduced compared If you can smell gas or suspect that there is a natural gas can cause the natural gas tank to with compressed natural gas (CNG). In vehi- explode, resulting in serious injury. cles with a natural gas engine, liquefied nat- leak ››› : ural gas cannot be directly refilled, as the gas ● Stop the vehicle immediately. would expand excessively in the vehicle gas Note ● Switch the ignition off. tank. Have the natural gas system checked regular- ● Open the doors to appropriately ventilate Therefore, vehicles with a natural gas engine ly by a specialised workshop, according to the vehicle. the Maintenance Programme. must only be refuelled using compressed natural gas ››› . ● Extinguish cigarettes immediately. ● Move away from the vehicle or switch off Natural gas quality and consumption objects that may cause sparks or a fire. Filling the tank Natural gas is divided into the groups H and ● If you continue to smell gas, do not contin- L depending on its quality. ue driving! Introduction Gas type H has a superior heating power and ● Seek specialist assistance. Have the fault The fuel tank flap is on the rear right of the inferior nitrogen and carbon dioxide content repaired. vehicle. than type L. The higher the heating power of the natural gas, the lower the consumption will be.

182 Checking and refilling levels

WARNING ● Observe the safety regulations of the serv- – Insure that the fuel container complies ice station. with manufacturing standards, for exam- Refuelling or handling fuel carelessly can ple, ANSI or ASTM F852-86. cause an explosion or fire resulting in serious ● Never spill fuel on the vehicle or in the lug- burns and injuries. gage compartment. ● Always make sure that you correctly close CAUTION Technical data Technical the fuel cap to avoid evaporation and fuel WARNING ● Always remove any fuel spilled anywhere spillage. For safety reasons, SEAT does not recommend on the vehicle to avoid damage to the wheel ● Fuels are highly explosive and inflammable carrying a spare fuel canister in the vehicle. housing, the tyre and vehicle paintwork. substances that can cause serious burns and Fuel could be spilled and catch fire, above all ● Refuelling a petrol engine with diesel can injuries.

in case of an accident and this applies to a cause serious engine and fuel system dam- Advice ● Fuel could leak out or be spilt if the engine full container as well as empty containers. age; the resulting malfunctions are not cov- is not switched off or if the filler fuel nozzle is This could lead to explosions, fires and inju- ered by the SEAT warranty. If you refuel with not fully inserted into the tank filler neck ries. the wrong type of fuel, never start the engine. when refuelling. This could lead to a fire, ex- ● Observe the following if you exceptionally This applies to even the smallest amount of plosion and severe injuries. have to carry fuel in a canister: the wrong fuel. Seek specialist assistance. With the engine running, the composition of ● When refuelling, turn off the engine and – Never place a fuel container, to fill it, in- turn off the ignition for safety reasons. the wrong fuel could significantly damage the side the vehicle or on the vehicle, for ex- fuel system and the engine itself. Operation ● Always turn off mobile telephones, radio ample, in the luggage compartment. Fill- apparatus and other radio wave emitting ing in these circumstances could create equipment before refuelling. Electromagnetic an electrostatic charge and spark that For the sake of the environment waves could cause sparks and lead to a fire. could ignite fuel fumes. Fuels can contaminate the environment. Col- ● Never enter the vehicle while refuelling. If it – Always place the canister on the ground lect any spilt service fluids and allow a pro- is absolutely necessary to enter, close the to fill it. fessional to dispose of them. door and touch a metal surface before touch- – Insert the fuel nozzle into the neck of the Emergencies ing the filler nozzle again. This will prevent canister as far as possible. the generation of static electricity. Sparks – If you are using a metal fuel canister, the could cause a fire when refuelling. nozzle must always touch the canister ● Never handle fuel close to flames, sparks or while it is being filled to avoid static elec- objects with slow combustion (e.g. ciga- tricity. rettes). Safety – Follow the legal requirements for the use, ● Avoid static electricity and electro-magnet- storage and transport of spare fuel canis- ic radiation when refuelling. ters.

183 Advice

Control lamps and fuel gauge It lights ing at that time. When the ignition is connec- Possible cause / Solution ››› up ted, the gauge first changes for a few seconds to the petrol area to show the actual Fuel tank is almost empty. The reserve level of this petrol. Then, the gauge moves to tank is being used (red mark ››› Fig. 164) the natural gas level. After turning on the en- a)  ››› page 31. gine, the gauge changes to the area corre- Refuel as soon as possible ››› . sponding to the operating mode at that time. The natural gas tank is almost empty. The Problem: if the vehicle is left parked for a reserve tank is being used (red mark long time just after refuelling, the gas level a)  ››› Fig. 165) ››› page 31. indicator does not accurately indicate the Refuel as soon as possible ››› . same level shown after refuelling when the vehicle is started up again. This is not due to a) This only applies to vehicles with the fuel gauge on the dash Fig. 164 On the instrument panel: fuel gauge panel ››› Fig. 164. a leak in the system, but to a drop in pres- for petrol sure in the gas tank for technical reasons af- Flashes for ter a cooling phase immediately after refuel- Possible cause / Solution ling. about 10 sec- ››› onds WARNING Fuel tank is almost empty. The re- Driving with insufficient fuel reserve could re-  and the seg- serve tank is being used ››› page 31. sult in the vehicle breaking down in traffic ments remaininga) and a serious accident. Refuel as soon as possible ››› . ● If the fuel level is too low then the fuel sup- a) This only applies to vehicles with the fuel gauge on the dash ply to the engine can become irregular espe- panel display. cially on slopes. Several warning and control lamps light up ● If the engine “is choked” or stalls due to Fig. 165 On the instrument panel: Fuel gauge lack of or irregularity of the fuel supply, the for petrol and natural gas. for a few seconds when the ignition is switched on, signalling that the function is being power steering as well as all of the driver as- verified. They will switch off after a few sec- sistance systems including braking assis- The fuel gauge can vary depending on the ve- tance will stop working. hicle equipment ››› Fig. 164 or ››› Fig. 165. onds. ● Always refuel when there is only one quar- In natural gas engines ter of the fuel tank left to avoid running out of fuel. While in gear, the fuel level indicator gauge appears in the fuel area with which it is flow- 184 Checking and refilling levels

CAUTION Read the additional information carefully CAUTION ›››  page 31 ● Always pay attention to any lit control ● Always remove any fuel spilled anywhere lamps and to the corresponding descriptions Before refuelling, always turn off the engine, on the vehicle to avoid damage to the wheel and instructions to avoid damage to the vehi- the ignition, mobile telephones, auxiliary housing, the tyre and vehicle paintwork. cle. heating and keep them off during refuelling. Technical data Technical ● Never run the fuel tank completely dry. An For the sake of the environment irregular fuel supply may lead to ignition Refuelling Fuels can contaminate the environment. Col- faults and unburnt fuel could enter the ex- The correct petrol type for the vehicle is loca- haust system. This could damage the catalyt- lect any spilt service fluids and allow a pro- ted on a sticker inside the fuel tank flap ic converter. fessional to dispose of them.

››› page 181. Advice

Note ● If the automatic filler nozzle is operated correctly, it will switch itself off as soon as Refuelling with natural gas The arrow next to the fuel pump symbol on the instrument panel ››› Fig. 164 indicates the the fuel tank is full ››› . side of the vehicle on which the fuel tank flap ● Do not continue to refuel if it is turned off! is located. Otherwise, this will fill the expansion chamber and fuel may leak out if the ambient con- Operation ditions are warm. Refuelling with petrol Vehicles with a natural gas engine Every 6 months it is necessary to run on petrol until the control lamp switches off  and then the tank must be refilled. This is neces-

sary to ensure the efficient operation of the Emergencies Fig. 167 Tank flap open: gas filler mouth 1 , system and the fuel quality required for run- filler mouth retainer 2 ning on gas. Before refuelling, the engine and the igni- WARNING tion, mobile telephone and heating must be

Do not continue refilling once the fuel nozzle switched off separately ››› . Safety has switched itself off. The fuel tank may be It is also essential to carefully read the in- Fig. 166 Open fuel tank flap with tank cap in filled too much. As a result, fuel may spurt the holder out and spill. This could lead to a fire, explo- structions for the natural gas pump. » sion and severe injuries. 185 Advice

The vehicle is equipped for refuelling only Closing the fuel tank cap ● Noises heard when refuelling are normal with Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) ››› . Re- ● Check that the gas filler mouth retainer 2 and do not indicate the presence of a fault in fuelling with another type of natural gas is is not trapped with the filler nozzle. If neces- the system. not allowed, e.g. Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) sary, place it in the filler mouth again. ● The vehicle natural gas system is prepared or hydromethane. ● Insert the plug in the filler mouth. both for refuelling with a small compressor (slow refuel) and a large compressor (fast re- Opening the fuel tank cap ● Close the tank flap. Make sure you hear it fuel) in natural gas service stations. click into place. The natural gas filler mouth is behind the fuel tank cap, next to the petrol filler mouth. WARNING ● Unlock the vehicle with the key or with the Natural gas is a highly explosive, easily flam- Bonnet central locking button  situated on the driv- mable substance. Incorrect handling of the er door ››› page 97. natural gas can cause accidents serious Working in the engine compartment ● Press on the rear area of the flap and open burns and other injuries. it. ● Before refuelling with natural gas, the fill- Read the additional information carefully ing mouth must be correctly engaged. If you ›››  page 10 Refuelling can smell gas, stop refuelling immediately. Before working in the engine compartment, Problem: If the ambient temperature is very make sure that the vehicle is parked on hori- high, the natural gas pump protection WARNING zontal and firm ground. against overheating disconnects this auto- The vehicle is not prepared to use liquefied The engine compartment of the vehicle is a matically. natural gas (LNG) and this fuel must not be hazardous area. Never work on the engine or added under any circumstances. Liquefied in the engine compartment if you are not fa- ● Remove the plug from the gas filler mouth natural gas can cause the natural gas tank to miliar with the operations to be carried out, ››› Fig. 167 1 . explode, resulting in serious injury. the applicable safety standards and especial- ● Connect the pump filling nozzle to the gas ly if you do not have the necessary instru- filler mouth. Note ments, liquids and tools ››› ! If required, ● The fuel tank will be full when the pump ● The filling nozzles of natural gas pumps have any work carried out by a specialised compressor automatically cuts the supply. can differ in the way they are operated. If you workshop. Negligent work can cause serious injury. ● If you wish to finish refuelling in advance, are unacquainted with the pump, it is advisa- press the button on the pump to stop the ble that a member of staff of the service sta- WARNING flow. tion performs the refuelling operation. If the vehicle moves unexpectedly, this could cause serious injury. 186 Checking and refilling levels

● Never work under the vehicle if it has not steam or coolant coming from the engine WARNING been immobilized. If you must work under- compartment. The high voltages of the electrical system can neath the vehicle with the wheels in contact ● Always allow the engine to cool down be- give electric shocks as well as causing burns with the ground then it should be parked on fore opening the bonnet. and serious injury and possibly even death! flat ground, the wheels should be prevented ● Contact with hot elements of the engine ● Never cause short circuits in the electrical from moving and the key should be removed data Technical from the ignition. and the exhaust system can cause burns. system. The battery could explode. ● ● If you have to work underneath the vehicle, Once the engine has cooled, follow the in- ● To minimise the risk of electric shock and you must use suitable stands additionally to structions below before opening the bonnet: serious consequences while the engine is support the vehicle, there is a risk of acci- – Engage the handbrake and place the gear running or starting the engine, note the fol- selector lever in N or the gear stick in lowing:

dent!. The jack is not intended for this kind of Advice work and its failure could lead to severe inju- neutral. – Never touch the electrical wiring of the ries. – Remove the key from the ignition. ignition system. ● Disconnect the Start-Stop system. – Keep children away from the engine compartment and never leave them unsuper- WARNING vised. WARNING In the engine compartment, there are rotat- ● The engine compartment is a dangerous area When the engine is warm or hot, the cooling parts that could cause serious injury. ing system is pressurised. Do not unscrew Operation capable of causing serious injury. ● Never place your hands directly on or near the cap on the expansion tank when the en- the radiator fan. Touching the rotor blades ● For all type of work, always take the utmost gine is hot. Otherwise, coolant may spray out could seriously harm you. The ventilator precautions, work carefully and note the gen- under pressure causing burns and serious in- works according to the engine temperature eral safety standards in force. Never take per- jury. sonal risks. and could start suddenly even when the igni- – After cooling, carefully and slowly un- tion is turned off and the key is removed. ● Never work on the engine or in the engine screw the cap anticlockwise, gently compartment if you are not familiar with the ● If any work has to be performed when the

pressing down on it. Emergencies necessary operations. If you are not sure engine is started or with the engine running, – about procedures then visit a specialised Always protect your face, hands and arms there is an additional, potentially fatal, safety workshop to carry out the necessary work. from hot coolant and steam using a large, risk from rotating parts, such as the drive Working incorrectly can cause serious inju- thick cloth. belts, alternator, radiator fan, etc., as well as ries. ● When refilling liquids, avoid spilling them from the high-voltage ignition system. Al- ways work with the utmost caution. ● Never open the bonnet if you see steam or on parts of the engine and the exhaust sys- Safety coolant escaping from the engine compart- tem. Spilled liquids could cause a fire. – Always make sure that no parts of your ment. This may cause serious burns. Always body, jewellery, ties, loose clothing and wait until you cannot see or hear the sound of long hair can be trapped by the rotating »

187 Advice

parts of the engine. Before any work, re- ● Always keep a recently serviced and per- ● To avoid damage to the bonnet and to the move ties and jewellery (necklaces, etc), fectly working fire extinguisher close by. windscreen wiper arms, only open it when tie long hair back and tie all items of ● Never cover the engine with additional in- the windscreen wipers are in place against loose clothing to your body to make sure sulating materials such as a blanket. Risk of the windscreen. that they cannot be trapped by engine fire! ● Before driving, always lower the wiper components. arms. – Take extreme caution when operating the WARNING accelerator and remain attentive. The ve- For the sake of the environment hicle could move, even if the handbrake If the bonnet is not correctly closed, it could is applied. suddenly open while driving leaving the driv- Service fluids leaks are harmful to the envi- ● Always make sure you have not left any ob- er without visibility. This could result in a se- ronment. For this reason you should make jects, such as cleaning cloths and tools, in rious accident. regular checks on the ground underneath the engine compartment. If any object is left ● After closing the bonnet, always check that your vehicle. Take the vehicle to a specialised in the engine compartment, this could cause it is properly secured by the locking mecha- workshop to be checked if you see stains, oil malfunctions, engine faults and even a fire. nism in the lock carrier piece. The bonnet or other fluids on the ground. Collect any must be flush with the surrounding body pan- spilt service fluids and allow a professional to els. dispose of them. WARNING ● While driving, if you notice that the bonnet Refill liquids and certain materials can catch is not correctly closed then stop immediately fire easily in the engine compartment, caus- and close it correctly. ing a fire and serious injury! Engine oil ● Make sure the bonnet is opened and closed ● Never smoke. safely (when the engine is off, no smoke is Introduction ● Never work close to places exposed to coming from the engine compartment, there flames or sparks. is enough space around the car, no people WARNING ● Never pour service fluids over the engine. are near, etc.). These fluid may ignite hot engine parts and Incorrectly handling engine oil can cause in- cause injuries. CAUTION jury and serious burns. ● ● If it is necessary to work on the fuel system ● When refilling or changing service liquids, Always protect your eyes when handling or the electrical system, please follow the in- ensure that you put the liquids into the right engine oil. structions below: tank. Making a mistake when refilling could ● Oil is toxic and must be kept out of the – Always disconnect the vehicle battery. cause serious malfunctions and damage the reach of children. – Never work close to heaters, heat sources engine! or places exposed to flames or sparks.

188 Checking and refilling levels

● Engine oil should only be kept in its origi- Warning and control lamps ard (››› table on page 189). All oils indicated nal packaging; the same goes for used oil un- are synthetic multigrade oils. til it is disposed of.  Flashes Engine oils are being continuously further ● Never store engine oil in empty food con- developed. Technical services are constantly  Stop the vehicle! tainers or bottles as other people may acci- updated with any modifications. SEAT there-

Switch off the engine. Check the data Technical dentally drink it. engine oil level, and if necessary, fore recommends that you have the engine ● Regular contact with engine oil can be bad refill with ››› page 190. oil changed by a technical service. for the skin. If you come into contact with en- Engine oil pres- engine oil - If the warning indicator gine oil, wash your skin with soap and water. sure too low. flashes although the oil level is cor- Specifications of engine oil with a service de- rect, do not continue driving or ● With the engine running, the engine oil pendent on time/distance travelled

leave the engine running. Other- Advice gets extremely hot and can cause severe skin wise, the engine could be dam- 44 kW - 55 kW Petrol en- burns. Always wait until the engine has fully aged. Seek specialist assistance. VW 504 00, VW 502 00 cooled. gines WARNING Natural gas engine VW 502 00 For the sake of the environment Observe the safety warnings ››› in On the Similar to the other service liquids, spilled instrument panel on page 26. CAUTION

engine oil can be bad for the environment. ● Only use engine oils whose specifications Operation Collect these liquids in suitable containers are expressly approved by SEAT. The use of and dispose of them while respecting the en- any other type of oil could cause engine dam- vironment. Engine oil specifications age! Replacement engine oil must strictly comply ● No additives should be used with engine with the specifications. oil. Any damage caused by the use of such additives would not be covered by the factory The correct oil must be used to ensure the warranty. Emergencies correct operation and long service life of the engine. The engine comes with a high-quality multigrade oil that can generally be used all year round.

Only use an engine oil that complies to SEAT Safety standards whenever possible ››› . Only refill engine oil using approved engine oil in accordance with the corresponding VW stand-

189 Advice

Checking engine oil level and topping Preparations This will avoid engine oil spilling onto hot en- up ● Park the vehicle on flat ground so that the gine parts when the engine is running. engine oil reading is correct. ● The engine must be hot to be able to check CAUTION the engine oil level. Stop the engine and wait ● If the engine oil level is above the area a few minutes for the oil to drain back into ››› Fig. 168 A do not start the engine. Seek the sump. specialist assistance. Otherwise catalytic ● Open the bonnet  ››› page 186. converter and engine damage may occur. ● The engine oil filler neck can be recognised ● When refilling or changing service liquids, by the symbol  on the cap ››› Fig. 169 and ensure that you put the liquids into the right tank. Making a mistake when refilling could the dipstick by its coloured handle. cause serious malfunctions and damage the engine! Fig. 168 Marked engine oil dipstick Check the engine oil level ● Pull out the dipstick and wipe it on a clean For the sake of the environment cloth. The oil level must never be above area A . ● Replace the dipstick, pushing it in as far as Otherwise oil can be drawn in through the it will go. If the dipstick to measure engine oil crankcase breather and escape into the at- has a mark, when you reintroduce it this mosphere via the exhaust system. mark should slot into the corresponding groove located on the upper end of the tube. ● Remove the oil dipstick again and check Engine oil consumption the engine oil level. ● After reading the oil level, replace the dip- The consumption of engine oil can be different from one engine to another and can vary Fig. 169 In the engine compartment: Engine stick in the tube completely. oil filler cap. during the useful life of the engine. WARNING Depending on how you drive and the condi- Read the additional information carefully Oil could catch fire if it comes into contact tions in which the vehicle is used, oil con- ›››  page 31 with hot engine components. This could lead sumption can be up to 1 ltr./2000 km. In the to a fire, explosion and severe injuries. case of new vehicles, the consumption can ● Always ensure that after topping of oil, the exceed this figure over 5,000 kilometres. For engine oil filler cap is correctly tightened. this reason the engine oil level must be

190 Checking and refilling levels checked at regular intervals, preferably when WARNING used engine oil in places such as a garden, filling the tank and before a journey. woods, drains, roads, paths, rivers and drain- Only change the engine oil yourself if you age systems. When the engine is working hard, for in- have the specialist knowledge required! stance during sustained high-speed motor- ● Before opening the bonnet, read and ob- way cruising in summer or when climbing serve the warnings page 186. ››› data Technical mountain passes, the oil level should pref- ● Wait for the engine to cool down. Hot oil Engine coolant erably be kept within area A . ››› Fig. 168 may cause burn injuries. ● Wear eye protection to avoid injuries, such Introduction as acid burns, caused by splashes of oil. Topping up engine oil ● When removing the oil drain plug with your WARNING Advice fingers, keep your arm horizontal to help pre- Read the additional information carefully Engine coolant is toxic! vent oil from running down your arm. ›››  page 31. ● Only keep engine coolant in its original ● Wash your skin thoroughly if it comes into container, tightly shut and in a safe place. The engine oil must be changed regularly ac- contact with engine oil. cording to the specifications of the Mainte- ● Never store engine coolant in empty food ● Engine oil is poisonous! Used oil must be containers or bottles as other people may ac- nance Programme. stored in a safe place out of the reach of chil- cidentally drink it. Due to the problems linked with disposing of dren. Operation ● used oil and the need for suitable tools and Always keep engine coolant out of reach of children. special knowledge, always visit a specialised CAUTION workshop to have the engine oil and filter ● Ensure that the proportion of engine cool- No additives should be used with engine oil. changed. SEAT recommends taking your car ant additive corresponds to the lowest out- This could result in engine damage. Any dam- in for technical service. side temperature to which the vehicle will be age caused by the use of such additives exposed. would not be covered by the factory warranty. Detailed information on the service intervals ● If the outside temperature is extremely low, Emergencies is shown in the Maintenance Programme. the engine coolant could freeze causing the Engine oil additives make new oil darker after For the sake of the environment vehicle to stop. As this would also cause the heating to stop working, vehicle occupants the engine has been running for a short peri- Before changing the engine oil, find a suita- without warm clothing could freeze. od. This is normal and does not mean more ble location or service for proper disposal. frequent oil changes are required. Safety For the sake of the environment For the sake of the environment Coolants and additives can contaminate the Always dispose of engine oil with the utmost environment. If any fluids are spilled, they » respect for the environment. Never dispose of 191 Advice

should be collected and correctly disposed  It lights up blue of, with respect to the environment. The temperature of the natural gas en- Avoid high engine speeds and gine coolant is too pushing the engine too hard Coolant warning lamp low. The engine has while the warning lamp re- not reached the oper- mains lit. Several warning and control lamps light up ating temperature. for a few seconds when the ignition is switched on, signalling that the function is being WARNING verified. They will switch off after a few sec- Observe the safety warnings ››› in On the onds. instrument panel on page 26. Fig. 171 In the engine compartment: Coolant expansion tank cap  It lights up red Read the additional information carefully  Stop the vehicle! Checking the coolant level and top- ›››  page 32 Excessive engine Stop the vehicle safely as soon ping up coolant temperature. as possible. Switch off the en- If the coolant level is low, the coolant warn- gine and let it cool. ing indicator will light.

 ¡Stop the vehicle! Check the engine coolant Preparations Insufficient engine when the engine has cooled coolant level. ● Park the vehicle on even, flat and firm and, if it is low, refill with en- ground. gine coolant ››› page 192. ● Allow the engine to cool ››› .  Do not drive any further. Engine coolant sys- ●  Obtain professional assis- Open the bonnet ››› page 186. tem faulty. tance. ● The coolant expansion tank is easily recog- nisable because of the symbol  on the cap ››› Fig. 171.  Flashes red Fig. 170 In the engine compartment: Marking Engine coolant sys- on coolant expansion tank Seek specialist assistance. Checking the engine coolant level tem faulty. ● When the engine is cold, check the coolant level using the side marking on the expansion tank ››› Fig. 170.

192 Checking and refilling levels

● If the level is below the “MIN” mark, top up ● Never open the coolant expansion tank if ● When the outside temperature is very low, with coolant. When the engine is hot it may steam or coolant is coming from the engine the coolant could freeze and the vehicle be slightly above the marked area. compartment. Wait until you cannot see or would be immobilised. In this case, the heat- hear any steam or coolant escaping. ing would not work either and inadequately Topping up the engine coolant level ● Always wait until the engine has complete- dressed passengers could die of cold. ● Always protect your face, hands and arms ly cooled before very carefully opening the data Technical from hot coolant and steam using a large, expansion tank cap. Contact with hot ele- CAUTION ments of the engine can cause skin burns. thick cloth over the coolant expansion tank ● If there is no appropriate coolant liquid ● cap. When the engine is warm or hot, the cool- available, fill it using distilled water, and ing system is pressurised. Do not unscrew ● Remove the cap very carefully ››› . nothing else. Any other type of water may the cap on the expansion tank when the en- lead to considerable rusting in the engine Advice ● Only refill using new engine coolant ac- gine is hot. Otherwise, coolant may spray out due to its chemical components. This could cording to SEAT specifications under pressure causing burns and serious in- consequently damage the engine. If you have (›››  page 32) ››› . jury. not used distilled water but another type of ● The engine coolant level should be be- – Carefully and slowly unscrew the cap an- water to top up the coolant, a specialised tween the marks on the coolant expansion ti-clockwise, gently pressing down on it. workshop must immediately replace all of the tank ››› Fig. 170. Do not exceed the top level – Always protect your face, hands and arms fluid in the engine cooling system. of the marked area ››› . from hot coolant and steam using a large, ● Only top up coolant to the top level of the Operation ● Screw on the cap tightly. thick cloth. marked area ››› Fig. 170. Otherwise the ex- ● When refilling liquids, avoid spilling them cess coolant will be forced out of the cooling ● If, in the event of an emergency, you have on parts of the engine and the exhaust sys- system when the engine is hot, causing dam- no coolant that is compliant to the required tem. Spilled liquids could cause a fire. Under age. specifications (›››  page 32), do not use specific circumstances, the ethylene glycol ● If a lot of liquid coolant has been lost, wait another type of additive. Instead, top up with can catch fire. for the engine to cool down completely before

distilled water only ››› . Then re-establish adding coolant. Extensive coolant loss is an Emergencies the correct proportion of the mixture with the indication of leaks in the engine cooling sys- WARNING correct additive as soon as possible tem. Have the engine cooling system inspec- ›››  page 32. If there is not enough anti-freeze in the cool- ted immediately by a specialised workshop. ant system, the engine may fail leading to se- Otherwise engine damage may occur. WARNING rious damage. ● When refilling service liquids, ensure that ● Safety Hot vapours and coolant can cause serious Please make sure that the percentage of you put the liquids into the right tank. Mak- burns. additive is correct with respect to the lowest ing a mistake when refilling could cause seri- expected ambient temperature in the zone in ous malfunctions and damage the engine! » which the vehicle is to be used.

193 Advice

CAUTION Ensuring that the brake system is always Brake fluid level functioning correctly is essential for your own The level of the brake fluid should always be The original additives should never be mixed safety and the safety of other road users with coolants which are not approved by between the MIN and MAX marks, or above ››› . SEAT. Otherwise, you run the risk of causing the MIN mark ››› . severe damage to the engine and the engine It is not always possible to check the level of cooling system. Brake fluid specifications the brake fluid, as in some models the en- ● If the fluid in the expansion tank is not pur- SEAT have developed a special brake fluid gine components make it difficult to see the ple but is, for example, brown, this indicates optimised for the brake systems of their vehi- brake fluid reservoir. If you cannot read the that the G13 additive has been mixed with an cles. To ensure the optimum working of the exact brake fluid level, consult a specialist. inadequate coolant. The coolant must be brake system, SEAT recommends the use of changed as soon as possible if this is the brake fluid in accordance with the VW 501 14 The brake fluid level drops slightly when the case! This could result in serious faults and standard. If this brake fluid is not available or vehicle is being used due to wear of the engine damage. another brake fluid is used for different rea- brake pads and the automatic readjustment sons, use a brake fluid that complies with the of the brake. United States standard FMVSS 116 DOT 4 or Brake fluid the German standard DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 Changing the brake fluid ››› . The brake fluid should be changed in accord- Checking the brake fluid level Brake fluids conforming to the standard ance with the instructions given in the Main- VW 501 14, fulfil the American requirements tenance Programme. Have the brake fluid Read the additional information carefully of the FMVSS 116 DOT 4 standard and the changed by a specialised workshop. SEAT ›››  page 33 German DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standard. recommends taking your car in for technical However, fluids that comply with the Ameri- service. This means that only brake fluid In the course of time, the brake fluid absorbs can FMVSS 116 DOT 4 standard or the Ger- complying with the required specifications water from the ambient air. If there is too man DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standard do not will be used. much water in the brake fluid, the brake sys- necessarily comply with the VW 501 14 tem could be damaged. In addition, the boil- standard. Always check the information on WARNING ing point of the brake fluid is significantly the brake fluid container and ensure that you lowered. When the brake fluid contains too If the brake fluid level is low or unsuita- are using suitable brake fluid. ble/old brake fluid is used, the brake system much water and the brakes are subject to may fail or braking power may be reduced. considerable forces, bubbles of water vapour A suitable brake fluid can be obtained from can form in the system. These bubbles can SEAT dealerships. ● Check the brake system and the brake fluid significantly reduce braking power, notably level regularly! increasing braking distance, and could even result in the total failure of the brake system. 194 Checking and refilling levels

● The brake fluid should be changed regular- Windscreen washer reservoir on the windscreen and rear window, reducing ly in accordance with the instructions given forward and rear visibility. in the Maintenance Programme. Checking and topping up the wind- ● In winter, ensure the windscreen washer ● Always ensure that you use suitable brake screen washer reservoir with water contains enough anti-freeze. fluid. Only used brake fluid that conforms to ● In cold conditions, you should not use the Technical data Technical the VW 501 14 standard, FMVSS 116 DOT 4 Read the additional information carefully windscreen wiper system unless you have standard or even the DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 ›››  page 33 warmed the windscreen with the ventilation standard. Other types of brake fluid could af- system. The antifreeze could freeze on the fect brake operation and reduce braking pow- Check the water level in the windscreen windscreen and reduce visibility. er. Do not use a brake fluid if the container washer reservoir regularly and top up as re-

does not specify compliance with the quired. Advice VW 501 14, FMVSS 116 DOT 4 or WARNING ●  DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standards. Open the bonnet ››› page 186. Never mix an unsuitable antifreeze or other ● The replacement brake fluid must be new. ● The washer reservoir is marked with the similar additives with the windscreen washer ● Brake fluid should be stored in the closed symbol  on the lid. water. A greasy layer may be formed on the windscreen which will impair visibility. original container in a safe place out of reach ● Check there is enough water in the reser- of children. Risk of poisoning! voir. ● Use clean water with a window cleaner rec-

ommended by SEAT. Operation ● If the brake fluid is left in the system for ● To top up, mix water with a window cleaner ● too long and the brakes are subjected to recommended by SEAT ››› . Please follow If necessary, add a suitable antifreeze to heavy use, vapour bubbles may form in the the water in the reservoir. the instructions for use found on the packag- brake system. This would seriously affect the efficiency of the brakes and the safety of the ing. CAUTION vehicle. This may cause an accident. ● In cold weather, a special antifreeze should also be added to prevent the water from ● Do not mix cleaning products recommen- freezing. ded by SEAT with other products. This could CAUTION Emergencies lead to flocculation and may block the wind- Brake fluid damages the vehicle paintwork. Reservoir capacity screen washer jets. Wipe off any brake fluid from the paintwork ● When topping up service fluids, make abso- The washer bottle capacity is approximately 3 immediately. lutely certain that you fill the fluids into the litres. correct reservoirs. Using the wrong fluids For the sake of the environment could cause serious malfunctions and engine Safety WARNING damage! Brake fluid is an environmental pollutant. If the water from the windscreen washer does Collect any spilt service fluids and allow a not contain enough anti-freeze, it may freeze professional to dispose of them. 195 Advice

Vehicle battery Symbol Meaning ● Never use a damaged battery. It can explode. Replace a damaged battery immedi- A highly explosive mixture of gases is re- ately. Introduction  leased when the battery is under charge. ● Replaced damaged or frozen batteries as Read the additional information carefully  Keep children away from acid and batter- soon as possible. A flat battery can also ›››  page 33. ies! freeze at temperatures close to 0 °C (+32 °F). The battery is a component of the vehicle's WARNING electrical system. CAUTION Working on the vehicle battery and the elec- Never work on the electrical system without ● Never disconnect the battery if the ignition trical system can cause corrosion, fire and is switched on or if the engine is running. fully understanding the operations required, electric shocks. Always read and take into ac- This could damage the electrical system or the applicable safety standards and without count the following warnings and safety electronic components. the correct tools ››› ! If required, have any standards before carrying out any work: ● Do not expose the battery to direct sunlight work carried out by a specialised workshop. ● Before working on the battery, switch off SEAT recommends taking your car in for tech- over a long period of time, as the intense ul- the engine, the ignition and all electrical de- traviolet radiation can damage the battery nical service. Negligent work can cause seri- vices then disconnect the negative connec- housing. ous injury. tion on the battery. ● If the car is left standing for long periods, ● Keep children away from acid and the bat- protect the battery from extreme cold temper- Location of the vehicle battery tery itself! ature so that it does not “freeze up” and be- The battery is located in the engine compart- ● Wear eye protection. come damaged. ment. ● Battery acid is very corrosive and caustic. It can burn skin and cause blindness. When Explanation of the warning indications on handling the battery, protect yourself from Warning lamp the vehicle's battery splashes of acids, above all your hands, arms and face. Symbol Meaning  It lights up ● Do not smoke and never work close to pla-  Wear eye protection! ces exposed to flames or sparks. Contact a specialised workshop. ● Avoid sparks and electrostatic discharges Have the electrical system checked. Disconnect any unnecessary elec- Battery acid is very corrosive and caustic. when working with cables and electrical devi- Faulty generator. Always wear protective gloves and eye trical devices. The generator does  ces. protection! not charge the battery while the ve- ● Never short the battery terminals. hicle is in motion. Fires, sparks, open flames and smoking  are prohibited.

196 Checking and refilling levels

Several warning and control lamps light up reasons, the electrolyte level cannot be WARNING for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- checked in these batteries. ed on, signalling that the function is being Working with the vehicle battery involves a risk of corrosion, explosions and electric verified. They will switch off after a few sec- Preparations shock. onds. ● Prepare the vehicle for work in the engine ● Never tilt the vehicle battery. Battery acid compartment ››› page 186 data Technical WARNING could spill out of the openings for the release ● Open the bonnet  ››› page 186. of gases and cause corrosion damage. Observe the safety warnings ››› in On the ● Never open the vehicle battery. instrument panel on page 26. ● Press on the tabs ››› Fig. 172 (arrows) in the direction of the arrows and lift the battery ● If battery acid splashes on you, immediate-

cover up. ly rinse your eyes and skin abundantly with Advice water for several minutes. Then seek medical Checking the electrolyte level of the Checking the battery electrolyte level care immediately. vehicle battery ● ● Make sure there is sufficient lighting to If acid is swallowed by mistake, consult a doctor immediately. clearly recognise the colours. Never use flames or shiny objects as a light source. ● Depending on the level of acid, the Magic eye on the top of the battery will change col- Charging, replacing and connecting or Operation our. disconnecting the battery Charging the battery Colour in- Necessary operations dicator The vehicle battery should be charged by a specialised workshop only, as batteries us- The electrolyte level of the vehicle's bat- ing special technology have been installed Light yellow tery is too low. Have the battery checked Emergencies Fig. 172 In the engine compartment: Remove or colourless and, where applicable, replaced by a and they must be charged in a controlled en- the cover from the vehicle's battery. specialised workshop. vironment ››› . SEAT recommends taking your car in for technical service. The electrolyte level of the vehicle's bat- The battery's electrolyte level should be Black tery is correct. checked regularly in high-mileage vehicles, Replacing a vehicle battery Safety in hot countries and in older batteries. Other The battery has been developed to suit the batteries do not require maintenance. conditions of its location and has special » Vehicles fitted with the Start-Stop system are equipped with special batteries. For technical 197 Advice

safety features. If the battery must be re- ● First reconnect the positive cable and then The on-board management program cannot placed, consult a technical service for infor- the negative ››› . always prevent the battery from running flat. mation on electromagnetic compatibility, the For example, if the ignition is left on for a size and maintenance, performance and Different control lamps may light up after long period with the engine off or if the side safety requirements of the new battery in connecting the battery and switching the ig- lights or parking lights are left on while the your vehicle before you purchase one. SEAT nition on. They will be turned off after a short vehicle is stationary. recommends you have the battery replaced trip at a speed of between 15-20 km/h by a technical service. (10-12 mph). If the warning indicators remain Why the battery runs flat: lit, please visit a specialised workshop to Use only maintenance-free genuine batteries have the vehicle checked. ● When stationary for a long time without conforming to TL 825 06 and VW 7 50 73 starting the engine, particularly if the ignition Standards. These standards must be dated If the battery has been disconnected for a is switched on. long time, it is possible that the next service April 2008 or later. ● Use of electrical devices with the engine date is not displayed or calculated correctly switched off. Vehicles fitted with the Start-Stop system are ››› page 88. Respect the maximum service in- equipped with a special battery. Therefore, tervals permitted ››› Booklet Maintenance WARNING this battery must only be replaced by another Programme. with the same specifications. Incorrectly securing the battery or using the Automatic device disconnection wrong battery can cause short-circuits, fire Disconnecting the vehicle's battery and serious injuries. The intelligent vehicle electrical system auto- ● Always use only maintenance-free batter- If you must disconnect the battery from the matically implements a range of measures to ies, protected to prevent a leak, and whose electrical system, please note the following: prevent the battery from discharging when properties, specifications and size corre- high demands are made on it: ● Switch off the ignition and all electrical spond to the standard battery. equipment. ● The idling speed is increased so that the al- ● The vehicle must be unlocked before dis- ternator provides more electricity. WARNING connecting the battery, otherwise the alarm ● Where necessary, the power to the most A highly explosive mixture of gases is re- will be triggered. powerful devices is reduced or even com- leased when the battery is under charge. ● First disconnect the negative cable and pletely disconnected. ● The batteries should be charged in a well- then the positive ››› . ● On starting the engine, the power supply ventilated room only. from the 12-volt power sockets and the ciga- ● Never charge a frozen or recently thawed Connecting the vehicle's battery rette lighter may be interrupted for a short battery. A flat battery can also freeze at tem- ● Before reconnecting the battery, switch off time. peratures close to 0 °C (+32 °F). the engine and all electrical devices. ● Always replace a battery which has frozen. 198 Wheels and tyres

● Battery cables not correctly connected may Wheels and tyres ● Check tyre pressures regularly and ensure cause a short circuit. Reconnect first the posi- they are maintained at the pressures indica- tive cable and then the negative cable. ted. If the tyre pressure is too low, they could Tyres overheat, resulting in tread detachment or even burst tyres. CAUTION Introduction ● Never drive on damaged (punctured, cut, data Technical ● Never disconnect the battery if the ignition cracked or dented) or worn tyres. Driving on is switched on or if the engine is running. SEAT recommend that all work on tyres and damaged or worn tyres could result in burst This could damage the electrical system or wheels is carried out by a specialised work- tyres, serious accidents or damage. Worn or electronic components. shop. These workshops have the necessary damaged tyres must be replaced immediate- ●

Never plug accessories that supply current, special tools and replacement parts, trained ly. Advice such as solar panels or a battery charger, to personnel and facilities for disposing of the ● Never exceed the maximum permitted the 12-volt power socket or the cigarette old tyres while respecting the environment. speed or loads specified for the type of tyre lighter. This could damage the vehicle's elec- SEAT recommends taking your car in for tech- fitted on your vehicle. trical system. nical service. ● The effectiveness of driver and brake assist systems also depends on the grip of the For the sake of the environment WARNING tyres.

Dispose of the battery in an environment- The vehicle cannot be totally controlled or ● If you notice unusual vibration or if the ve- Operation friendly manner. Batteries contain toxic sub- braked if the tyres (new or used) are worn or hicle pulls to one side when driving, stop the stances such as sulphuric acid and lead. damaged. car immediately and check the tyres and ● Incorrect use of wheels and tyres could wheels for damage. For the sake of the environment make driving more dangerous and result in ● To minimise the risk of losing control of the serious accidents and damage. vehicle or causing a serious accident, never Battery acid can contaminate the environ- ● All four wheels must be fitted with radial undo the bolted joints of beadlock wheels. ment. Collect any spilt service fluids and dis- tyres of the same type, size (rolling circumfer- ● Never mount used tyres or wheels if you are Emergencies pose of them correctly. ence) and the same tread pattern. not sure of their previous history. They may ● New tyres do not give maximum grip and be damaged, although the damage is not im- will not have reached their maximum braking mediately visible. capacity to start with, and therefore need ● Old tyres, even if they have never been

running in. To prevent accidents and major used, may lose air or burst unexpectedly Safety damage, extreme caution should be taken for while driving, especially at high speeds, re- the first 600 km. sulting in serious accident and injury. If tyres are over six years old, they should only be »

199 Advice

used in an emergency and with extreme cau- The service life of tyres is dependent on tyre substances, grease, oil, fuel or brake fluid tion. pressure, driving style, the care they receive ››› . and the correct fitting. ● Lost valve caps should be replaced imme- Note The tyres and wheel rims are an essential diately. part of the vehicle's design. The tyres and For technical reasons, it is not generally pos- Tyres with directional tread pattern sible to use the wheels from other vehicles. rims approved by SEAT are specially matched In some cases, this may also be true for the to the characteristics of the vehicle and our Tyres with directional tread pattern have same model of wheel. Please refer to the ve- critical to good road holding and safe han- been designed to operate best when rotating hicle documentation or ask at a technical dling. in only one direction. An arrow on the tyre service. sidewall indicates the direction of rotation on Avoiding damage to tyres and wheels tyres with directional tread ››› page 207. Al- ● If you have to drive over a kerb or similar ways observe the direction of rotation indica- Handling tyres and wheels obstacle, drive very slowly and as near as ted when mounting the wheel. This guaran- possible at a right angle to the kerb. tees optimum grip and helps to avoid aquaplaning, excessive noise and wear. ● Inspect the tyres regularly for damage (punctures, cuts, cracks, dents). If the tyre is mounted in the opposite direc- ● Remove any foreign bodies found on the tion of rotation, drive with extreme caution, outside of the tyre tread and ensure that they as the tyre is no longer being used correctly. have not passed through the wall of the tyre This is of particular importance when the ››› page 204. road surface is wet. Change the tyre as soon as possible or remount it with the correct di- ● In addition, the instructions for tyre control rection of rotation. systems should always be observed. ● Replace damaged or worn tyres as soon as Interchanging tyres possible ››› page 204. Fig. 173 Diagram for changing wheels To ensure that the wear is equal on all tyres ● Regularly check tyres for non-visible dam- the wheels should be changed round from The tyres of a vehicle are the components age ››› page 204. time to time according to the system which are subjected to most stress and are ● Never exceed the maximum permitted ››› Fig. 173. The useful life of all the tyres will the most underestimated. Tyres are very im- speed or loads specified for the type of tyre then be about the same time. portant, as the support offered by their nar- fitted on your vehicle page 207. row surface is the only point of contact be- ››› SEAT recommends you take the vehicle to a tween the vehicle and the road. ● Do not allow tyres (including the spare specialised workshop to have the tyres wheel) to come into contact with aggressive changed. 200 Wheels and tyres

Tyres over 6 years old WARNING For technical reasons, it is not generally possible to use the wheels from other vehicles. Tyres are subject to an ageing process as a Aggressive fluids or substances could result result of physical and chemical processes. In some cases, this may also be true for the in visible or invisible damage with the conse- same model of wheel. This may affect their performance. Tyres quent risks. which are stored for long periods of time ● Always ensure that tyres do not come into The tyres and rims approved by SEAT are spe- Technical data Technical without being used, harden and become contact with chemical products, oil, grease, cially matched to the characteristics of the more fragile than tyres which are in constant fuel, brake fluid or other aggressive substan- vehicle and are critical to good road holding use. ces. and safe handling. SEAT recommends that tyres over six years old are replaced with new tyres. This also ap- Wheel bolts

WARNING Advice plies to tyres (including the spare wheel) Old tyres, even if they have never been used, Wheel bolts must be tightened to the correct which appear to be in perfect condition on may lose air or burst unexpectedly while driv- torque ››› page 72. the outside and which have a tread depth ing, resulting in serious accident or damage. within the values stipulated by the Law ››› . ● If tyres are over six years old, they should Beadlock wheel rims The date of manufacture, part of the tyre only be used in an emergency and with ex- Beadlock wheel rims have various compo- identification number (TIN), indicates the age treme caution. nents. These are joined together by special of the tyre () ››› page 207. bolts using a special procedure. This ensures Operation For the sake of the environment good performance, a better seal, improved Storing tyres safety and wheel run out. Therefore, worn Old tyres must be disposed of by qualified rims should always be replaced and must on- Mark tyres when you remove them to indicate personnel according to the laws in the coun- ly be repaired in a specialised workshop. the direction of rotation (left, right, forwards, try concerned. backwards). This ensures you will be able to SEAT recommends visiting a technical service mount them correctly when you replace ››› . Emergencies them. When removed, the wheels and/or Wheels tyres should be stored in a cool, dry and pref- Wheel rims with bolted trims erably dark location. Do not place tyres The design of wheel bolts is matched to the Wheel rims may be fitted with interchangea- mounted on the wheel in a vertical position. rims. If different rims are fitted, the correct ble trim parts which are attached to the rim using self-locking bolts. Worn trims should Protect tyres not mounted on wheels from wheel bolts with the right length and correct- only be replaced at a specialised workshop. Safety dirt by storing them in suitable bags and ly shaped bolt heads must be used. This en- SEAT recommends visiting a technical service standing them on the ground on their tread. sures that wheels are fitted securely and that the brake system functions correctly ››› . » ››› page 72. 201 Advice

WARNING Replacement of wheel rims and new WARNING The use of worn or damaged wheel rims could tyres New tyres do not give maximum grip and will make driving more dangerous and result in not have reached their maximum braking ca- serious accidents and damage. New tyres pacity to start with, and therefore need run- ● Only wheel rims which have been approved ● When tyres are new, drive with extreme ning in. for use with your vehicle should be used. caution for the first 600 km, as all tyres need ● To prevent accidents and major damage, ● Inspect wheel rims regularly for damage to be run-in. Tyres which have not been run extreme caution should be taken for the first and replace as required. in do not have such good grip or ››› brak- 600 km. ing capacity ››› . ● WARNING All four wheels must be fitted with radial WARNING tyres of the same type, size (rolling circumfer- There should be adequate space between the If the bolted joints of wheel rims with bolted ence) and the same tread pattern. ring trims are not correctly tightened or loos- tyres and the vehicle in accordance with the ened, this could result in serious accident. ● The tread depth of new tyres may vary, ac- vehicle design. If this is not the case, the cording to the type and make of tyre and the tyres may rub against parts of the running ● Never loosen the bolted joints of wheel tread pattern. gear, chassis or brake lines, leading to faults rims with bolted ring trims. in the brake system or to tread detachment, ● Any work relating to wheel rims with bolted Replacing tyres and the risk of burst tyres. rims should be carried out at specialised ● The true tyre dimension should not be ● Where possible, always replace both workshop. SEAT recommends taking your car greater than the dimensions of tyres manu- in for technical service. wheels on an axle (both wheels on the front factured and approved by SEAT and should axle or both wheels on the rear axle) ››› . not rub against parts of the vehicle. Note ● Only replace used tyres with those authorised by SEAT for the corresponding type vehi- A SEAT Service Centre should be consulted to Note find out whether wheels or tyres of different cle. Pay special attention to size, diameter, and maximum load and speed capacity. Although tyres may be shown as being the sizes to those originally fitted by SEAT can be same size, the true dimensions of different fitted, and to find out about the combinations ● Never use tyres which are larger than SEAT types of tyre may vary with respect to the allowed between the front axle (axle 1) and approved tyres. If the tyres are too big, they nominal size, or tread patterns may be differ- the rear axle (axle 2). may knock or rub against the chassis or other ent. components, resulting in damage. Note If you use tyres that are approved by SEAT, you can be sure that the true tyre dimensions

202 Wheels and tyres

will be correct for your vehicle. For other tyre ››› Fig. 174 is located on the driver's door pil- ● Adjust tyre pressures to the loads carried in models, the tyre vendor should provide the lar. the vehicle. manufacturer's certificate with the tyre, indi- Under-inflation or over-inflation will reduce ● After adjusting the tyre pressure, check that cating that this type of tyre is suitable for the life of the tyres considerably and also im- the caps are properly screwed on. your vehicle. This certificate should always pair the car's handling ››› . It is essential to be carried with the vehicle. The spare wheel or temporary spare wheel data Technical maintain the correct tyre pressures, especial- must always be kept at the maximum pres- ly if driving at high speeds. Incorrect tyre sure stipulated. pressure causes premature wear and could Tyre pressures cause tyre blow-out. WARNING

The pressure should therefore be checked at Advice If tyre pressures are too high or too low, the least once a month and before starting a tyre may deflate or burst suddenly while driv- journey. ing. This could result in a serious accident. As a general rule, the pressures given are for ● If the tyre pressure is too low, they could cold tyres. When the tyres are hot, the pres- overheat, resulting in tread detachment or sures are greater. even burst tyres. Never deflate a hot tyre in order to obtain the ● When driving at high speeds and/or fully loaded, the tyre could suddenly overheat, Operation required pressure. This could result in very burst or be subject to tread detachment, with low tyre pressures which may lead to sudden the resultant loss of control of the vehicle. blow-outs. ● Tyre pressures which are too high or too low reduce the service life of the tyre, affect- Tyre pressure monitoring system ing the vehicle's performance. Check tyre pressures only when the vehicle ● Tyre pressures should be checked regularly, has not been driven for more than a few kilo- at least once a month and before long jour- Emergencies metres at low speeds in the past three hours. neys. ● Adjust the pressures of all the tyres to the Fig. 174 Position of tyre pressure specifica- ● The tyre pressures should be checked regu- vehicle load. tion plate larly, and only when the tyres are cold. Al- ways check all tyres, including the spare ● Never deflate excess pressure from hot The correct tyre pressures for tyres fitted at wheel. Tyre pressures should be checked tyres. » Safety the factory is shown on a label and is valid more often in colder regions, and only when for summer and winter tyres. The label the vehicle has not been driven recently. Al- ways use a correctly-operating tyre gauge. 203 Advice

CAUTION proximately the same on the front and rear WARNING tyres. This is particularly important when ● Take care not to tilt the manometer when driving in winter, in cold temperatures and on Driving with worn tyres is dangerous, and placing it on the valve. Otherwise, the valve wet roads ››› . may lead to loss of control of the vehicle with may be damaged. serious consequences. ● If tyre valves are not protected by caps, or if The minimum tread depth required by law in ● Tyres must be replaced before the wear in- the caps are not screwed on correctly, they the majority of cases is 1.6 mm, measured in dicators are at the same level as the tread may become damaged. Check that the caps the tread grooves next to the tread wear indi- pattern. are identical to the standard caps and have cators. Observe legal requirements in each ● Worn tyres have significantly reduced grip, been correctly tightened. country. especially on wet surfaces, increasing the The performance of winter tyres is much re- risk of “aquaplaning”. For the sake of the environment duced when the tread has worn to 4 mm. ● Worn tyres make control of the vehicle more difficult in normal or difficult driving Under-inflated tyres will increase fuel con- The tread depth of new tyres may vary, ac- sumption. conditions, increasing the braking distance cording to the type and make of tyre and the and the risk of skidding. tread pattern.

Wear indicator depth profile Wear indicators on the tyre Tyre damage The original tyres on your vehicle have 1.6 mm high ››› Fig. 175 tread wear indicators Damage to wheels and tyres is often invisible running across the tread. A number of these to the naked eye. If you notice unusual vibra- indicators are equally spaced around the tyre tion or the car pulling to one side, this may tread. Certain marks on the tyre walls (e.g. indicate that one of the tyres is damaged the letters “TWI” or other symbols) indicate ››› . the position of the wear indicators. ● Slow down immediately if you think you Tread wear indicators indicate if a tyre is have a damaged wheel. worn. They must always be replaced before ● the tyre tread has worn to the level of the in- Check the wheels and tyres for damage. dicator. ● If tyres are worn, stop driving and seek Fig. 175 Tyre tread: tread wear indicators qualified assistance. Tread depth ● If there is no visible exterior damage, drive slowly and carefully to the nearest special- Certain driving conditions require a deeper ised workshop and have the vehicle checked. tread, as well as needing the tread to be ap- 204 Wheels and tyres

Foreign bodies in the tyre tyres wear too quickly, have the wheel align- The tyre control lamp compares wheel revolu- ● Do not remove foreign bodies if they have ment checked at a specialised workshop. tions and with it, the wheel diameter of each penetrated through the tyre wall! wheel using the ESC. If the diameter of a WARNING wheel changes, the tyre control lamp  ● You should obtain professional assistance lights up. The wheel diameter changes when: immediately. If you notice unusual vibration or the car pulls Technical data Technical to one side while driving, this may indicate ● Tyre pressure is insufficient. that one of the tyres is damaged. Tyre wear ● The tyre structure is damaged. ● Reduce speed immediately and stop, while The wear of tyres depends on a number of observing the highway code. ● The vehicle is unbalanced because of a factors, for example: ● Check the wheels and tyres for damage. load. Advice ● Driving style. ● Never carry on driving on worn tyres or ● The wheels of one axle are under more pressure (for example, driving with a trailer or ● Unbalanced wheels. wheels. Request qualified assistance immediately. on steep slopes). ● Running gear settings. ● If there is no visible exterior damage, drive ● The vehicle is fitted with snow chains. Driving style: Driving round bends quickly or slowly and carefully to the nearest special- ● The temporary spare wheel is fitted. ised workshop and have the vehicle checked. sudden acceleration or braking speed accel- ● The wheel on one axle is changed. erates tyre wear. When the driving style is Operation normal, if the tyres wear too quickly, have the Tyre pressure adjustment running gear settings checked at a special- Tyre monitor system*  ised workshop. On adjusting tyre pressure or changing one or more wheels, the ››› Fig. 176 button must Wheel run-out: The wheels on new vehicles be kept pressed down, with the ignition on, are balanced. However, certain circumstan- until an acoustic signal is heard. ces may lead to imbalance (run-out), which is detected as vibrations in the steering wheel. If the wheels are under excessive load (for ex- Emergencies Run-out leads to wear of the steering and ample, driving with a trailer or heavy load), suspension. In the event of run out, the the tyre pressure must be increased to the wheels should be balanced again. When a recommended value for a full load (see the new wheel is fitted, it should be balanced sticker on the inside of the fuel flap). If the again. tyre monitor system button is pressed down, Safety the new tyre pressures are confirmed. » Running gear settings: an incorrectly posi- Fig. 176 Centre console: tyre monitor system tioned running gear increases the wear of button tyres and affects your safety while driving. If 205 Advice

The tyre pressure control lamp  lights up Spare wheel or temporary spare Storing the replaced wheel If the tyre pressure of a wheel is much lower wheel* ● Pull back the carpet. than the value set by the driver, then the tyre ● With the wheel rim facing downwards, sit- pressure control lamp ››› will light up. uate the replaced wheel in the spare wheel well so that the wheel rim central hole coin- WARNING cides with the opening. ● When the tyre pressure control lamp lights ● Turn the hand controlled wheel with the up, reduce speed immediately and avoid any shank screwed clockwise until the replaced sudden turning or braking manoeuvre. Stop wheel is secured. when possible, and check the tyre pressure and status. ● If necessary, store the vehicle tool in the container, inside the boot. ● The driver is responsible for maintaining correct tyre pressures. For this reason, tyre ● Replace the carpet on the boot floor. pressure must be regularly checked. ● Lower the rear shelf. ● Under certain circumstances (e.g. when ● Close the rear lid. driving in a sporty manner, in winter condi- Fig. 177 In the luggage compartment: hand tions or on a dirt track) the tyre control lamp controlled wheel for securing the spare wheel may light up belatedly or may function incor- If the spare wheel is different to the rest of the vehicle tyres rectly. Removing the spare wheel If the spare tyre is not the same as the tyres ● Open the rear lid and lift the luggage com- that are mounted on the vehicle - for example Note partment shelf page 123. ››› with winter tyres or the temporary spare If the battery is disconnected, the yellow ● If necessary, remove the boot variable floor wheel - you should only use the spare tyre for warning lamp  lights up after turning the ››› page 123. a short period of time and drive with extra ignition on. This should turn off after a brief care . journey. ● Lift up the carpet from the recess and re- ››› move it from the luggage compartment. Refit the normal road wheel as soon as possi- ● If necessary, take out the vehicle tool kit ble. with the container. ● Completely remove the hand controlled Please observe driving advice: wheel from the centre of the spare wheel ● Do not drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph). Fig. 177 by turning it in an anticlockwise ››› ● Avoid heavy acceleration, hard braking and direction, and take out the spare wheel. fast cornering.

206 Wheels and tyres

● Snow chains on the temporary spare wheel ● Replace the temporary spare wheel for a Tyre code are not permitted ›››  page 41. normal wheel as soon as possible. The com- ● After mounting the spare wheel or the tem- pact temporary spare wheel is only intended porary spare wheel, check the tyre pressure for temporary use over short distances. as soon as possible ››› page 203. ● The temporary spare wheel must always be secured with the factory supplied wheel data Technical It is advisable to check the spare wheel or bolts. temporary spare wheel tyre pressure when ● You should never use more than one tem- checking the rest of the vehicle wheels at porary spare wheel. least once a month. The spare wheel should ● After mounting the temporary spare wheel, have the highest pressure allowed for the ve- Advice check the tyre pressure as soon as possible hicle ››› page 203. The sticker situated on the ››› page 203. temporary spare wheel shows the tyre pres- ● sure. Snow chains on the temporary spare wheel are not permitted. WARNING Note Incorrect handling of the spare wheel or the temporary spare wheel can cause loss of ve- Wherever possible, secure the spare wheel, Fig. 178 Universal code on tyres Operation hicle control, producing collisions or other temporary spare wheel or the replaced wheel serious accidents and injury. safely in the luggage compartment. In vehi- 1 Radial ● Never use the spare wheel or the temporary cles with anti-puncture kit, it is not possible 2 Rim diameter code spare wheel if it is damaged or worn to the to secure the defective wheel. wear indicator. 3 Load index & speed rating ● In some vehicles the spare wheel is smaller 4 DOT tyre identification number Emergencies than the original tyres. This can be seen on a 5 Severe snow conditions sticker showing the text “80 km/h” and “50 mph”. This text indicates the maximum 6 Tyre ply composition and materials used velocity permitted for this type of tyre. 7 Max. load rating ● Never drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph). 8 Treadwear, traction and temperature

Avoid powerful acceleration, hard braking grades Safety and taking corners at high speed. 9 Max. permissible inflation pressure ● Never drive more than 200 km with a temporary spare wheel fitted to the drive axle. 10 Passenger car tyre 11 Nominal width of tyre in millimetres » 207 Advice

12 Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio) Tyre code (example): Meaning Tyre code (example): Meaning

Tyre code (example): Meaning DOT BT RA TY5 Tyre identification number (TINa), TREAD 4 PLIES Information about tread compo- 1709 may be only on interior wall of 1 RAYON + nents: Make, logotype Manufacturer wheel) and date of manufacture: 2 STEEL + In the example, there are 4 layers 1 NYLON below the tread: 1 layer of rayon (ar- Product name Name of tyre assigned by manufac- DOT The tyre complies with the tificial silk), 2 layers of steel rein- turer. legal requirements of the forcement and 1 layer of nylon. US Department of Trans- P255 / 55 R 18 Size: port, responsible for tyre Information for the end consumer concerning the com- safety regulations. parative values of the established base tyres (standar- P Passenger vehicle code. dised test procedures) ››› page 179: BT Place of manufacture code. Nominal width between 255 TREADWEAR 220 Relative service life of the tyre, with walls, in mm. RA Information about manu- respect to specific US standard test. facturer and tyre size. 55 Height/width ratio in % TRACTION A Braking capacity of tyre on wet sur- TY5 Manufacturer's tyre specifi- face (AA, A, B or C). Tyre type (R indicates "radi- R cations. al"). TEMPERATURE A Tyre temperature resistance at high- 1709 Date of manufacture: Week er test speeds (A, B or C). 18 Rim diameter in inches 17 of 2009. If the tyre has other markings, these are specific tyre 109 H Load index ››› page 209 and speed TWI This identifies the position of the manufacturer codes or specific national codes, e.g. for rating ››› page 209. Tread Wear Indicator ››› page 204. Brazil or China. XL Reinforced tyres (“Reinforced”). Made in Country of manufacture. a) The letters TIN refer to the tyre serial number. Germany M+S or M/S or Winter tyres code (mud and snow  tyres). MAX LOAD US load rating, indicating maximum Tyres with directional tread pattern 615 KG permitted load per tyre. RADIAL Radial tyre without inner tube. Tyres with directional tread pattern have TUBELESS MAX INFLATION US limit, indicating maximum per- been designed to operate best when rotating 350 KPA mitted tyre pressure. in only one direction. An arrow on the tyre E4 ... E-mark certifying tyre complies with (51 PSI) international legislation followed by sidewall indicates the direction of rotation on tyres with directional tread. Always observe a number denoting the country SIDEWALL 1 PLY Information about tyre wall compo- granting the authorisation. The au- RAYON nents: the direction of rotation indicated when thorisation number ( several digits) 1 layer of rayon (artificial silk). mounting the wheel. This guarantees opti- is shown below. mum grip and helps to avoid aquaplaning, grip, noise and wear.

208 Wheels and tyres

If the tyre is mounted in the opposite direc- V max. 240 km/h (149 mph) tion of rotation, drive with extreme caution, Z max. 240 km/h (149 mph) as the tyre is no longer being used correctly. This is of particular importance when the W max. 270 km/h (168 mph) road surface is wet. Change the tyre as soon Y max. 300 km/h (186 mph) as possible or remount it with the correct di- data Technical rection of rotation. Some manufacturers use the letters “ZR” for tyres with a maximum authorised speed above 240 km/h. Tyre load rating The load rating code indicates the maximum load in kilogrammes each wheel can carry Advice (load capacity).

78 425 kg 81 462 kg 83 487 kg

85 515 kg Operation 87 545 kg 91 615 kg

Speed rating The speed rating indicates the maximum

speed permitted for the tyres. Emergencies

P max. 150 km/h (93 mph) Q max. 160 km/h (99 mph) R max. 170 km/h (106 mph)

S max. 180 km/h (112 mph) Safety T max. 190 km/h (118 mph) U max. 200 km/h (124 mph) H max. 210 km/h (130 mph) 209 Technical data

Abbreviations used in the Technical Specifi- Technical data cations section Technical features kW Kilowatt, engine power measurement. Pferdestärke (horsepower), formerly PS Important information used to denote engine power. rpm Revolutions per minute - engine speed.

Introduction Nm Newton metres, unit of engine torque.

The information in the vehicle documentation Cetane number, indication of the diesel CZ always takes precedence over the informa- combustion power. Fig. 180 Vehicle identification number. tion in this Instruction Manual. Research octane number, indication of RON Vehicle identification number All technical specifications provided in this the knock resistance of petrol. The vehicle identification number (chassis documentation are valid for the standard number) can be read from outside the vehicle model in Spain. The vehicle data card inclu- through a viewer in the windscreen ded in the Maintenance Programme or the Vehicle identification data ››› Fig. 180. This viewer is located in the lower vehicle registration documents shows which part of the windscreen. The vehicle identifica- engine is installed in the vehicle. tion number (chassis number) is also stam- The figures may be different depending ped on the right water drain channel. The wa- whether additional equipment is fitted, for ter drain channel is located between the sus- different models, for special vehicles and for pension tower and the wing. Open the bon- other countries. net to read the vehicle identification number .

Vehicle data plate The vehicle data label ››› Fig. 179 is at the front of the spare wheel well. It contains the following data:

Fig. 179 Vehicle data label. 1 Vehicle identification number (chassis number). 2 Vehicle type, engine power, gearbox type. 210 Technical features

3 Engine and gearbox code, paint number, ● Roof load, included in the carrier. The values relating to fuel consumption and interior equipment. CO2 emissions can be found in the documen- 4 Optional extras, PR numbers. WARNING tation provided to the purchaser of the vehi- Exceeding the maximum authorised weight cle at the time of purchase. These data are also provided in the Mainte- and the load on the axles could cause dam- Fuel consumption and CO2 emissions depend nance Programme. data Technical age to the vehicle, accidents and serious in- on the equipment/features of each individual juries. vehicle, as well as on the driving style, road ● The real load on the axles should never ex- conditions, traffic conditions, environmental Specific vehicle weight information ceed the maximum permitted. conditions, load or number of passengers. ● The load and its distribution in the vehicle The instructions in the official vehicle docu- have effects on the vehicle handling and the Note Advice ments take precedence. All the technical data braking ability. Always drive at a suitable In practice, and considering all the factors provided in this documentation is applicable speed. to the basic model. The vehicle data label in mentioned here, consumption values can differ from those calculated in the current Euro- the Maintenance Programme or the vehicle CAUTION pean regulations. documentation shows which engine is installed in your vehicle. Distribute the load as uniformly and as low

down on the vehicle as possible. When trans- Operation The figures may be different depending porting heavy objects in the luggage com- whether additional equipment is fitted, for partment, these should be placed as far for- Wheels different models and for special vehicles. ward as possible or over the rear axle to have Tyre pressure, snow chains, wheel Kerb weight values shown in the following ta- as little influence on handling as possible. ble apply to a vehicle with driver (75 kg), liq- bolts uids including a fuel tank 90% full, in addi- Tyre pressures tion to tools and a spare wheel ››› . The Fuel consumption Emergencies kerb weight indicated increases with optional The sticker with the tyre pressure values can equipment and retrofitting of accessories, Approved consumption values are derived be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap. while proportionally reducing carrying ca- from measurements performed or supervised The tyre pressure values are given for cold pacity. by certified EU laboratories, according to the tyres ››› page 203. The slightly raised pres- legislation in force at the time (for more infor- sures of warm tyres must not be reduced. The load is equivalent to the following mation, see the Publications Office of the Eu- ››› » Safety weights: ropean Union on the EUR-Lex website: © Eu- ● Passengers. ropean Union, http://eur-lex.europa.eu/) and apply to the specified vehicle characteristics. ● Total equipment. 211 Technical data

Snow chains Snow chains may be fitted only to the front wheels. Consult the section “wheels” of this manual.

Wheel bolts After the wheels have been changed, the tightening torque of the wheel bolts should be checked as soon as possible with a torque wrench ››› . The tightening torque for steel and alloy wheels is 140 Nm.

WARNING ● Check the tyre pressure at least once per month. Checking the tyre pressure is very important. If the tyre pressure is too high or too low, there is an increased danger of accidents - particularly at high speeds. ● If the tightening torque of the wheel bolts is too low, they could loosen while the vehicle is in motion. Risk of accident! If the tightening torque is too high, the wheel bolts and threads can be damaged.

Note We recommend that you ask your Technical Service for information about appropriate wheel, tyre and snow chain size.

212 Technical features

Engine data

Petrol engine 1.0 44 kW (60 PS)

Engine specifications Technical data Technical Power output in kW (PS) at rpm Maximum torque (Nm at rpm) No. of cylinders/displacement (cm3) Fuel

44 (60)/5,000-6,000 95/3,000-4,300 3/999 Super 95 RON/Normal 91a) RON a) Slight power loss. Advice Performance Manual Ecomotive Start-Stop Automatic Ecomotive

Top speed (km/h) 160 (4) 161 (4) 161 (4) 160 (4)

Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (seconds) 9.1 9.1 9.4 9.4

Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (seconds) 14.4 14.4 15.3 15.3 Operation

Weights (in kg)

Gross vehicle weight 1,290 1,290 1,300 1,290

Weight in running order (with driver) 929 940 931 932

Gross front axle weight 680 680 680 680 Emergencies Gross rear axle weight 640 640 640 640

Permitted roof load 50 50 50 50 Safety

213 Technical data

Petrol engine 1.0 55 kW (75 PS)

Engine specifications

Power output in kW (PS) at rpm Maximum torque (Nm at rpm) No. of cylinders/displacement (cm3) Fuel

55 (75)/6,200 95/3,000-4,300 3/999 Super 95 RON/Normal 91a) RON

a) Slight power loss.

Performance Manual Start-Stop Start-Stop Automatic Ecomotive

Top speed (km/h) 171 (4) 172 (4) 172 (4) 171 (4)

Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (seconds) 8.3 8.3 9.2 9.2

Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (seconds) 13.2 13.2 13.9 13.9

Weights (in kg)

Gross vehicle weight 1,290 1,290 1,300 1,290

Weight in running order (with driver) 929 940 931 932

Gross front axle weight 680 680 680 680

Gross rear axle weight 640 640 640 640

Permitted roof load 50 50 50 50

214 Technical features

Petrol/CNG engine 1.0 50 kW (68 PS)

Engine specifications

Power output in kW (PS) at rpm Maximum torque (Nm at rpm) No. of cylinders/capacity (cm3) Fuel

50 (68)/6,200 90/3,000 3/999 Super 95 RON / Normal 91a) RON data Technical a) Slight power loss.

Performance

Top speed (km/h) 164 (4) Advice

Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (seconds) 10.3

Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (seconds) 16.3

Weights (in kg)

Gross vehicle weight 1,370 Operation Weight in running order (with driver) 1,031

Gross front axle weight 680

Gross rear axle weight 640

Permitted roof load 50 Emergencies Safety

215 Technical data

Dimensions

Fig. 181 Dimensions

Mii 3-door Mii 5-door

A/B Front and rear projection (mm) 595/542

C Wheelbase (mm) 2,420

D Length (mm) 3,557

E/F Front/reara) track width (mm) 1,428/1,424

G Width (mm) 1,641 1,645

H Height at kerb weight (mm) 1,478

Turning radius (m) approx. 9.8

a) This data will change depending on the type of wheel rim.

216 Index

Air conditioner ...... 130 Assist systems Index air recirculation ...... 130 traction control (ASR) ...... 140 air vents ...... 131 traction control (TC) ...... 140 A application tips ...... 132 Audible warning Abroad instructions for use ...... 132 lights ...... 104 extended stay abroad with your vehicle . . . . . 179 water under the vehicle ...... 133 Audible warnings sale of vehicle ...... 179 Air conditioning control and warning lamps ...... 24 ABS climatronic ...... 27, 130 speed ...... 24 see Anti-lock brake system ...... 139 malfunction in the operation ...... 132 Automatic belt retractor ...... 58 Accessories ...... 164 Air recirculation ...... 130 Automatic device disconnection Acoustic alarm climatronic ...... 28 battery ...... 198 seatbelt unfastened ...... 54 connect ...... 130 Automatic dipped beam control ...... 104 Adjust disconnecting ...... 130 Automatic gearbox front seat ...... 112 functioning ...... 130 driving tips ...... 147 Adjusting Air vents ...... 131 ignition key removal lock ...... 136 lights ...... 107 Antenna ...... 166, 180 kick-down ...... 147 rear head restraints ...... 51, 112 Anti-freeze ...... 32 malfunction ...... 147 seats ...... 48 Anti-lock brake system ...... 139 starting on a slope ...... 147 Adjusting the head restraints Anti-lock system ...... 139 stopping on a slope ...... 147 rear head restraints ...... 112 Anti-puncture ...... 35, 72 Automatic gear change ...... 145 Advice for driving Anti-puncture kit ...... 35, 72 Axle loads ...... 211 spare wheel or temporary spare wheel ...... 206 check after 10 minutes ...... 74 Airbag covers ...... 14 Anti-puncture set ...... 72 B Airbags ...... 59 Anti-theft security system ...... 97 Bag support ...... 118 description ...... 60 Ashtray ...... 120 BAS Airbag system ...... 14, 59 Aspects to take into account before starting the see Brake assist systems ...... 140 activation ...... 61 vehicle ...... 47 Battery cleaning dash panel ...... 178 ASR changing in the vehicle key ...... 93 control lamp ...... 63 see Traction control system ...... 139 Battery acid ...... 197 description ...... 60 Assistance systems Before starting the vehicle ...... 47 front airbags ...... 14, 62 brake assist system (BAS) ...... 140 Belt tension device functioning ...... 61 cruise control ...... 155 service and disposal ...... 58 locking the vehicle after deployment ...... 95 electronic differential lock (EDS) ...... 140 Belt tensioner ...... 58 repairs ...... 166 optical parking system (OPS) ...... 155 Belt tension limiter ...... 58 side airbags ...... 16 parking aid ...... 154 Belt tightening ...... 58 use of child seats ...... 15 parking distance warning system ...... 154 Bonnet ...... 10, 186 vehicle care ...... 178 safety Assist ...... 156 Assisted starting ...... 43 217 Index

Boot hatch CCS regulations ...... 67 emergency locking and unlocking ...... 10 see cruise control ...... 24 safety instructions ...... 16, 65 Brake assist system ...... 139 Central locking ...... 94 top Tether system ...... 19 Brake assist systems ...... 139 emergency locking ...... 9 transporting children in the vehicle ...... 67 brake fluid ...... 33 opening doors individually ...... 95 weight categories ...... 67 Brake fluid Central locking system Cigarette lighter ...... 120 specification ...... 194 after airbag deployment ...... 95 City Safety Assist function ...... 156 Brakes ...... 137 description ...... 95 control and warning lamps ...... 157 brake assist systems ...... 139 remote control key ...... 95 function ...... 159 brake fluid ...... 194 Changes ...... 165 sensor ...... 158 brake fluid level ...... 194 Changing a wheel ...... 36, 72 special driving situations ...... 159 brake pads ...... 142 subsequent tasks ...... 41 Cleaning ...... 170 brake servo ...... 142 wheel bolts ...... 38 compartments ...... 177 changing the brake fluid ...... 194 Changing bulbs ...... 79 dash panel ...... 178 control and warning lamps ...... 138 front bumper ...... 81 engine compartment ...... 175 running in new brake pads ...... 142 headlights ...... 80 fabrics ...... 176 Brake servo ...... 139, 142 number plate light ...... 83 padding ...... 177 Brake system rear lights ...... 82 seatbelts ...... 178 fault ...... 142 side turn signal ...... 84 textile covers ...... 177 Brake systems ...... 139 Changing gear ...... 143 washing the vehicle ...... 171 Braking automatic gear change ...... 145 washing the vehicle with high pressure clean- brake assist system ...... 139 control and warning lamps ...... 144 ers ...... 172 Bulb fault engaging the gears (automatic gearbox) . . . . 145 wheels ...... 174 see "Changing bulbs" ...... 79 tiptronic ...... 146 windows ...... 172 Changing the blades ...... 75 Cleaning the vehicle C Changing the wiper blades ...... 45 high pressure cleaners ...... 172 Capacities ...... 31 Charging the battery ...... 43 climatronic windscreen washer liquid ...... 195 Child safety seat air recirculation ...... 28 Capacity securing with the seat belt ...... 18 Climatronic natural gas tank ...... 185 Child seats ...... 16, 66 air distribution ...... 28 Caring for paintwork ...... 173 disabling the front passenger front airbag . . . . 15 AUTO (automatic mode) ...... 27 Caring for the vehicle ISOFIX system ...... 18, 69 blower ...... 28 exterior ...... 171 mounting child seats ...... 17 controls ...... 27 Catalytic converter ...... 152 mounting systems ...... 17 cooling mode ...... 27 control and warning lamps ...... 151 on the front passenger seat ...... 68 disconnecting ...... 27 malfunction in the operation ...... 152 on the rear seats ...... 69 regulating the temperature ...... 27 removing ice from the windows ...... 28

218 Index

Close ...... 92 indication of brake pad wear ...... 138 Direction of rotation bonnet ...... 10 key ...... 93 tyres ...... 41 Closing ...... 92 lights ...... 103 Disabling the front passenger front airbag . . . . . 15 bonnet ...... 10 locking the steering column ...... 134 Display ...... 88, 89 electric windows ...... 11 on the driver door ...... 98 Disposal luggage compartment ...... 100 refuelling ...... 185 belt tension device ...... 58 panoramic sunroof ...... 11 tyres ...... 205 Door cylinder ...... 8 windows ...... 101 vehicle battery ...... 196 Door lock ...... 8 Clothes hook ...... 119 Control lamp Door release lever ...... 8 Code number ...... 71 refuelling ...... 184 interior ...... 87 Coming Home Control units ...... 167 Doors ...... 98 lights ...... 105 reprogramming ...... 167 childproof locks ...... 98 Coming Home Function ...... 105 Coolant emergency closing or opening ...... 8 Compartments ...... 116 checking the level ...... 192 opening and closing ...... 8 centre console ...... 117 control and warning lamps ...... 192 Drink holders ...... 119 glove compartment ...... 117, 118 filler neck ...... 192 Centre console ...... 120 passenger side ...... 117, 118 topping up ...... 192 Driving sunglasses storage compartment ...... 117 Cooling system automatic gearbox ...... 147 Conformity certification ...... 180 checking the coolant ...... 191 data storage ...... 167 control and warning lamps topping up with coolant ...... 191 driving abroad ...... 152 changing gear ...... 144 Correct position ...... 48 driving through water ...... 153 Control and warning lamps driver ...... 48 economical ...... 149 airbag system ...... 63 Cruise control ...... 24, 155 fuel gauge ...... 184 brake system ...... 138 control and warning lamps ...... 155 fuel level too low ...... 184 catalytic converter ...... 151 operation ...... 156 parking downhill ...... 142 City Safety Assist function ...... 157 parking uphill ...... 142 coolant ...... 192 D starting on a slope ...... 147 cruise control ...... 155 Dangers in not using the seat belt ...... 55 stopping on a slope ...... 147 emission control system ...... 151 Dash panel ...... 87 through salt water ...... 153 engine management ...... 151 airbag system ...... 178 with a trailer ...... 163 engine oil sensor ...... 189 Data registry ...... 167 Driving abroad ESC ...... 138 Data storage during the journey ...... 167 headlights ...... 107 for the seat belt ...... 53 Daytime running lights ...... 104 Driving in winter fuel level ...... 184 De-icing the locks ...... 175 fuel consumption ...... 151 general view ...... 24 Diagnostics connector ...... 168 salt traces ...... 110 generator ...... 196 Digital clock ...... 88 snow chains ...... 41 hill hold ...... 161 Dimensions ...... 216 tread depth ...... 204 219 Index

tyre pressure ...... 203 Jump leads ...... 43 G 13 ...... 32 windscreen washer bottle ...... 173 puncture ...... 35 specifications ...... 32 Driving safety ...... 47 replacing a blown fuse ...... 34 temperature display ...... 192 Driving through water ...... 153 vehicle tool kit ...... 70 Engine data ...... 213 Driving tips warning triangle ...... 70 Engine management ...... 151 for a loaded vehicle ...... 114 Emergency closing or opening control lamps ...... 151 Duplicate keys ...... 92 driver door ...... 8 Engine oil ...... 31, 188 Dust filter ...... 133 passenger door ...... 9 changing ...... 188 Dynamic headlight range control ...... 107 Emergency locking and unlocking ...... 77 checking oil level ...... 190 Emergency unlocking consumption ...... 190 E boot hatch ...... 10 control and warning lamps ...... 189 E10 Emergency unlocking the boot hatch dipstick ...... 190 see Ethanol (fuel) ...... 181 boot hatch ...... 10 oil properties ...... 32 EDL Emission control system specifications ...... 189 see Electronic differential lock ...... 139 control and warning lamps ...... 151 topping up ...... 191 EDS Emissions data ...... 210 Environment see "Brake assist systems" ...... 140 Engine environmental compatibility ...... 149 Electric assisted starting ...... 43 Environmental windows ...... 11 noises ...... 136 ecological driving ...... 149 Electrical devices ...... 121, 122 running in ...... 148 Environmental tips Electric windows ...... 11 start-Stop system ...... 161 refuelling ...... 185 buttons ...... 101 Engine and ignition ...... 135 Equipment ...... 164 closing ...... 101 12 Volt sockets ...... 122 safety ...... 60 opening ...... 101 ignition lock ...... 135 ESC see Windows ...... 101 immobiliser ...... 137 electronic stability control ...... 139 Electronic differential lock ...... 139 starting the engine ...... 135 Ethanol (fuel) ...... 181 Electronic immobiliser ...... 137 stopping the engine ...... 136 Event Data Recorder ...... 167 operating fault ...... 135 unauthorised vehicle key ...... 135 Exhaust gas purification system ...... 151 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ...... 139 Engine compartment ...... 10, 186 Exterior mirrors Emergencies ...... 70 battery ...... 33, 196 adjusting ...... 13 bulbs ...... 35 brake fluid ...... 33, 194 vehicle care ...... 172 changing a wheel ...... 36 coolant ...... 32, 191 Exterior rear view mirrors emergency towing of the vehicle ...... 42 engine oil ...... 31, 190, 191 control of the function ...... 112 fire extinguishers ...... 70 windscreen washer reservoir ...... 33, 195 electric exterior mirrors ...... 112 first aid kit ...... 70 Engine coolant ...... 32 exterior ...... 111 fuses ...... 34 checking the level ...... 191 Exterior view ...... 5, 6 hazard warning lights ...... 106 G 12 plus-plus ...... 32 220 Index

F Fuses ...... 34, 78 Heating and fresh air system ...... 130 fuse box ...... 79 Heating of the rear window ...... 28, 30 Fabrics: cleaning ...... 176 identifying blown fuses ...... 34 Hill driving assistant ...... 160 Fastening rings ...... 126 identifying by colours ...... 34 Hill hold Fault preparation before replacing ...... 34 control and warning lamps ...... 161 parking distance warning system ...... 154 replacing ...... 34 start-Stop system ...... 161 Fault memory Horn ...... 87 connector ...... 168 G How to jump start ...... 43 reading ...... 168 Gearbox lever ...... 26 description ...... 44 Filling the tank ...... 182, 185 Gear change ...... 26 Hubcaps ...... 37 Fire extinguisher ...... 70 automatic gearbox ...... 26 First-aid kit changing gears manually ...... 145 I storage ...... 70 gear recommendation ...... 148 Identifying letters on engine ...... 210 Floor mats ...... 52 manual gear change ...... 26 Ignition ...... 20 Fluid Level control ...... 31 putting the vehicle in gear (manual gearbox) 145 see "Engine and ignition" ...... 135 Fog light ...... 21 Gear engaged ...... 26 Ignition lock ...... 20 Front airbags ...... 14, 62 General instrument panel removal lock ...... 136 Front passenger front airbag instrument panel ...... 87 unauthorised vehicle key ...... 135 control lamp ...... 63 General view In case of emergency ...... 70 disabling ...... 15 control and warning lamps ...... 24 Indications on the display ...... 89 disconnection ...... 63 Generator ...... 196 odometer ...... 89 Front seat Glove compartment ...... 117, 118 recommended gear ...... 90 manual adjustment ...... 112 reminder ...... 90 manually adjusting ...... 12 seat belt status ...... 90 Front wiper blades H selector lever positions ...... 90 change ...... 46 Handbrake ...... 141 start-Stop ...... 90 cleaning ...... 46 Hazard warning lights ...... 21, 106 temperature ...... 89 Fuel ...... 31, 181 Head-on collisions and the laws of physics . . . . . 55 Instrument panel ...... 88 natural gas ...... 182 Headlight range control ...... 107 control and warning lamps ...... 24 refuelling ...... 181 Headlights display ...... 88, 89 savings ...... 149 driving abroad ...... 107 general instrument panel ...... 87 Fuel gauge Head rest instruments ...... 88 control lamp ...... 184 adjustment ...... 112 menus ...... 23 petrol ...... 184 Head restraints service intervals ...... 90 Fuel tank cap adjusting ...... 112 symbols ...... 24 opening and closing ...... 31 rear head restraints ...... 51 Instrument panel lighting ...... 107 Fuel tank flap Heating and fresh air Instruments ...... 88 opening and closing ...... 31 controls ...... 29 221 Index

Interior lights ...... 22 control lighting ...... 107 Luggage compartment ...... 9, 99, 123 Interior rear vision mirror daytime running lights ...... 104 closing ...... 100 anti-dazzle ...... 111 dipped beam headlights ...... 103 cover ...... 125 Interior view driving abroad ...... 107 driving with the rear lid open ...... 115 left ...... 7 fog lights ...... 21 emergency unlocking ...... 10 ISOFIX ...... 18 functions ...... 104 luggage compartment variable floor ...... 126 ISOFIX system ...... 18 hazard warning lights ...... 21 opening ...... 100 headlight range control ...... 107 unlocking ...... 100 J instrument panel lighting ...... 107 see also Loading the luggage compartment . 123 Jack ...... 36, 70, 72 light controls ...... 103 Luggage compartment floor ...... 126 mounting points ...... 39 luggage compartment ...... 107 Luggage compartment hatch ...... 10 Jump leads ...... 43 main beam ...... 21 Luggage compartment variable floor ...... 126 main beam headlights ...... 103 K main beam lever ...... 105 M parking light remains on both sides ...... 104 Keys Main beam lever ...... 105 side lights ...... 103 control lamp ...... 93 Main panel switch ...... 21 duplicates ...... 93 turn signal and main beam lever ...... 105 turn signal lever ...... 105 mechanical key ...... 93 Malfunction Load compartment in the luggage compartment remote control ...... 92 automatic gearbox ...... 147 see Loading the luggage compartment . . . . . 123 replacing the battery ...... 93 Malfunction in the air conditioning Loading spare key ...... 92 operation ...... 132 general advice ...... 114 synchronising ...... 94 Malfunction in the operation loaded vehicle ...... 115 unlocking and locking ...... 8, 95, 97 catalytic converter ...... 152 transporting the load ...... 115 vehicle key ...... 92 rain and light sensor ...... 110 Loading the luggage compartment ...... 123 Kick-down ...... 147 Manual air conditioner ...... 130 driving with the rear lid open ...... 115 Manual air conditioning L Loading the vehicle air distribution ...... 29 class N1 ...... 126 blower ...... 29 Labels and plates ...... 179 fastening rings ...... 126 controls ...... 29 Laser sensor ...... 158 luggage compartment ...... 9 cooling mode ...... 29 Leaving Home retaining hooks ...... 127 disconnecting ...... 29 lights ...... 105 roof carrier system ...... 129 setting the temperature ...... 29 Leaving Home Function ...... 105 Locking and unlocking Mirror ...... 111 Lift platform ...... 169 in the lock cylinder ...... 8 Mobile phone ...... 166 Lights ...... 21, 103 luggage compartment ...... 100 Mobile phones ...... 166 audible warnings ...... 104 panoramic sunroof ...... 102 Mobile telephone AUTO ...... 104 Luggage ...... 123 use without an exterior aerial ...... 168 control and warning lamps ...... 103 222 Index

Model plate ...... 210 Panoramic sunroof ...... 102 Positioning the seatbelt rear lid of the luggage compartment ...... 9 for pregnant women ...... 56 N tank flap ...... 185 Position the seat belt Natural gas ...... 182 Opening doors individually ...... 95 seat belts ...... 13 fuel tank cap ...... 185 Optical parking system (OPS) ...... 155 Power brake system refuelling ...... 182, 185 Anti-lock system ...... 139 smell ...... 182 P Power socket Noises Paintwork 12 volts ...... 121 brake assist systems ...... 141 code ...... 210 Protection of vehicle undercarriage ...... 175 engine ...... 136 Panoramic sunroof ...... 11, 102 Puncture Notes for the user ...... 179 anti-trap function ...... 102 action ...... 35 Number of seats ...... 50 closing ...... 102 Pushing the vehicle ...... 135 opening ...... 102 O Parking ...... 137, 141 R Octane rating (petrol) ...... 181 downhill ...... 142 Radio-operated remote control Odometer uphill ...... 142 see Keys ...... 92 partial ...... 88 Parking aid ...... 154 Radio reception total ...... 88 optical parking system (OPS) ...... 155 antenna ...... 180 Oil properties ...... 32 Parking aid system operating faults ...... 180 Open and close ...... 92 see Parking aid ...... 154 Rain and light sensor ...... 109 panoramic sunroof ...... 102 Parking distance warning system ...... 153 malfunction in the operation ...... 110 Opening ...... 92 fault ...... 154 Raising the vehicle ...... 39 bonnet ...... 10 see also Parking aid ...... 154 lift platform ...... 169 electric windows ...... 11 Parking light remains ...... 104 Rear fuel tank flap ...... 185 ParkPilot headrests ...... 51 luggage compartment ...... 100 see Parking aid ...... 154 Rear backrest panoramic sunroof ...... 11 Passenger door emergency locking ...... 9 folding ...... 124 windows ...... 101 Pedals ...... 48, 52 lifting up ...... 124 Opening and closing ...... 8 Petrol Rear lid ...... 9 bonnet ...... 10 additives ...... 181 see also Luggage compartment ...... 99 by remote control ...... 95 fuel gauge ...... 184 Rear seat bench ...... 124 doors ...... 98 refuelling ...... 181 Rear view mirrors electric windows ...... 11 Polishing ...... 173 adjusting the exterior mirrors ...... 111 from the inside ...... 97 Pollen filter ...... 133 Rear vision mirror fuel tank flap ...... 185 Pollution filter ...... 133 interior anti-dazzle ...... 111 in the lock cylinder ...... 8 Portable Smartphone base Rear window defroster ...... 28, 30 panoramic sunroof ...... 11 dismantling and assembling ...... 122 Rear windows ...... 101 223 Index

Recommended gear ...... 148 S Seat heating ...... 113 Recycled ...... 180 SEAT information system ...... 22 Refuelling ...... 181 Safe Seats ...... 50 control and warning lamps ...... 184 driving safe ...... 47 heating ...... 113 fuel gauge ...... 184 SAFE ...... 97, 137 incorrect position ...... 50 mistakes ...... 183 safety number of seats ...... 50 natural gas ...... 185 disabling the front passenger front airbag . . . . 15 rear backrest ...... 124 opening fuel tank flap ...... 185 Safety ...... 47 Service fluids ...... 164 Remote control key child safety ...... 64 Service interval display ...... 90 unlocking and locking ...... 95 child seats ...... 64 Side airbags Removing safe driving ...... 47 description ...... 16 ice from the windscreen ...... 28 Safety Assist ...... 156 Smell of gas ...... 182 Removing ice Safety equipment ...... 48 Snow chains ...... 41, 212 from the windscreen ...... 30 Safety instructions temporary spare wheel ...... 41 Repairs ...... 165, 180 using child seats ...... 16, 65 Spare fuel canister ...... 183 airbag system ...... 166 using seat belts ...... 55 Spare parts ...... 164 Repair work ...... 164 Sale of vehicle Spare wheel Replacement in other countries / continents ...... 179 removing ...... 206 parts ...... 164 Scrapping ...... 180 Spare wheel or temporary spare wheel Replacement parts ...... 164 airbag system ...... 180 advice for driving ...... 206 Replacing bulbs vend-of-life vehicles ...... 180 Speed limiter ...... 155 see "Changing bulbs" ...... 79 Seat belt Speed rating ...... 209 Reprogramming control units ...... 167 adjustment ...... 13, 56 Start-Stop system ...... 161 Retaining hooks ...... 127 Seat belts ...... 52 operation ...... 161 Revolution counter ...... 88 automatic belt retractor ...... 58 Starting the vehicle ...... 20 Rims belt tensioner ...... 58 Steering ...... 133 changing a wheel ...... 36 belt tension limiter ...... 58 control and warning lamps ...... 134 Roof carrier ...... 127 Seatbelts electromechanical ...... 134 Roof carrier system ...... 127 cleaning ...... 178 power steering ...... 134 fastening the supports ...... 128 Seat belts steering column lock ...... 134 Roof rack ...... 127 protective function ...... 54 tendency to pull to one side ...... 204 Rubber seals ...... 174 purpose ...... 52 Steering wheel Running in safety instructions ...... 55 adjustment ...... 14 brake pads ...... 142 twisted belt ...... 55 Setting ...... 49 new engine ...... 148 unfastened ...... 55 Storage compartment wheels and tyres ...... 202 warning lamp ...... 53 centre console ...... 118 Seat belt tensioner ...... 13 other storage compartments ...... 119 Seat belt tensioners ...... 58 224 Index

Storage compartments ...... 116 Tiptronic ...... 146 Tyre Mobility Set driver side ...... 116 Top Tether ...... 19 inflating a tyre ...... 74 Sunglasses storage compartment ...... 117 Top Tether system ...... 19 Tyre Mobility System Sun protection ...... 108 Tow-starting ...... 43, 75 see Anti-puncture kit ...... 72 Sun visors ...... 108 Towing bracket ...... 163 Tyre pressure Switch description ...... 163 spare wheel or temporary spare wheel ...... 203 hazard warning lights ...... 106 Towing the vehicle ...... 42, 75, 135 Tyre pressures ...... 203, 211 Switching lights off ...... 103 front towline anchorage ...... 77 Tyre profile ...... 204 Switching lights on ...... 103 special features ...... 76 Tyre repair ...... 72 Switching the ignition on and off ...... 20 tow bar ...... 76 Tyre repair kit Symbols tow rope ...... 76 see Anti-puncture kit ...... 72 see control and warning lamps ...... 24 Towline anchorages ...... 42 Tyres Traction control ...... 140 avoiding damage ...... 200 T Traction control system ...... 139 changing ...... 36 TC Traction Control (TC) ...... 140 code ...... 207 see Brake assist systems ...... 140 Traction (tyres) ...... 208 damage ...... 204 Technical data Trailer ...... 163 errors in wheel alignment ...... 205 axle loads ...... 211 Transporting foreign bodies in the tyres ...... 205 engine oil specifications ...... 189 driving with the rear lid open ...... 115 handling ...... 200 kerb weight ...... 211 load ...... 115 interchanging tyres ...... 200 Roof load ...... 129 loaded vehicle ...... 115 new ...... 202 total weight ...... 211 Transporting children ...... 64 old ...... 201 tyre pressures ...... 203 Transporting items replacing ...... 202 weights ...... 211 fastening rings ...... 126 run-out ...... 205 windscreen washer liquid amount ...... 195 roof carrier ...... 127 serial number ...... 208 windshield washer fluid container capacity . . . 31 roof carrier system ...... 127 snow chains ...... 41 Technical features ...... 210 Transporting objects speed rating ...... 209 Technical modifications ...... 165 roof carrier system ...... 129 storing ...... 201 Technical specifications Treadwear ...... 208 technical details ...... 207 dimensions ...... 216 Turn signal convenience function ...... 105 tyre code ...... 207 Temperature display Turn signal lever ...... 21, 105 Tyre identification number (TIN) ...... 208 liquid coolant temperature ...... 24 Tyre load rating ...... 209 tyre load rating ...... 209 temporary spare wheel Tyre mobility set ...... 35 Tyre pressures ...... 203 snow chains ...... 41 components ...... 74 tyres with directional tread pattern ...... 200 Tightening torque ...... 212 do not use ...... 73 valve caps ...... 204 wheel bolts ...... 38 sealing a tyre ...... 74 wear ...... 205 TIN ...... 208 wear indicators ...... 204 225 Index

wheel balancing ...... 205 control and warning lamps ...... 196 Warning triangle ...... 70, 106 wheels ...... 201 discharging ...... 136 Washing the vehicle ...... 171 with compulsory direction of rotation ...... 41 disconnecting ...... 197 sensors ...... 154 with directional tread pattern ...... 208 preparations ...... 197 Water box ...... 175 Tyre tread depth ...... 204 replacing ...... 197 Wax ...... 173 Tyre wear ...... 204 running flat ...... 198 Wear indicators ...... 204 Vehicle care ...... 170 Weights ...... 211 U airbag modules (dash panel) ...... 178 Wheel bolts ...... 72, 212 Unfastening the seat belt ...... 56 aluminium wheel rims ...... 174 anti-theft ...... 72 Unfasten the seat belt ...... 13 anodized surfaces ...... 174 caps ...... 37 Unlocking and locking ...... 8 antenna incorporated in window ...... 180 loosening ...... 38 by remote control ...... 95 chrome wheel rims ...... 174 tightening torque ...... 38 doors ...... 98 cleaning wheels ...... 174 Wheel load capacity ...... 208 from the inside ...... 97 dash panel ...... 178 Wheel rims Upholstery cleaning de-icing the door lock cylinder ...... 175 beadlock ...... 201 textile covers ...... 177 engine compartment ...... 175 bolted trims ...... 201 Upholstery: cleaning exterior mirrors ...... 172 Wheels ...... 199, 201, 211 upholstery ...... 176, 177 interior ...... 176 changing ...... 36, 40 plastic parts ...... 178 changing a wheel ...... 72 V protection of vehicle undercarriage ...... 175 hubcaps ...... 37 rubber seals ...... 174 spare wheel or temporary spare wheel ...... 206 Valve caps ...... 204 vehicle paintwork ...... 173 storing the replaced wheel ...... 206 Vanity mirror ...... 108 windows ...... 172 Wheels and tyres Vehicle Wooden trim ...... 178 speed rating ...... 208 chassis number ...... 210 Vehicle care products ...... 170 Wheel trim data label ...... 210 Vehicle code hubcaps ...... 37 identification data ...... 210 vehicle data label ...... 210 remove ...... 37 identification number ...... 210 Vehicle data label ...... 210 Wheel trims loading ...... 114 Vehicle key set ...... 92 full hub caps ...... 37 raising ...... 39 Vehicle tool kit ...... 36, 70 Windows ...... 101 recycling ...... 180 components ...... 71 removing ice ...... 172 Vehicle battery ...... 33, 196 location ...... 71 Window wiper ...... 108 acid ...... 197 Vibrations window wiper lever ...... 108 assisted starting ...... 43 steering ...... 204 Window wiper blade ...... 22 automatic device disconnection ...... 198 charging ...... 197 checking the battery electrolyte level ...... 197 W connecting ...... 197 Warning lamps ...... 24 226 Index

Windscreen heat-insulating glass ...... 108 infrared coating ...... 108 removing the ice ...... 28, 30 Windscreen and rear window wiper blades . . . . . 75 Windscreen washer ...... 33, 108 Windscreen washer water checking ...... 195 topping up ...... 195 Windscreen wiper ...... 108 functions ...... 109 heated windscreen washer jets ...... 109 rain and light sensor ...... 109 Windscreen wipers ...... 22 lifting the wiper blade ...... 45 replacing the wiper blade ...... 45 service position ...... 45 Windscreen wipers service position ...... 45

227

About this manual The equipment marked with an aster- For the sake of the environment isk* is fitted as standard only in certain versions, and is only supplied as op- Texts preceded by this symbol contain rele- This manual contains a description of the vant information concerning environmental tional extras for some versions, or are equipment supplied with the vehicle at the protection. time this manual was published. Some of the only offered in certain countries. units described herein will not be available ® All registered marks are indicated with Note until a later date or are only available in cer- ®. Although the copyright symbol does tain markets. not appear, it is a copyrighted mark. Texts preceded by this symbol contain additional information. Because this is a general manual for the Mii, >> The section is continued on the follow- some of the equipment and functions that are ing page. described in this manual are not included in This manual is divided into six large parts, Important warnings on a given page which are: all types or variants of the model; they may vary or be modified depending on the techni- Detailed contents on a given page 1. The essentials cal requirements and on the market; this is in 2. Safety no way deceptive advertising. General information on a given page 3. Emergencies The illustrations are intended as a general Emergency information on a given page 4. Operation guide and may vary from the equipment fitted in your vehicle in some details. 5. Tips WARNING The steering indications (left, right, forward, 6. Technical data Texts preceded by this symbol contain infor- reverse) appearing in this manual refer to the mation on safety. They warn you about possi- At the end of this manual, there is a detailed SEAT S.A. is permanently concerned about continuous development of its types and models. For this reason we ask you to under- normal driving movements of the vehicle ex- ble dangers of accident or injury. alphabetical index that will help you quickly stand, that at any given time, changes regarding shape, equipment and technique may take place on the car delivered. For this reason cept when otherwise indicated. find the information you require. no right at all may derive based on the data, drawings and descriptions in this current handbook. All texts, illustrations and standards in this handbook are based on the status of information at the time of printing. Except for error CAUTION or omission, the information included in the current handbook is valid as of the date of closing print. Texts with this symbol draw your attention to potential sources of damage to your vehicle. Re-printing, copying or translating, whether total or partial is not allowed unless SEAT allows it in written form. SEAT reserves all rights in accordance with the “Copyright” Act. All rights on changes are reserved. ❀ This paper has been manufactured using bleached non-chlorine cellulose. © SEAT S.A. - Reprint: 15.08.16 OWNER’S MANUAL Mii 1SL012720BF

1SL012720BF (08.16) SEAT recommends SEAT recommends Inglés (08.16)

Inglés SEAT GENUINE OIL Castrol EDGE Professional Mii